Adverbs and Comparatives: an Analytical Bibliography (Library and Information Sources in Linguistics)

ADVERBS AND COMPARATIVES AMSTERDAM STUDIES IN THE THEORY AND HISTORY OF LINGUISTIC SCIENCE E. F. K. KOERNER, General...

Author: Conrad Sabourin

315 downloads 1000 Views 6MB Size Report

This content was uploaded by our users and we assume good faith they have the permission to share this book. If you own the copyright to this book and it is wrongfully on our website, we offer a simple DMCA procedure to remove your content from our site. Start by pressing the button below!

Report copyright / DMCA form

DOWNLOAD PDF

ADVERBS AND COMPARATIVES

AMSTERDAM STUDIES IN THE THEORY AND HISTORY OF LINGUISTIC SCIENCE

E. F. K. KOERNER, General Editor

SERIES V - LIBRARY AND INFORMATION SOURCES IN LINGUISTICS

Published under the auspices of the LINGUISTICS DOCUMENTATION CENTRE INFORMATHÈQUE DE LINGUISTIQUE Morisset Library / Faculty of Arts University of Ottawa

Volume 2

Conrad Sabourin Adverbs and Comparatives: An analytical bibliography

ADVERBS AND COMPARATIVES AN ANALYTICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

CONRAD SABOURIN Université de Montréal

AMSTERDAM / JOHN BENJAMINS B.V. 1977

A MES PARENTS

THÉRÈSE ET MARCEL SABOURIN

© Copyright 1977 - John Benjamins B.V. ISBN 90 272 0991  / 90 272 0993 6

No part of this book may be reproduced in any form by print, photoprint, microfilm or any other means, without written permission from the publisher.

PREFACE There are indications that i n t e r e s t in the study of adverbs has been growing steadily in recent years, largely due to the so-called Chomskyan revolution in l i n g u i s t i c s which put much emphasis on the study of syntax, but probably also because of the position these adverbs and other part i c l e s take w i t h i n a syntactic s t r i n g has proved to be much more d i f f i c u l t to determine than had previously been thought.

S t i l l another reason

f o r the increase of i n t e r e s t in t h i s topic may be found in the recent trend in l i n g u i s t i c s which focusses on communicative competence and actual language use in d a i l y discourse (speech act theory, pragmatics).* This growing i n t e r e s t appears to be high-lighted by the f a c t that a "Kolloquium Deutsche Sprachpartikeln" has j u s t been held at the Freie Univers i t ä t B e r l i n (6-11 Sept.1977) under the d i r e c t i o n of Prof. Harald Weydt. Although t h i s bibliography has no claim to exhaustiveness, i t should nonetheless be useful to researchers working on adverbs and comparatives. The t i t l e s selected r e l a t e in one way or another to the problems the guist faces with respect to the adverb.

lin-

Some t i t l e s deal with syntax

w h i l e others consider semantic, psychol inguistic, s t y l i s t i c , or logical aspects.

Special a t t e n t i o n has been paid to works published during the

past t h i r t y years, though some t i t l e s in t h i s bibliography were w r i t t e n more than one hundred years ago ( e . g . , numbers 22, 49, 84, 330, 1540, 1543). Cf. the forthcoming b i b l i o g r a p h y comp. by Jef Verschueren, Pragmatics: reference to speech act An annotated bibliography,. with particular theory (= LISL, 4.) Amsterdam: John Benjamins B.V. V

PREFACE

No restrictions were imposed upon the language in which the works were written, nor on the language that was used as subject of study. However, the research tools at my disposal for the present volume were such that probably the works produced in English or in French received better coverage than those in other languages. The computer proved to be a valuable tool in the preparation of this bibliography. However the printing machine available did not have all the diacritical marks needed for correct spelling in all languages. I hope that the solution I found to remedy these shortcomings will prove to be acceptable to most users of this volume. The projects out of which this bibliography grew were undertaken in 1974 when a Canada Arts Council grant allowed Mr. Richard Kittredge, director of the research group on machine translation at the University of Montreal to set up the English/French Syntax Project (Projet de Syntaxe, anglais/français) part of which was devoted to the adverb. Several people who had participated in this research, in particular Mrs. Jacqueline Levenberg and Mrs. Elyse Piquette, as well as Mr. François Labelle and Mr. Patrick McNamer, assisted me in the early stages of this work. For the revision of these first drafts, I was able to count on the kind services of Ms. Brontie Smith. Later, I benefitted from the help of Mr. Normand Petit, whose knowledge of several foreign languages allowed me to include titles which would otherwise have escaped my attention. Mr. Laurent Bourbeau was kind enough to put some of his computer programs at my disposal thus saving me a considerable amount of work. Finally, I am indebted to Mr. E.F.K. Koerner for his advice on the presentation of this work and for his revision of the final proofs. Without the assistance of all these people, this bibliography would never have attained its present scope. It goes without saying that all remaining shortcomings are solely my responsibility. Montreal, September 1977

Conrad Sabourin

VI

CONTENTS

Preface

V

Adverbs and Adverbials

1

Comparatives and Superlatives

157

Index of Languages and Subjects

191

*****

VII

ADVERBS AND ADVERBIALS

ABRAHAM Werner, 1969 review of STEINITZ Renate, 1969 in KRATVLOS 13, 213-215 ABSALOM Douglas John, 1971 Verb-particle combinations in English M.A. THESIS, UNIVERSITY OF NEWCASTLE, NEWCASTLE-UPON-TYNE ABSALOM Douglas John, 1973 An investigation of verb-part 1c le combinations 1n English in KIVUNG 6:1, 48-60 ADAMUS Marian, 1966 Funkcja syntaktyczna tzw. imieslowu przyslowkowego w jezyku polskim, angielskim i niemieckim in WROCLAWSKIE TOWARZYSTWO NAUKOWE, R02PRAWY KOMISJI JEZYKOWEJ 6, 21-29 ADE Georges, 1971 Etude de linguistique comparative sur quelques compléments de temos en français et en néerlandais THESE DE DOCTORAT DE 3E CYCLE, UNIVERSITE DE PARIS, 369P

2

ADVERBS AMD COMPARATIVES 

AHLMAN Erik, 1938 Ueber Adverbien in STUDIA FENNICA 3:3, 19-44 7 AHLQVIST Anders Eric Olaf, 1975 The history of the adverb in Irish PH.D. DISSERTATION, UNIVERSITY OF EDINBURGH 8 AITZETMUELLER Rudolf, 1963 review of JELITTE Herbert, 1961 in ZEITSCHRIFT FUER SLAVISCHE PHILOLOGIE 31:2, 422-424 9 AKULOVA K . P . , 1953 Prostanstvennye 1 vremennye obstojatel"stva ν sovremennom nemeckom jazyke in UCENYE ZAPISKI LENIINGRADSKOGO GOSUDARSTVENNOGO UNIVERSITETA IMENI Α. Λ. ZDANOVA 223, 64-75 10 ALARCOS-LLORACH Emilio, 1959 Aditamento, adverbio y cuestiones anexas in ARCHIVUM 19, 301-329 11 ALLAN Keith, 1971 A note on the source of THERE in existential in FOUNDATIONS OF LANGUAGE 7, 1-18

sentences 12

ALLAN Keith, 1972 In reply to THERE(1), THERE(2) in JOURNAL OF LINGUISTICS 8:1, 119-124 13 ALLEN William Stannard, 1954 Prepositions, adverb particles and phrasal verbs in LENGUAJE Y CIENCIAS 14, 5-9 14 ALLERTON D. J., CRUTTENDEN Alan, 1974 English sentence adverbials : their syntax and their intonation in British English in LINGUA 34:1, 1-30 15 ALLERTON D. J., CRUTTENDEN Alan, 1976 The intonation of medial and final sentence adverbials 1n British English in ARCHIVUM LINGUISTICUM 7:1, 29-59

ADVERBS AND ADVERBIALS

3 16

ALLERTON D. J., ( forthcoming ) An outline of English adverbials 17 ALLETON Viviane, 1968 Les adverbes en chinois moderne THESE DE DOCTORAT DE 3E CYCLE, UNIVERSITE DE PARIS, 397+9P 13 ALLETON Viviane, 1972 Les adverbes en chinois noderne MOUTON, THE HAGUE-PARIS, 249P ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY CHAN Stephen W., 1973 in JOURNAL OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 1:2, 323-333 POLLARD Denis E. .. "1974 in BULLETIN OF THE SCHOOL OF ORIENTAL AND AFRICAN STUDIES 37, 249-250 19 ALONSO Cesar Hernandez, 1974 El adverbio in THESAVRVS 29:1, 48-67 20 ALTMANN Hans, 1976 Die Gradpartikeln im Deutschen MAK NIEMEYER VERLAG, TUEBINGEN, XII+334P 21 AMIDON Ariene Α., CAREY Peter, 1972 Why five year olds cannot understand BEFORE and AFTER in JOURNAL OF VERBAL LEARNING AND VERBAL BEHAVIOR 11, 417-423 22 AMPERE Jean-Jacques, 1869 Histoire de la formation de la langue française (chapitre χii - dérivation des adverbes, des prépositions et des conjonctions, 27 8-309) DIDIER ET COMPAGNIE, LIBRAIRES-EDITEURS, PARIS, 440P 23 ANASTASIOEVIC Ksenija, 1954 The adverbial modifiers UP, DOWN, IN, OUT, ON, OFF, in contemporary English M.A. THESIS, LONDON UNIVERSITY COLLEGE, ENGLAND

4

ADVERBS AND COMPARATIVES 24

ANASTASIOEVIC Ksenija, 1968 Dvoclani g lagol ν saνremenom eng loskom jeziku PH.D. DISSERTATION, BEOGRADSKOG UNIVERZITETA, ZAGREB, I86P 25 Mathieson, 1971 ANDERSOM G The grammar of case : towards a localIstic theory CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS, LONDON, X+244P 26 ANDERSON Olof, 1937 review of FETTIG Adolf, 1934 in ENGLISH STUDIES 19, 176-177 27 ANDERSON Stephen Robert, 1972 How to get EVEN in LANGUAGE 48, 893-905 28 ANDERSON Tommy, 1951 The English adverb UNPUBLISHED PAPER, UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA AT LOS ANGELES 29 ANDERSSON Lars-Gunnar, 1972 Subordinating adverbial conjunctions in GOTHENBURG PAPERS IN THEORETICAL LINGUISTICS 12 30 ANDERSSON Sven, 1954 Etudes sur la syntaxe et la sémantique du mot français TOUT (= Etudes romanes de Lund 11)  W. . GLEERUP, LUND AND EINAR MUNKSGAARD, COPENHAGEN AND BOYVEAU ET CHEVILLE!, PARIS, 275P ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY HARRIS Marvyn Roy, 1954 in ROMANCE PHILOLOGY 17:3, 679-684 31 ANDERSSON Sven, 1961 Nouvelles études sur la syntaxe et la sémantique du mot français TOUT (= Etudes romanes de Lund 1463 . W. , GLEERUP, LUND AMD EINAR MUNKSGAARD, COPENHAGEN, 275P ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY CAMPROUX Charles, 1963 in REVUE DES LANGUES ROMANES 75, 227-231

ADVERBS AND ADVERBIALS

5

HARRIS Marvyn Roy, 1964 in ROMANCE PHILOLOGY 17:3, 679-584 NILSSON-EHLE Hans, 1963 in STUDIA NEOPHILOLOGICA 35, 335-337 REED Joselyn, 1962 in BULLETIN DES JEUNES ROMANISTES , 51-52 WUNDERLI Peter, 1955 in VOX ROMANICA 24, 130-157 32 ANDERSSON Sven, 1970 Quelques glanures syntaxiques sur le mot français TOUT in STUDIA NEOPHILOLOGICA 62, 72-89 33 ANDRAS Laszlo T., 1965 review of JACOBSON Sven, 1964 in ACTA LINGUISTICA 15, 201-206 34 ANDRE Edgar, 1975 English tone contrasts in relative and adverbial clauses and in enumerati ve statements in REVUE DE PHONETIQUE APPLIQUEE 35, 109-118 35 ANGLADE Joseph, 1918 Grammaire élémentaire de l'ancien français (11-7 morphologie : adverbes, iii-11 syntaxe : adverbes) ARMAND COLIN, PARIS, 24BP 36 ANIKINA A. B., 1964 Socetaemost' glagolov soversennogo 1 nesoversennogo vida s narecijami i drugimi leksicesklml ed1nicam1, charakterizujuscimi sposob dejstvija in NAUCNYE DOKLADY VYSSEJ SKOLY, FILOLOGICESKIE NAUKI 7:3, 165-173 37 ANNEAR-THOMPSON Sandra S., 1972 INSTEAD OF and RATHER THAN clauses in English in JOURNAL OF LINGUISTICS 8:2, 237-249 38 ANNEAR-THOMPSON Sandra S., 1973

review of GR in LANGUAGE

6

ADVERBS AND COMPARATIVES 39

ANSCOMBE Gertrude Elizabeth Margaret, 1964 BEFORE and AFTER in THE PHILOSOPHICAL REVIEW 73:1, 3-24 40 ANTHONY Edward Mason Junior, 1953 Test frames for structures with UP in modern American Enq1ish PH.D. DISSERTATION,

UNIVERSITY

OF M I C H I G A N , A N N A R B O U R 41

ANTRIM

Harry

T h o m a s , 196'!

An instance of a -WISE adverb from 1920 in AMERICAN SPEECH 37, 159 42 AOSHIMA Klnuko, 1972 (in Japanese) Eine Betrachtung ueber die Wortstel1ung der Adverbien in JAHRESBERICHTE DES GERMANISCHEN INSTITUTS VON DER KUANSEIGAKUIN UNI VERSITAET 14, 49-62 43 ARLOTTO Anthony, 1974 Adverbs and negation 1n JOURNAL OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 2:2, 229-232 44 ARNAVIELLE Teddy, 1975 review of LINDVALL Lars, 1971 in REVUE DES LANGUES ROMANES 81:2, 566-567 45 ARNDT Walter, 1960 MODAL PARTICLES in Russian and German in WORD 16, 323-336 46 ARTHUR Richard Orin, 1970 Contemporary uses of the adverb PH.D. DISSERTATION, ARIZONA STATE UNIVERSITY, 200P ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY ARTHUR Richard Orin, .1970 in DISSERTATION ABSTRACTS INTERNATIONAL 31:03-A, 1248 47 ARVEILLER Raymond, 1975 review of LINDVALL Lars, 1971 in LE FRANCAIS MODERNE 43:4, 381-382

ADVERBS AND ADVERBIALS

7 48

ATKINSON M., GRIFFITHS P., 1973 Here"s there"s here and there in EDINBURGH WORKING PAPERS IN LINGUISTICS 3, 29-73 49 AUFRECHT Theodor, 1855 On the etymology of the Latin adverb ACUTUM in TRANSACTIONS OF THE PHILOLOGICAL SOCIETY 1856, 54 50 AVRAM Mioara, 1968 Sur quelques pronoms et adverbes indéfinis dans les langues romanes in ACTELE CELUI DE-AL 12-LEA CONGRES INTERNATIONAL DE LINGUISTICA SI FILOLOGIE ROMANICA l, 481-486 51 BAARSLAG A. F., 1961 Le complément attributif, le complément prédicatif et le complément circonstanciel in REVUE DES LANGUES VIVANTES 27, 426-433 52 BAECKLUND Ulf, 1970 The col location of adverbs of degree in English PH.D. DISSERTATION, UPPSALA UNIVERSITY, VIII+340P ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY DUSKOVA Libuse, 1972 in PHILOLOGICA PRAGENSIA 15, 43-44 53 BADER Françoise, 1970 Neutre grec en -TI : absolutifs et privatifs verbaux in BULLETIN DE LA SOCIETE DE LINGUISTIQUE DE PARIS 65:1, 85-136 54 BADIA-MARGARIT Antonio Maria, 1947 Los complementos pronominalο-adverbiales derivados de IBI e INDE en la peninsula iberica {= Revista de filologia espanola 28) CONSEJO SUPERIOR DE INVESTIGACIONES CIENTIFICUS, MADRID, 288P ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY ROCA Pons 0., 1950 ln PIRENEOS 6, 302-304

8

ADVERBS AND COMPARATIVES

ROHLFS Gerhard, 1950 in ARCHIV FUER DAS STUDIUM DER NEUEREN SPRACHEN 187, 169 SANDMANN Manfred, 1952 in ZEITSCHRIFT FUER ROMANISCHE PHILOLOGIE. 68, 141 55 BADIA-MARGARIT Antonio Maria, 1951 Sobre IBI e INDE en las lenguas de la peninsula in REVISTA DE FILOLOGIA ESPANOLA 35, 62-74

iberica 55

BAGARI Dauda Muhammad, 1376 Subordinate adverbial clauses in Hausa PH.D. DISSERTATION, UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA, 184P ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY BAGARI Dauda Muhammad, 1976 in DISSERTATION ABSTRACTS INTERNATIONAL 37:11-A, 7112 57 BAGBY Alfred, 1891 Adverbs in HORACE and JUVENAL PH.D. DISSERTATION, THE JOHN HOPKINS UNIVERSITY, 37P 58 BAGRAMOVA N. V., 1971 Obstoyatel " stva prichiny, vyrazhennye predlozhno-imennymi sochetan i yam i s pred logori THURH v drevneang1iiskom yazyke in LENINGRADSKI I PEDAGOGICHESKII INSTITUT IMENI A. I . GERTSENA 969, 1-7 59 BAILEY Charles-James Nice, 1973 Deriving conjunctions, manner adverbs, prepositions, and the oblique cases from underlying predicates in LANGUAGES AND LINGUISTICS WORKING PAPERS 7, 82-111 60 BAL Wi1ly, 1964 review of KLUM Arne, 1961 in LEUVENSCHE BIODRAGEN 53, 128-133 61 BALDINGER Kurt, 1973 review of LINDVALL Lars, 1971 in ZEITSCHRIFT FUER ROMAMISCHE PHILOLOGIE 89, 326-332 62 BALLY Charles, 1925 L'adverbe TOUT en francais moderne in MELANGES PUBLIES E N L ' H O N N E U R DE M. PAUL BOYER ED. CHAMPION, PARIS, VI+376P, (22-29)

ADVERBS AND ADVERBIALS

9 63

BALLY Charles, 1941 review of NILSSON-EHLE Hans, 1941 in CAHIERS FERDINAND DE SAUSSURE 1, 99 64 BAMGBOSE Ayo, 1972 On the derivation of adverbs from higher sentences in PROCEEDINGS OF THE 11TH INTERNATIONAL CONGRESS OF LINGUISTS 1, 507-519 65 BANKOWSKI Andrzej, 1971 JESZCZE = ENCORE et JUZ = DEJA in JEZYK POLSKI 51:1, 21-30 65 BARBAUD Philippe, (forthcoming) La notion de foyer dans les phrases restrictives en NE ... QUE : les conditions sur les règles d'interprétation in RONDEAU GUY, BIBEAU GILLES, GAGNE GILLES, TAGGART GILBERT, (EDITORS), VINGT-CINQ ANS DE LINGUISTIQUE AU CANADA FRANCAIS : HOMMAGES A JEAN-PAUL VINAY 67 BARRIE-BLACKLEY Sandle, 1973 Six year old chi1dren"s understanding of sentences adjoined with time adverbs in JOURNAL OF PSYCHOLIMGUISTIC RESEARCH 2:2, 153-165 68 BARTSCH Renate, 1970 Die logische Analyse von Modaladverbien in LINGUISTISCHE BERICHTE 9, 27-34 69 BARTSCH Renate, 1971 Adverbial semant i  : die Konstitution logisch-semantischer Repraesentationen von Adverb lal konstrukt lonen HABILITATIONSSCHRIFT, FREIE UNIVERSITAET BERLIN, BERLIN ATHENAEUM VERLAG, FRANKFURT AM MAIN, X+357P, (1972) ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY LANG Ewald, STEINITZ Renate, 1976 in FOUNDATIONS OF LANGUAGE 14:1, 137-151 70 BARTSCH Renate, VENNEMANN Theo, 1972 Semantic structures (ch 5 - the construction of adverbials, 110-118) ATHENAEUM VERLAG, FRANKFURT AM MAIN, 186P

10

ADVERBS AND COMPARATIVES 71

BARTSCH Renate, 1975 Sübcategorization of adnominal and adverbial modifiers in ΚΕΕΜΛΝ EDWARD LEWIS, (EDITOR), 1975 FORMAL SEMANTICS OF NATURAL LANGUAGE CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS, NEW YORK, XIII+495P 72 BARTSCH Renate, 1975 The grammar of adverbials : a study in the semantics and syntax of adverbial constructions (= North-Holland linguistic series 16) NORTH-HOLLAND PUBLISHING COMPANY, AMSTERDAM, XII+390P 73 BARZ Irmhild, 1972 Semantische Untersuchungen zu den Lokaladverbien der deutschen Gegenwartssprache : Versuch einer Semanalyse DISSERTATION, LEIPZIG, 235P 74 BARZ Irmhild, 1974 Untersuchungen zur Semantik der Loka1adverbien in der deutschen Gegenwartssprache : Versuch einer Semanalyse in BEITRAEGE ZUR GESCHICHTE DER DEUTSCHEN SPRACHE UND LITERATUR 95, 97-213 ; 96, 264-233 75 BASS Bernard M., CASCIO Wayne Francis, 0"C0NN0R Edward 0,, 1974 Magnitude estimations of expressions of frequency and amount in JOURNAL OF APPLIED PSYCHOLOGY 59:3, 313-320 76 BASTIN Jean, 1891 Etude sur les principaux adverbes ; affirmation, négation, man i ère IMPRIMERIE E. CAPIOMONT, PARIS, 68P 77 BASTIN Jean, 1895 Le verbe et les principaux adverbes dans la langue française (partie i - lexicologie : partie ii - syntaxe) TRENKE ET FUSNOT IMPRIMEURS, SAINT-PETERSBOURG, 120+208P 78 BATES John, 1976 review of BENNET David Curtis, 1975 in LINGUA 39:4, 353-368

ADVERBS AND ADVERBIALS

11 79

BAUER Jaroslav, 1962 S.pojky a prislovce ln SBORNIK PRACI FILOSOFICKE FAKULTY BRNENSKE UNIVERSITY 9, (A-10), 29-37 80 BAEUERLE Rainer, 1977 iempus, Zei treferenz und temporale Logik : eine Bibliographie 1940-1975 in LINGUISTISCHE BERICHTE 49, 85-105 81 BAUMGARTNER Eugen, 1902 Die neuhochdeutschen Adverbia auf -LINGS DISSERTATION, FREIBURG, 3SP 82 BAUMGARTNER Eugen, 1902 Materialien zur neuhochdeutschen Wortforschung II Die neuhochdeutschen Adverbia auf -LINGS in ZEITSCHRIFT FUER DEUTSCHE WORTFORSCHUNG 3, 53P 83 BECKER Alton Lewis, HARMS D. G., 1969 Prepositions as predicate in PAPERS FROM THE FIFTH REGIONAL MEETING OF THE CHICAGO LINGUISTIC SOCIETY, 1-11 84 BECKMANN Emil August, 1830 Ueber die doppelformigen englischen Adjektiv-Adverbien in ARCHIV FUER DAS STUDIUM DER NEUEREN SPRACHEN UND LITERATUREN 34, 25-70 85 BEJAN D., 1971 Despre rolul adverbelor din grupul ADVERB + CONJUNCTIE in RECHERCHES DE LINGUISTIQUE 16:2, 313-323 8 B E J A N D., 1 9 7 3 D e s p r e rolul a d v e r b e l o r ( 1 o c u t 1 u n i l o r a d v e r b i a l e ) d i n grupul ADVERB + PREPOZITIE (LOCUTIUNE PREPOZITIONALA) in S T U D I I SI C E R C E T A R I L I N G V I S T I C E , 1 8 : 1 , 9 1 - 9 9 87 BELIC Aleksandar, 1937 SUBSTANTIVUM ADVERBIALE in MELANGES DE LINGUISTIQUE ET DE PHILOLOGIE OFFERTS A JACQ. VAN GINNEKEN SLATKINE REPRINTS, GENEVE, 364P, (73-78)

12

ADVERBS AND COMPARATIVES 88

BELLERT Irena, 1977 On semantic and distributional properties of sentential adverbs in LINGUISTIC INQUIRY 8:2, 337-351 89 BELOPOL"SKAJA A. P., 1961 Adverbializovannoe pricatie ν sovremennorm nemeckom jazyke in VOPROSY SINTAKSISA ROMANO-GERMANISKICH JAZYKOV ĪZDATEL"STVO LENĪNGRADSKOGO UNIVERSITET, LENINGRAD, 134P, (19-34) 90 BELOVA T. G., 1962 Nekotorye typi konstrukcij s sojuzami COMME i QUE ν sovremennorn francuzskom jazyke in VOPROSY FILOLOGU 1, 18-29 91 BENES Eduard, 1971 (in zh) review of STEINITZ Renate, 1969 in CASOPIS PRO MODERNI FILOLOGU

53:2, 98-99 92

BENNET David Curtis, 1975 Spatial and temporal uses of English prepositions : An essay 1n stratificationa1 semantics LONGMAN, LONDON, XVI+235? ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY BATES John, 1976 in LINGUA 39:4, 353-363 MILLER 0-, 1976 in JOURNAL OF LINGUISTICS 12:2, 358-366 93 BENZINGER Edith Moore, 1972 intensifiers 1n current English PH.D. DISSERTATION, THE UNIVERSITY OF FLORIDA, 193P 94 BERGH Lars, 1940 L'Idée de direction exprimée par un adverbe ou par une préposition en suédois, par un verbe et une préposition en français ln STUDIA NEOPHILOLOGICA 12, 66-90 95 BERGH Lars, 1948 Moyens d'exprimer en français l'Idée de direction : étude fondée sur une comparaison avec les langues germaniques, en particulier le suédois THESE DE DOCTORAT, FACULTE DES LETTRES DE GOETEBORG RUNDEQUISTS BOKTRYKERI, GOETEBORG, 175P

ADVERBS AND ADVERBIALS

13

ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY SANDMANN Manfred, 1950 in ARCHIVUM LINGUISTICUM 2, 204-207 96 BERGNES S., (en cours en 1973) Place des compléments, de l'attribut et de l'adverbe dans la proposition et place des adjectifs et des compléments dans les groupes nominaux : étude de leur évolution historique d'après des textes en prose du latin classique au moven français THESE DE DOCTORAT D ! ETAT, UNIVERSITE DE PARIS X 97 BERGSLAND Knut, 1940 Les formations dites adverbiales en -TIM, -ATIM et -IM du latin républicain in SYMBOLAE OSLOENSES 20, 52-85 98 BERGSVEINSSON Sveinn, 1969 Die Stellung des Adverbs im I slaendisehen in FOLIA LINGUISTICA 3, 307-332 99 BERKOFF Nelson Abraham, 1974 Prepositional verbs with two complements PH.D. DISSERTATION, CORNELL UNIVERSITY, 153P 100 BEVER Thomas Gordon, 1970 The comprehension and memory of sentences with temporal relations in FLORAIS-D"ARCAIS GIOVANNI ., LEVELT WILLEM 0. M., (EDITORS), 1970 ADVANCES IN PSYCHOLIMGUISTICS NORTH-HOLLAND PUBLISHING COMPANY, AMSTERDAM, X+454P, (285-291) 101 BEYER Bruno, 1907 Ueber den Gebrauch von iOUT im Alt- und im Neufranzoesisehen DISSERTATION, BERLIN, (1925) in ROMANISCHE FORSCHUNGEN 20, 641-712 102 BIANCHI Marina, 1974 Les notions de thème et prédicat : leur incidence dans une sous-catégorisation de l'adverbe in REVISTA DE LINGUISTICA TEORICA Y APLICADA 12, 37-48

14

ADVERBS AND COMPARATIVES 103

BIDWELL Jerry L., 1964 A new use for NE in THE FRENCH REVIEW 38, 399-400 104 BIEDERMANN Reinhard, 1971 Die deutschen Gradadverbien DISSERTATION, HEIDELBERG, 256P 105 BIHLER Heinrich, 1962 review of DEUTSCHMANN Olaf, 1959 in ZEITSCHRIFT FUER FRAN20ESISCHE SPRACHE UND LITERATUR 72, 100-104 106 BISCHOFF Heinrich, 1970 Setzung und Transposition des -MENTE Adverbs als Ausdruck der Art und Weise im Franzoesisehen und Italienischen mit besonderer Beruecksichtigung der Transposition in Adjektiven JURIS DRUCK VERLAG, ZUERÄCH, 226P ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY DEUTSCHMANN Olaf, 1971 in ROMANISTISCHES JAHRBUCH 22, 213-216 FOSTER Brian, 1972 in FRENCH STUDIES 25, 501-502 MEIER Harri, 1972 in ARCHIV FUER DAS STUDIUM DER NEUEREN SPRACHEN 209, 193-199 SANDMANN Manfred, 1972 in ROMANCE PHILOLOGY 25, 203-205 SCHWARZE Christoph, 1976 in ZEITSCHRIFT FUER ROMANISCHE PHILOLOGIE 92:1-2, 172-175 V/AGNER Robert-Léon, 1371 in BULLETIN DE LA SOCIETE DE LINGUISTIQUE DE PARIS 66, 130-131 WOLF Lothar, 1973 in LE FRANCAIS MODERNS 41:2, 195-196 ZWANENBURG Wiecher, 1372 in NEOPHILOLOGUS 56, 368-370

ADVERBS AND ADVERBIALS

15 107

BITEXTINA G. A., 1975 On the use of OCEN and related adverbs in SLAVIC AND EAST EUROPEAN JOURNAL 19:2, 205-211 108 ΒΙΖΟΝ Franciszek, 1966 Okolicznik przec 1w1enstvwa i zastepstwa w jezyku polsklm in ADAMUS MARIAN,  STANISLAW, ET AL, 1966 STUDIA JEZYKOZNAWCZE POSWIECONE PROFESOROWI DOKTOROWI STANISLAWOWI ROSPONDOWI ZAKLAD IMENI OSSOLINSKICH, WROCLAW, 467P, (173-181) 109 BLAISDELL Foster Warren -junior, 1956 The preposition-adverbs in the oldest Icelandic prose mnanuscripts PH.D. DISSERTATION, UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA, BERKELEY, 110 BLAISDELL Foster Warren Junior, 1959 Preposition-adverbs in Old Icelandic (= University of California publications in linguistics 17) UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PRESS, VIII+70P A B S T R A C T , REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY CHAPMAN Kenneth Garnier, 1960 in LANGUAGE 3 6 , 433-441 WAHLGREN Erik, 1960 in SCANDINAVIAN STUDIES 3 2 , 223-224 111 BLAISDELL Foster Warren -Ounior, 1960 The verb-adverb locution in certain Old Icelandic manusc r i pts in SCANDINAVIAN STUDIES 3 2 , 76-82 112 BLANCHE-BENVENISTE C l a i r e , 1971 review of PINCHON Jacqueline, 1972 in LE FRANCAIS MODERNE 4 3 : 1 , 77-81 113 BLASS Birgit Α . , 1965 Adverbs and prepositions MASTERS T H E S I S , COLUMBIA

in English and Danish UNIVERSITY 114

BLAU Ulrich, 1971 Die Logik der Adverbialen Konstruktionen in MUENCHNER PAPIERE ZUR LINGUISTIK 2 , 9-60 ; 3, 1-29

16

ADVERBS AND COMPARATIVES 115

BLAZEV Blazo, 1958 Adverblalnl predlozni sacetanlja sas znacenle za vreme ot tipa NA ΟΤΙVANE 1n EZIK I LITERATURA 13, 123-130 116 BLAZEV Blazo, 1960 Adverblalnl predloznl sacetanija sas znacenle na mjasto i ottenak za sastojanie ot tipa NA TORLO in EZIKOVEDSKO-ETNOSRAFSKI IZSLEDVANIJA V PAMET NA AKADEMI  STOJAN ROMANSKI IZDATEL"STVO NA BALG. AKAD. NA NAUKITE, SOFI0A, VI+981P, (217-223) 117 BLAZEV Blazo, 1960 Po vaprosa za charakter i st i kata na narecleto kato cast na recta v ruski ezi in EZIK I LITERATURA 15, 219-221 118 BLAZEV Blazo, 1963  voprosu o morfologiceskoj charakteristike narecija  casti reci ln RUSSKIJ JAZYK V SKOLE 24:6, 95-96 119 BLUMENTHAL Peter, 1975 Zur kommunikativen Funktion von Adverbien und Umstandsbestimmungen im Franzoesisehen in ROMANISCHE FORSCHUNGEN 87:2, 295-332 120 BOETS 0., 1961 review of CHARLESTON Britta M., 1960 in LEUVENSE BIJDRAGEN 50, 14-16 121 BOGACKI . Krzysztof, 1975 Des verbes à complément circonstanciel de lieu in KWARIALNIK NEOFILOLOGICZNY 22:1, 3-19 122 BOGUSLAVSKAYA Galina Porfirevna, 1966 Adverbial modifier of subsequent events and its synatctical synonyms in ZEITSCHRIFT FUER ANGLISTIK UND AMERIKANISTIK 14, 179-189 123 BOISSET Oean-Hugues, 1974 Classement syntaxique des adverbes en -MENT en français moderne THESE DE MAITRISE, UNIVERSITE DE PARIS VIII, 41P

ADVERBS AND ADVERBIALS

17 124

BOLINGER Dwight Le Merton, 1952 Linear modification in PUBLICATIONS OF THE MODERN LANGUAGE ASSOCIATION OF AMERICA 67, 1117-1144 125 BOLINGER Dwight Le Merton, 1963 IT-S SO FUN ln AMERICAN SPEECH 38, 236-240 126 BOLINGER Dwight Le Merton, 1971 The phrasal verb in English (adpreps and adverbs : order and accent, 37-44) HARVARD UNIVERSITY PRESS, CAMBRIDGE, XVIII+187P ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY PFAFF Carol Wollman, 1974 in GENERAL LINGUISTICS 14:2, 102-107 127 BOLINGER Dwight Le Merton, 1971 intensification in English in LANGUAGE SCIENCES 16, 1-5 128 BOLINGER Dwight Le Merton, 1972 Degree words MOUTON, THE HAGUE-PARIS, 324P ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY HUDDLESTON Rodney, 1975 in JOURNAL OF LINGUISTICS 11:2, 316-319 KASTOVSKY Dieter, 1976 1n FOUNDATIONS OF LANGUAGE

14:3, 377-398

NANDE Υ., 1973 in EIGO KOIKU / THE ENGLISH TEACHERS' MAGAZINE 22:5,, 96 129 BOLINGER Dwight Le Merton, 1972 review of HARTVIGSON Hans H., 1969 in LANGUAGE 48:2, 454-463 130 BOLLING George Melville, 1932 The use of certain adverbs 1n HOMER 1n LANGUAGE 8, 211-213

18

ADVERBS AND

COMPARATIVES 131

BONNARD Henri, 1964 Avec ARNE KLUM vers une théorie s c i e n t i f i q u e des marques temporelles review of KLUM A r n e , 1961 in LE FRANCAIS MODERNE 32, 85-100 132 BOOTH Bertha Ell 1s, 1915 The collocation of the adverb of degree in Roman and CATO PH.D. DISSERTATION, UNIVERSITY OF C H I C A G O , 91P

comedy

1 33 BORG Gunnar, HOSMAN Jan, 1970 The metric properties of adverbs in REPORTS FROM THE INSTITUTE OF APPLIED PSYCHOLOGY 7, 4P UNIVERSITY OF STOCKHOLM, SWEDEN 134 BORILLO A., 1976 Les adverbes et la modalisation de in LANGUE FRANCAISE 30, 74-89

l'assertion 135

BORODIC V. V., 1956 Narecija vremeni tipa NOSES, VECERTA i NOSEM, VECER v sovremennom bolgarskom jazyke in KRATKIE SOOBCENI0A INSTITUTA SLAVANOVEDENIJA, AKADEMIJA NAUK SSSR 13, 27-36 136 BOROWSKI E. 0., 1974 A d v e r b i a l s 1n action sentences in SYNTHESE 28, 483-512 137 BORST Eugen, 1902 Die Gradadverbien im Englischen (= A n g l i s t i s c h e Forschungen 10) CARL WINTER, HEIDELBERG, VIII + 170P A B S T R A C T , REVIEW OR DISCUSSION

BY

STOFFEL Cornel is, 1905 in ENGLISCHE STUDIEN 35, 383-395 138 BORST Eugen, 1910 Zur Stellung des Adverbs bei CHAUCER in ENGLISCHE STUDIEN 42, 339-362

ADVERBS AND ADVERBIALS

19 139

BOS Gljsbertha F., 1967 L'adverbe en latin : tentative de classification structura1e in BULLETIN DE LA SOCIETE LINGUISTIQUE DE PARIS 62:1, 106-122 140 BOURBEAU Laurent, STEWART Gilles, DANSEREAU Jules, 1975 Morphologie du français (section 3 - algorithme de formation morphographique des adverbes français en -MENT) PROJET DE TRADUCTION AUTOMATIQUE, UNIVERSITE DE MONTREAL 141 BOURCIEZ Jean, 1961 review of KREPINSKY Maxmilian, 1960 in REVUE DES LANGUES ROMANES 74, 306 142 BOURKE Michael Kevin, 1976 A semantic re-examination of aspect and manner of action in Russian PH.D. DISSERTATION, BROWN UNIVERSITY, 168P ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY BOURKE Michael Kevin, 1976 in DISSERTATION ABSTRACTS INTERNATIONAL 38:1-A, 227 143 BOUTON Lawrence Frisbee, 1968 DO SO revisited UNPUBLISHED PAPER, UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS 144 BOUTON Lawrence Frisbee, 1970 DO SO : DO + adverb in PAPERS IN LINGUISTICS MONOGRAPH SERIES 1, 17-38 STUDIES PRESENTED TO ROBERT B. LEES BY HIS STUDENTS LINGUISTIC RESEARCH, CHAMPAIGN, ILLINOIS 145 BOWERS John S-, 1971 Adjectives and adverbs in English INDIANA UNIVERSITY LINGUISTICS CLUB, BLOOMINGTON, 22P 146 BOWERS Oohn S., 1975 Adjectives and adverbs in English in FOUNDATIONS OF LANGUAGE 13:4, 529-562

20

ADVERBS AND COMPARATIVES 147

BRANDT Gisela, 1972 Die Temporalen Adverbien der funktionsfelder Vergangenheit, Zukunft und Gegenwart in thueringischen Quellen aus der Zeit zwischen 1400 und 1650 : ein Beitrag zur Entwicklung des Fruehneuhochdeutschen DISSERTATION, HUMBOLDT-UNIVERSITAET, BERLIN, 139P 148 BREATNACH Risteard ., 1956 Some Welsh and Irish adverbial in CELTICA 3, 332-337

formations 149

BREITHUTOVA-CHLADKOVA Helga, 1973 review of EDGREN Eva, 1971 in SBORNIK PRACI FILOSOFICKE FAKULTY BRNENSKE UNIVERSITY 22, 117-119 150 BREKKE Britt, 1976 intensive Steigerung in kontrastiver Sicht ln NORWEGIAN JOURNAL OF LINGUISTICS 30:1, 1-12 151 BREKLE Herbert Ernst, 1975 review of LIPKA Leonhard, 1972 1n JOURNAL OF LINGUISTICS 11:2, 359-360 152 BRENNENSTUHL Waltraud, 1977 The primary and secondary directional meaning of HERUNTER 1n German 1n LINGUISTISCHE BERICHTE 47, 28-54 153 BRESNAN Joan Wanda, 1968 A note on instrumental adverbs and the concept of deep structu re in M.I.T. QUARTERLY PROGRESS REPORT 92, 365-375 154 BRESNAN Joan Wanda, 1968 Remarks on adsententla1s UNPUBLISHED PAPER, MASSACHUSETTS

INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY 155

BRISAU A., 1972 review of GREENBAUM Sidney, 1970 in ENGLISH STUDIES 53:1, 80-83

ADVERBS AND ADVERBIALS

21 156

BRODOWSKA-HONOWSKA Maria, 1964 Przyslowkowe SAMEMU in PRACE FILOLOGICZNE 18:3, 277-293 157 BRONDAL Viggo, 1926 Les partles du discours (section 1l:lv - classes abstraites : adverbes, 99-103) EINAR MUNKSGAARD, COPENHAGUE, (FRENCH TRANSLATION, 1948) 158 BRONDAL Viggo, 1941 review of NILSSON-EHLE Hans, 1941 in ACTA LINGUISTICA 2, 135 159 BRONZWAER W. J. Μ., 1975 A hypothesis concerning deictic time-adverbs 1n narrative structure in JOURNAL OF LITERARY SEMANTICS 4, 53-72 160 BRORSTROEM Sverker, 1971 A historical survey of prepositions expressing the sense FOR THE DURATION OF 1n ENGLISH STUDIES 52:2, 105-115 161 BROWN C. Β., 1938 Reinforcement of negation in early Italian 1n PUBLICATIONS OF THE MODERN LANGUAGE ASSOCIATION 53, 333-338 162 BROZ Ladislav, 1964  perifrastIckych adverb11ch ν rustine in BULLETIN USTAVU RUSKEHO JAZYKA A LITERATURY 8, 57-72 163 BROZ Ladislav, 1971 Adverbial' naja perifrasatika : na ruszszkom materiale v szoposztavlenii sz csesszklm in ACTA UNIVERSITATIS CAROLINAE, PHILOLOGICA 24, 159P 164 BRUGMANN Karl, 1910 Adverbia aus dem maskul1nischen Nominativus singularis praedikativer Adjektiva in INDOGERMANISCHE FORSCHUNGEN 27, 233-278

22

A D V E R B S AND

COMPARATIVES 165

BRUNEAU C h a r l e s , 1944 review of N I L S S O N - E H L E H a n s , 1941 in LE FRANCAIS MODERNE 12, 69-71 166 BRUTON Jack G o r d o n , 1969 Exercises on English p r e p o s i t i o n s and NELSON, LONDON, 8+135P

adverbs

167 BUECHNER Ljudmlla A., 1969 Zur Korrelation von Verb und T e m p o r a l a d v e r b im Russischen in W I S S E N S C H A F T L I C H E Z E I T S C H R I F T DER H U M B O L D T - U N I V E R S I T A E T 18, 411-414 168 BUDA V., 1974 Die g r a m m a t i s c h e S u b o r d i n a t i o n in S a t z g e f u e g e n p r o n o m i n a l e und a d v e r b i a l e Ketten in KALBOTYRA 2.5:1 , 7-19

durch

169 BUFFIN J. Μ., 1925 R e m a r q u e s sur les moyens d ' e x p r e s s i o n de la d u r é e et du temps en f r a n ç a i s PRESSES U N I V E R S I T A I R E S DE FRANCE, PARIS, 127P 170 BUJALDON A u r e l i o R., 1942 El a d v e r b i o ALLU in ANALES DEL INSTITUTO DE LINGUISTICA 2,

172-175 171

BURGER A n d r é , 1962 review of KLUM A r n e , 1961 in LES CAHIERS FERDINAND DE SAUSSURE

19, 113-115 172

BUTLER C h r i s t o p h e r , 1973 A c o n t r a s t i v e study of m o d a l i t y 1n E n g l i s h , F r e n c h , German and Italian in THE NOTTINGHAM LINGUISTIC CIRCULAR 2:2, 26-39 173 BUYSSENS Eric, 1933 The place of NEVER and EVER in present-day English in ENGLISH STUDIES 15, 129-149

prose 174

BUYSSENS Eric, 1975 La c l a s s i f i c a t i o n des a d v e r b e s in REVUE ROUMAINE DE LINGUISTIQUE 2 0 : 5 , 461-463

ADVERBS AND ADVERBIALS

23 175

CAHNE Pierre, 1972 Place, valeur et adverbialisation de l'adjectif in REVUE DES LANGUES ROMANES 80:1, 117-127 176 CALBOLI Gualtiero, 1967 review of CUPAIUOLO Fabio, 1967 in LINGUA E STILE 2, 404-406 177 CAMPEANU Eugen, 1970 Stylistlcs of the adverb (1n Rumanian) in STUDIA UNIVERSITATIS SABES-BOLVAI, SERIES. PHILOLOGICA, 95-103 178 CAMPROUX Charles, 1963 review of ANDERSSON Sven, 1961 1n REVUE DES LANGUES ROMANES 75, 227-231 179 CANART P. L., 1959 Aspects of AVANT ln AUMLA 10, 81-88

180 CANTERA Jesus, 1973 review of PINCHON Jacqueline, 1972 in FILOLOGIA MODERNA 48, 406-407 181 CAPESIUS Bernhard, .1963 Adverbele pronominale in llmba germana literara contemporana in REVISTA DE FILOLOGIE ROMANICA SI GERMANICA 7, 281-304 182 CARDONA George, 1971 indian grammarians on adverbs in ISSUES IN LINGUISTICS : PAPERS IN HONOR OF HENRY AND RENEE KAHANE UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS PRESS, URBANA, 933P, (85-98) 183 CARLSEN Joanne, 1970 Notes on the adverbial in Greek and English M.A. THESIS, UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS 184 CARLSTROM Ian F., 1975 Truth and entailment for a vague quantifier ( study of ALMOST in ALMOST ALL A"S ARE B"S ) in SYNTHESE 30:4, 461-495

24

ADVERBS AND COMPARATIVES 185

CARSTENSEN Broder, 1960 review of DIETRICH Gerhard, 1960 in DIE NEUEREN SPRACHEN 9, 558-560 186 CARSTENSEN Broder, 1965 review of JACOBSON Sven, 1964 in DIE NEUEREN SPRACHEN 1965, 445 187 CASTANEDA Hector-Nerl, 1967 review of DAVIDSON Donald, 1967 in RESCHER NICOLAS, (EDITOR), 1967 THE LOGIC OF DECISION AND ACTION UNIVERSITY OF PITTSBURGH PRESS, PITTSBURGH, 96-103 188 CAUBET D., MOLINA S., 1970 Une application de l"informat1que à la traduction des adverbes de temps ENCORE, DEJA, TOUJOURS D.E.S·, FACULTE DES LETTRES, UNIVERSITE DE PARIS 189 CAVALLINI Giorgio, 1974 L'avverbio in -MENTE nelle due redazioni di UNA STORIA FERRARESE di GIORGIO BASSANI in LINGUA NOSTRA 35:3, 73-75 190 CAVENAILLE Robert, 1942 L'adverbe PENITUS à travers la latinité in ETUDES CLASSIQUES 1942, 27-52 191 CERVENKOVA Irina, 1973 Obscle adverbial "nye kolicestvennye deterrrrlnatory prlznaka v sovremennom russkom jazyke in LEKOV IVAN, DURIDANOV IVAN, (EDITORS), 1973 SLAVISTICNI IZSLEDVANXJA NAUKA I IZKUSTVO, SOFIA, 370P, (103-108) 192 CHAFE Wallace Leseur, 1973 Language and memory in LANGUAGE 49:2, 261-281 193 CHAN Stephen W., 1973 review of ALLETON Vivianne, 1972 in JOURNAL OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 1:2, 323-333

ADVERBS AND ADVERBIALS

25 194

CHAPMAN Kenneth Gamier, 1960 review of BLAISDELL Foster Warren Junior, 1959 in LANGUAGE 36, 433-441 195 CHARLESTON Britta M., 1960 Studies on the emotional and affective means of expression 1n modern English {= Schweitzer angl Istische Arbeiten 46) A. FRANCKE AG VERLAG, BERN, 357P ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY BOETS J, 1961 in LEUVENSE BIODRAGEN 50, 14-16 STANDOP E., 1960-1961 in ARCHIV FUER DAS STUDIUM DER NEUEREN SPRACHEN 197, 201 196 CHARNLEY Bertens, 1972 Lexomatic moda1ity in REVISTA DE LINGUEISTICA TEORICA Y APLICADA 10, 49-53 197 CHARYTONOVA I. Oa., 1962 Pryslivnyk jak zasib zv" jazyku miz okremymy recennjamy {na materiali nimec"kojy movy) in ZBIRNYK NAUKOVYCH PRAC" ASPIRANTIV Ζ FILOLOHIOI 17, 93-98 198 CHATMAN Seymour, 1957 Pre-adject1vals in the English nominal phrase in AMERICAN SPEECH 35, 83-100 199 CHENG Chung-Ying, 1972 Logic and grammar of adverbs 1n WORKING PAPERS IN LINGUISTICS (UNIV. OF HAWAII) 4:2., 75-108 200 CHENG Chung-Ying, 1974 Logic and grammar of adverbs in KRITIKON LITTERARUM 3:1, 76-91 201 CHERVEL André P., 1971 Les noms des états des ETATS-UNIS au complément de lieu in THE FRENCH REVIEW 44:5, 1094-1099

26

ADVERBS AND COMPARATIVES 202

CHEVALIER Jean-Claude, 1969 Exercices portant sur le fonctionnement des présentatifs (C'EST, IL Y A, VOILA) in LANGUE FRANCAISE 1, 82-92 203 CHEVALIER Jean-Claude, 1970 OTROSI et ASIMESMO in BULLETIN HISPANIQUE 72:3-4, 376-383 204 CHIRICUTA-MARINOVICÏ Rita, 1973 Citeva observatii referitoare la complinirea verbelor de catre adverbele INDATA si CURIND in CERCETARI DE LINGUISTICA 18, 243-248 205 CHISHOLM Roderick Milton, 1967 review of DAVIDSON Donald, 1967 in RESCHER NICOLAS, (EDITOR), 1967 THE LOGIC OF DECISION AND ACTION UNIVERSITY OF PITTSBURGH PRESS, PITTSBURGH, 96-103 206 CHOU Kuo Ping, 1951 The uses of the function word AT in present-day standard English PH.D. DISSERTATION, UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN 207 CHRISTIE J. J., 1970 Locative, possessive and existential in Swahili in FOUNDATIONS OF LANGUAGE 6, 166-177 208 CHURCH A. F., 1934 La syntaxe des propositions adverbiales dans HUON DE BORDEAUX M.A. THESIS, BIRKBECK COLLEGE, LONDON 209 CIOMPEC Georgeta, 1974 Essai de définition contextuelle de l'adverbe du roumain in STUDII SI CERCETARI DE LINGUISTICE 25:1, 25-35 210 CLARK Eve Vivienne, 1970 Locationals : a study of the relations between EXISTENTIAL, LOCATIVE, and POSSESSIVE constructions in WORKING PAPERS ON LANGUAGE UNIVERSALS 3

ADVERBS AND ADVERBIALS

27 211

CLARK Eve Vivianne, 1971 On the acquisition of the meaning of BEFORE and AFTER in JOURNAL OF VERBAL LEARNING AND VERBAL BEHAVIOR 10:2, 266-275 212 CLARK Romane, 1970 Concerning the logic of predicate modifiers in NOUS 4, 311-335 213 CLEDAT Léon, 1920 L'emploi des adverbes de lieu comme pronoms personnels in REVUE DE PHILOLOGIE FRANCAISE 1920, 81-83 214 CLEDAT Léon, 1920 Adverbes de lieu, démonstratifs et relatifs in REVUE DE PHILOLOGIE FRANCAISE 1920, 154-157 215 CLEDAT Léon, 1925 AUSSI et AINSI in REVUE DE PHILOLOGIE FRANCAISE ET DE LITTERATURE 37, 133-143 216 CLEMENT Danièle, KANNGIESSER Siegfried, 1972 review of STEINITZ Renate, 1969 in INDOGERMANISCHE FORSCHUNGEN 77:2, 369-377 217 CLIFF Norman, 1956 The relation of adverb-adjective combinations to their components PH.D. DISSERTATION, PRINCETON UNIVERSITY, 96P ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY CLIFF Norman, 1956 in DISSERTATION ABSTRACTS INTERNATIONAL 18:01-B, 284 218 CLIFF Norman, 1972 Adverbs as multipliers in PSYCHOLOGICAL REVIEW 66, 27-44 ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY SIDDIQI Jawaid Α., VON KNOBLAUCH ZU HATZBACH Ludwig, 1974 in ZEITSCHRIFT FUER EXPERIMENTELLE UND ANGEWANDTE PSYCHOLOGIE 21:2, 275-298

28

ADVERBS AND COMPARATIVES FUCHS Albert, 1975 in ZEITSCHRIFT FUER EXPERIMENTELLE UND ANGEWANDTE PSYCHOLOGIE 22:4, 573-583 219

COHEN Gerald, 1969 How did the word OUST acquire its different meanings ? in PAPERS FROM THE FIFTH REGIONAL MEETING OF THE CHICAGO LINGUISTIC SOCIETY, 25-29 220 COHEN Marcel , 1936 Observations sur des compléments de phrase détachés par une ponctuation 1n ACTES DU QUATRIEME CONGRES INTERNATIONAL DES LINGUISTES, 106-108 221 COHEN Marcel, 1952 Emplois nouveaux de OUI et NON en français in BULLETIN DE LA SOCIETE DE LINGUISTIQUE DE PARIS 48, 40-61 222 COMBETTES Bernard, 1970 Observations sur le traitement des clrconstants dans une grammaire transformationnelle de l'ancien français in REVUE ROUMAINE DE LINGUISTIQUE 15:3, 199-207 223 CONNORS Kathleen, 1971 English adverb functions : their distributions and relations in ETUDES EN LINGUISTIQUE APPLIQUEES A LA TRADUCTION AUTOMATIQUE, 29-49 PROJET DE TRADUCTION AUTOMATIQUE, UNIVERSITE DE MONTREAL 224 CONNORS Kathleen, 1977 review of GRUNDT Lars-Otto, 1972 in ROMANCE PHILOLOGY 30:3, 520-524 225 CONSTANTINESCU Gh., 1970 (in Rumanian) Conversion de l'adverbe, de la préposition et de la conjonction ln ANALELE UN IVERS ITATI I BUCURESTI SERIE LIMBA SI LITERATURA ROMANA 19:2, 113-118 226 CONTINI Ellen, 1974 Semantics of the Swahili locative system Μ·Α. THESIS, COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY

ADVERBS AND ADVERBIALS

29 227

CONTINI Ellen, 1976 Statistical demonstration of a meaning : the Swahili locatives in existential assertions in STUDIES IN AFRICAN LINGUISTICS 7:2, 137-156 228 CORUM Claudia, 1974 Adverbs.... long and tangled roots in PAPERS FROM THE TENTH REGIONAL MEETING OF THE CHICAGO LINGUISTIC SOCIETY, 90-102 229 CORUM Claudia, 1975 A pragmatic analysis of parenthetic adjuncts in PAPERS FROM THE 11TH REGIONAL MEETING OF THE CHICAGO LINGUISTIC SOCIETY, 133-141 230 CRAPO Rlchley Η., 1970 The origins of directional adverbs 1n Uto-Aztecan languages in INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF AMERICAN LINGUISTICS 36:3, 181-189 231 CRESSEY William Whitney, 1968 Relative adverbs 1n Spanish : a transformational in LANGUAGE 44:3, 487-500

analysis 232

CRESSWELL M. J., 1974 Adverbs and events in SYNTHESE 28, 355-381 233 CRIADO-DE-VAL Manuel, 1973 Los pronombres de cortesia : su tratamiento en espanol y en otros idiomas - el adverbio in YELMO 10, 5-10 234 CRITICUS X., 1968 Adverb-wise in THE ENGLISH QUARTERLY

1, 115-119 235

CROCKETT Dina Β., 1971 Modal words in Russian in INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF SLAVIC LINGUISTICS AND POETICS 14, 53-62

30

A D V E R B S AND

COMPARATIVES

2 36 CRYSTAL David, 1966 Specification and English 1n JOURNAL OF LINGUISTICS

tenses 2:1, 1-33 237

CRYSTAL David, 1971 review of HARTVIGSON Hans H., 1969 in JOURNAL OF THE INTERNATIONAL PHONETIC A S S O C I A T I O N 102-106

1, 238

C U P A I U O L O Fabio, 1957 La f o r m a z i o n e degli avverbi in latino LIBRERIA SCIENTIFICA, N A P O L I , 166P ABSTRACT,

REVIEW OR DISCUSSION

BY

CALBOLI G u a l t i e r o , 1957 in LINGUA E STILE 2, 104-406 D"AGOSTINO in RIVISTA

V i t t o r i o , 1967 DI STUDI CLASSICI

FRANZESE Η., in LATINITAS RESTELLI in AEVUM

15, 272-273

1967 15, 303-304

G i u s e p p e , 1953 4 2 , 188-189 239

CURMAEVA N. V., 1972 (in R u s s i a n ) Le p r o b l è m e de la formation des a d v e r b e s c i r c o n s t a n c i e l s in LEKSIKOLOGIJA I LEKSIKOGRAPHIA, OTDELENIE LITERATURY I JAZIKA NAUCNYJ SOVET PO LEKSIKOLOGII I LEKSIKOGRAFI I MOSKVA IZDATEL"STVO NAUKA, 149-166 240 D"AGOSTINO V i t t o r i o , 1967 review of C U P A I U O L O Fabio, 1967 in RIVISTA DI STUDI CLASSICI 15,

272-273 241

DAHL Oesten, 1971 On the semantics of locational in SCANDO-SLAVICA 15, 125-127

expressions

242 DAHL Oesten, 1975 review of VERKUYEL Henk J., 1972 in FOUNDATIONS OF LANGUAGE 12:3,

451-454

ADVERBS AND ADVERBIALS

31 243

DAMOURETTE Oacques, PINCHON Edouard, 1971 Des mots à la pensée : essai de grammaire française 1911-1940 (adjectifs, adverbes de quantité, mots de liaison) EDITIONS D'ARTREY, PARIS, 418P 244 DANELL Karl Oonan, 1973 review of GUNNARSON Kjell-Ake, 1972 ln STUDIA NEOPHILOLOGICA 45, 202-205 245 DANES Frantisek, 1973 Vety s restr1ktivn1rmi adverbi 1 (OEN, POUZE, TOLIKO) in SLOVO A SLOVESNOST 34, 61-70 246 DAN0OU-FLAUX Nelly, 1975 Les marqueurs de satisfaction et d'insatisfaction in LE FRANCAIS MODERNE 43:4, 289-307 247 DAOUST-BLAIS Denise, 1975 L'adverbialisation de TOUT REGIE DE LA LANGUE FRANCAISE, MONTREAL, 51P 248 DARMESTETER Arsène, 1890 Reliques scientifiques (xxlll-111 - adverbes en -MENT, 287-294) LIBRAIRIE LEOPOLD CERF, PARIS, 328P 249 DARON Carol Fields, 1974 The positions of adverbials in a selected corpus of early Old English prose PH.D. DISSERTATION, AUBURN UNIVERSITY, 144P 250 DASWANI Chandler Oeramdas, 1969 Adverbials of time and location in English : a study 1n generative semantics PH.D. DISSERTATION, CORNELL UNIVERSITY, 189P ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY DASWANI Chandler Oeramdas, 1969 in DISSERTATION ABSTRACTS INTERNATIONAL 3Q:03-A, 1158 251 DASWANI Chandler Oeramdas, 1970 English manner adverbials in -LY in INDIAN LINGUISTICS 31:1, 28-40

32

ADVERBS AND

COMPARATIVES 252

DASWANI U l o t t a m a Chandler, 1975 Locative systems in Marathl and Hindi discourse PH.D. DISSERTATION, CORNELL UNIVERSITY, 169P 253 DAVIDSON Donald, 1957 The logical form of action sentences in RESCHER NICOLAS, ( E D I T O R ) , 1967 THE LOGIC OF DECISION AND ACTION UNIVERSITY OF PITTSBURGH PRESS, PITTSBURGH, 81-95 ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY CASTANEDA Hector-Neri, 1967 in RESCHER NICOLAS, ( E D I T O R ) , 1967, (96-103) CHISHOLM Roderick M., 1967 in RESCHER NICOLAS, ( E D I T O R ) , 1967, (96-103) LEMMON E. 0., 1967 in RESCHER NICOLAS, ( E D I T O R ) , 1967, (96-103) 254 DAVIDSON Donald, 1967 Reply to comments on THE LOGICAL FORM OF ACTION SENTENCES in RESCHER NICOLAS, ( E D I T O R ) , 1967 THE LOGIC OF DECISION AND ACTION UNIVERSITY OF PITTSBURGH PRESS, PITTSBURGH, 96-103 255 DAVIES E1r1an C., 1967 Some notes on English clause types (on clause comment adjuncts) in TRANSACTIONS OF THE PHILOLOGICAL SOCIETY BASIL BLACKWELL, OXFORD, 1-31 256 DAVISON A l i c e , 1970 Causal adverbs and performative verbs in PAPERS FROM THE SIXTH REGIONAL MEETING OF THE CHICAGO LINGUISTIC SOCIETY, 190-201 257 DAVISON Alice, 1973 Performative verbs, adverbs and feleclty conditions : an inquiry into the nature of performative verbs PH.D. DISSERTATION, THE UNIVERSITY OF CHICAGO, 299P 25 9 DAVISON Jack R., 1972 Contextual constraints on reason adverbials in LINGUISTICS 94, 6-20

ADVERBS AND

ADVERBIALS

33 259

DECORNULIER Benoît, 1973 But If RESPECTIVELY meant something ? 1n PAPERS IN LINGUISTICS 5:1, 131-134 260 DEFROMONT Hubert 0., 1973 Les constructions perfectives du verbe anglais contemporain (section 11.2 - cinétismes verbal et adverbial, 49-57) MOUTON, LA HAYE-PARIS, 152P 261 DE LA CRUZ Juan M., 1969 Rasgos tipologicos del ingles en el desarrollo de las estructuras de VERBOS CON PARTICULA 1n FILOLOGIA MODERNA 35, 265-235

historico

262 DE LA CRUZ Juan Μ., 1970 Nota sobre el diverso grado de adverbializacion en la partículas del verbo preposicional ingles in FILOLOGIA MODERNA 10:39, 339-341 DELBOUILLE Maurice, 1963 Note pour l'histoire des couples français SOR-DESOR, SUS-DESSUR et SOUS-DESSOUS in BIHLER HEINRICH, NOYER-WEIDNER ALFRED, ( E D I T O R S ) , 1963 MEDIUM AEVUM R O M A N  U M HUEBER, MUENCHEN, XX+411P, (78-86) 264 DELL François, 1968 A note on the scope of some adverbs in French UNPUBLISHED PAPER, MASSACHUSETTS INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY 2 65 DEROLEZ R., 1956 review of KIRCHNER Gustav, 1955 in REVUE BELGE DE PHILOLOGIE ET D'HISTOIRE 34, 925-926 266 DESCHUTTER G., 1973 De bijwoordelijke bepaling - een overzicht 1n STUDIA GERMANICA GANDENSIA 14, 5-37 267 DE SIVERS Fanny, 1968 L"adverbialisation des conjonctions dans quelques parlers populaires in WORD 24, 463-468

34

ADVERBS AND COMPARATIVES 268

DEUTSCHMANN Olaf, 1942 review of NILSSON-EHLE Hans, 1941 in VOLKSTUM UND KULTUR DER ROMANEN 15, 188-192 269 DEUTSCHMANN Olaf, 1959 Zum Adverb im Romanischer) anlaesslich Franzoesisch IL EST TERRIBLEMENT RICHE - IL A TERRIBLEMENT D'ARGENT MAK NIEMEYER VERLAG, TUESINGEN, 296P ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY BIHLER Heinrich, 1952 in ZEITSCHRIFT FUER FRANZOESISCHE SPRACHE UND LITERATUR 72, 100-104 HALLIG Rudolf, 1960 in ARCHIV FUER DAS STUDIUM DER NEUEREN SPRACHEN 197, 72-75 LOUREIRO Μ., 1962 in REVISTA PORTUGUESA DE FILOLOGIA 12, 276-281 LOZINSKA Maria, 1952 in BULLETIN DES JEUNES ROMANISTES 5, 49-52 LUEDTKE Helmut, i960 in ROMANISTISCHES JAHRBUCH 11, 246-249 MEIER Harri , 1959 in ROMANISCHE FORSCHUNGEN 71, 191-195 NILSSON-EHLE Hans, 1950 in STUDIA NEOPHILOLOGICA 32, 198-204 SANDMANN Manfred, 1960 in ROMANCE PHILOLOGY 14, 331-336 270 DEUTSCHMANN Olaf, 1971 review of BISCHOFF Heinrich, 1970 in ROMANISTISCHES JAHRBUCH 22, 213-216 271 DE VITA Phil, 1971 A partial investigation of the spatial forms of some Tuamotuan dialects in ANTHROPOLOGICAL LINGUISTICS 13:8, 401-420

ADVERBS AND ADVERBIALS

35 272

DIETRICH Gerhard, 1956 Die Akzentverhaeltnisse im Englischen bei Adverb und Praeposition in Verbindung mit einem Verb und Verwandtes (ein Beitrag zur Lehre vom englischen Rhythmus) in DIETRICH GERHARD, SCHULZE FRITZ WILLY, (EDITORS), 1956 STRENA ANGLICA, OTTO -UTTER ZUM 80. GEBURTSTAG MAX NIEMEYER VERLAG, HALLE, VII+263P, (1-67) 273 DIETRICH Gerhard, 1960 Adverb oder Praeposition ? Zu einem klaerungsbeduerftigen Kapitel der englischen Grammatik VEB MAX NIEMEYER VERLAG, HALLE, 173P ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY CARSTENSEN Broder, 1950 in DIE NEUEREN SPRACHEN 9, 553-560 TRNKA Bohumil, 1951 in ZEITSCHRIFT FUER ANGLISTIK UND AMERICAN I STI  9, 89-91 VAN EK Jan Ate, 1961 in ENGLISH STUDIES 42, 327-331 274 DIETRICH Rainer, 1973 Die Beschreibung adverbialer Gruppen in LINGUISTISCHE ARBEITEN DES GERMANITISCHEN INSTITUTS DER UNIVERSITAET DES SAARLANDES 13, 27-48 275 DIGNOIRE Claude, 1969 Observations concernant l'utilisation de l'adverbe CERTAINEMENT in BULLETIN DE LA SOCIETE ROUMAINE DE LINGUISTIQUE ROMANE 6, 41-50 276 DIK Simon Cornells, 1973 The semantic representation of manner adverbials in KRAAK ALBERT, (EDITOR), 1973 LINGUISTICS IN THE NETHERLANDS 1972-1973 VANGORCUM, ASSEN-AMSTERDAM, 277 DILLON George Lewis, 1973 ACT and the scope of manner adverbs READ AT THE 1973 SUMMER MEETING OF THE L.S.A·

36

ADVERBS AND COMPARATIVES 278

DILLON Myles, 1944 The negative and intensive prefixes in Irish and the origin of modern Irish AN = VERY; GREAT 1n TRANSACTIONS OF THE PHILOLOGICAL SOCIETY 1944, 95-107 279 DIRVEN René, 1973 A performative approach to German SICHER and Dutch ZEKER in TEN CATE ABRAHAM P., JORDENS PETER, (EDITORS), 1973 LINGUISTISCHE PERSPEKTIVEN MAK NIEMEYER VERLAG, TUEBINGEN, IV+317P 280 DOBBIE Elliot Van Kirk, 1965 review of JACOBSON Sven, 1964 in AMERICAN SPEECH 40, 205-207 281 DOGRAMADZIEVA Ekaterina, 1970 Sistema na starobalgarskite lokalni sajuzni narecija in IZVESTIJA NA INSTITUTA ZA BALGARSKI EZIK 19, 641-646 282 DOHERTY Monika, 1971 NOCH and SCHON and their presuppositions in KIEFER FERENC, RUWET NICOLAS, (EDITORS), 1971 GENERATIVE GRAMMAR IN EUROPE D. REIDEL PUBLISHING COMPANY, DORDRECHT, VIII+690P, (154-177) 283 DOMINGUEZ DE RODRIGUEZ PASQUES P., 1970 Morfología y sintaxis del adverbio en -MENTE in ACTAS DEL 3 CONGRESO INTERNACIONAL DE HISPANISTAS, 293 284 DONALDSON Margaret, BALFOUR George, 1968 Less is more : a study of languagè comprehension 1n chiIdren in BRITISH JOURNAL OF PSYCHOLOGY 59:4, 461-471 285 DONCHEVA Liljana, 1970 Rusklte neopredelitelni mestolmenlja 1 narechlja ot tipa -TO, -NIBUD"(-LIDO)... NI BYLO 1 tecnite ekvivalenti v balgarski ez1k in BALGARSKI EZIK 20, 442-451 286 DORAIS Louis-Jacques, 1971 Some notes on the semantics of Eastern Esktmo localizers ln ANTHROPOLOGICAL LINGUISTICS 13:3, 91-95

ADVERBS AND ADVERBIALS

37 287

DOUGHERTY Ray Cordel!, 1372 Global constraints on quantifiers and adverbs INDIANA UNIVERSITY LINGUISTICS CLUB, BLOOMINGTON, 40P 288 DOWNS Lynwood Gifford, 1931 intensive adverbs and intensive prefixes in the West German dialects : a lexical and semantic investigation PH.D. DISSERTATION, UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA 289 DRACHOS 0., 1972  voprosu o vremennych ziacenijach deeprleastij in SLAVICA 12, 59-64 290 DRAGOMIRESCU Gh. N., 1960 Adverbul si determinarea adverbiala in llmba romlna in LIMBA ROMINA 9:4, 33-40 291 DRAGOMIRESCU Gh. N. , 1961 Locutlunlle adverbiale 1n LIMBA SI LITERATURA 5, 60-65 292 DREIKE Beate, 1975 Local BEI 1aws in FOLIA LINGUISTICA 8:1-4, 171-198 293 DRESHER Elan, 1974 Adverbials and lexical decomposition READ AT THE CANADIAN LINGUISTIC ASSCIATIN MEETING, TORONTO 294 DROESCHER W. 0., 1974 Das deutsche Adverbial system in DEUTSCH ALS FREMDSPRACHE 11, 279-285 295 DUBOIS Jean, 1963 review of MOIGNET Gérard, 1961 1n LE FRANCAIS MODERNE 31, 73-74 296 DUBOIS Jean, 1964 Les formations adverbiales composées in LE FRANCAIS DANS LE MONDE 22, 33-34

38

ADVERBS AND COMPARATIVES 297

DUBOIS Jean, 1964 Adverbes et locutions de temps in LE FRANCAIS DANS LE MONDE 28, 33-34 293 DUBOIS Jean, 1967 Grammaire structurale du français : le verbe (chapitre 3 - adjectif et adjectif adverbial dans le syntagme verbal, 194-203) (chapitre 9 - adverbes et locutions de temps dans l'énoncé, 209-214) LIBRAIRIE LAROUSSE, PARIS, 218P 299 DUBUISSON Colette, 1974 Le système adverbial français in RECHERCHES LINGUISTIQUES A MONTREAL 2, 67-91 300 DUBUISSON Colette, 1975 Les transformations radicales et préservatrices de structures en français (première partie : les transformations de déplacements de constituants mobiles) PH.D. DISSERTATION, UNIVERSITE DE MONTREAL, 190P 301 DUCROT Oswald, 1970 PEU et UN PEU in CAHIERS DE LEXICOLOGIE 16, 21-52 302 DUCROT Oswald, 1971 French PEU et UN PEU : a semantic study in KIEFER FERENC, RUWET NICOLAS, (EDITORS), 1971 GENERATIVE GRAMMAR IN EUROPE (= FOUNDATIONS OF LANGUAGE, SUPPLEMENTARY SERIES 13) D. REIDEL PUBLISHING COMPANY, DORDRECHT, (178-203) 303 DUNLAP Arthur Ray, 1953 A comment on various uses of UP and DOWN in AMERICAN SPEECH 33, 74-75 304 DUSKOVA Libuse, 1972 review of BAECKLUND Ulf, 1970 in PHILOLOGICA PRAGENSIA 15, 43-44 305 DUVANTIER Claire, 1974 La colocacion de los adverbiales en espanol THESIS, COPENHAGEN, 102P

ADVERBS AND ADVERBIALS

39 305

DVORAK Josef, 1959 Le problème de la valeur des adverbes et des pronoms négatifs dans les phrases affirmatives en français in ACTA UNIVERSITATĪS CAROLIΝΑΕ, PHILOLOGICA 3, 47-57 307 DVORAKOVA Eva, 1961 Poznamky  postaveni islovecneho urceni situacniho ν anglictine a cestine z hlediska aktualniho cleneni vetneho in SBORNIK PRACI FILOSOFICKE FAKULTY BRNENSKE UNIVERSITY X, RADA JAZYKOVEDNA 9, 141-151 ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY FIRBAS Jan, 1961 in SBORNIK PRACI FILOSOFICKE FAKULTY BRNENSKE UNIVERSITY X, RADA JAZYKOVEDNA 9, 153-156 308 DVORAKOVA Eva, 1964 On the English and Czech situational adverbs in functional sentence perspective in BRNO STUDIES IN ENGLISH 4, 129-142 309 DYER Nancy Joe, 1972 A study of the Old Spanish adverb in -MENTE in HISPANIC REVIEW 40, 303-308 310 EBNER W., 1971 Zu den Modaladverbien des Deutschen; kommunikative Funktion und Semantik STAATSEXAMENSARBEIT, TUESINGEN 311 EDGREN Eva, 1971 Temporal clauses in English {= Studia anglistica upsaliensla 9) ALMQVIST AND WIKSELL, STOCKHOLM, 252P ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY BREITHUTOVA-CHLADKOVA Helga, 1973 in SBORNIK PRACI FILOSOFICKE FAKULTY BRNENSKE UNIVERSITY 22, 117-119 GRAUSTEIN Gottfried, 1973 in ZEITSCHRIFT FUER ANGLISTIK UND AMERIKANISTIK 21, 202-205

40

ADVERBS AND COMPARATIVES PUTSEYS Yvan, 1974 in LEUVENSE BIJDRAGEN 63:1, 53-75 VANDENBERGEN Α.-Μ., 1974 in ENGLISH STUDIES 55, 171-173 312

EGEA Esteban Rafael, 1974 Sintaxis y semantica de los adverbios terminados en -MENTE en el espanol contemporaneo PH.D. DISSERTATION, HARVARD UNIVERSITY 313 EICKMANN Walter Theodore, 1939 The semasiological development of the pronominal of motion in Old High German PH.D. DISSERTATION, NEW YORK UNIVERSITY, 328P

adverbs

314 EISENBERG Peter, 1976 Oberflaechenstruktur und logische Struktur MAX NIEMEYER VERLAG, TUE3INGEN, IX+219P 315 EITREM Hans, 1903 Stress in English verb+adverb -groups in ENGLISCHE STUDIEN 32, 69-77 316 EL-ARABY Salah Abdel Megid, 1963 A taxonomy of adverbial units in contemporary American English with special emphasis on their order in post-verbal positions ED.D. DISSERTATION, COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY, 261P ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY EL-ARABY Salah Abdel Megid, 1963 in DISSERTATION ABSTRACTS INTERNATIONAL

24:09, 3739 317

ELLINGER Johann, 1898 Beitraege zur englischen Grammatik : 14 zur Wortstellung in ENGLISCHE STUDIEN 24, 71-82 318 ELLINGER Johann, 1902 Noch einmal die Stellung des Adverbs oder einer adverbialen Bestimmung zwischen einem Substantiv und dem davon abhaengigen Genitiv in ENGLISCHE STUDIEN 30, 349-352

ADVERBS AND ADVERBIALS

41 319

ELLINGER Johann, 1904 Zur Stellung des Adverbs und der adverbialen Bestimmung in ENGLISCHE STUDIEN 33, 95-101 320 ELLINGER Johann, 1910 Ueber die Betonung der aus Verb+Adverb bestehenden englischen Wortgruppen PROGR. DER FRANZ JOSEPH-REALSCHULE IN WIEN 321 EMONDS Joseph Embley, 1959 A structure-preserving constraint on np movement transformations {on the transformation of THERE insertion) in PAPERS FROM THE FIFTH REGIONAL MEETING OF THE CHICAGO LINGUISTIC SOCIETY, 60-65 322 ENGEL Ulrich, 1968 Adjungierte Adverbiala : zur Gliedfolge im innenfeld in FORSCHUNGS-BERICHTE DES INSTITUTS FUER DEUTSCHE SPRACHE 1, 35-103 323 ENGVER Karl, 1972 Place de l'adverbe déterminant un infinitif dans la prose du français contemporain PH.D. DISSERTATION, UNIVERSITY OF UPPSALA, 122P ALMQVIST AND WIKSELL, STOCKHOLM, 122P 324 ENKVIST Nils Erik, 1972 Old English adverbial PA : an action marker ? in NEUPHILOLOGISCHE MITTEILUNGEN 73:1, 90-96 325 ERADES P.A., 1958 Points of modern English syntax : VERY and QUITE in ENGLISH STUDIES 39, 233-234 326 ERMAKOVA Ο. Ρ., 1964 0 nekotorych izmenenijach v sisteme afflksov i prolzvodjascich osnov kacestvennych nareclj in MUCNIKA Ī0SIF PAVLOVICH, PANDVA MIKHAIL VIKTOROVICH, (EDITORS), 1964 RAZVITIE GRAMMATIKI I LEKSIKI SOVREMENNOGO RUSSKOGO JAZYKA IZDATEL"STVO nauka, (INSTITUT RUSSKOGO JAZYKA AKADEMIJA NAUK SSSR), 364P, (138-147)

42

ADVERBS AND COMPARATIVES 327

ERMOLENKO inna Nikolaevna, 1963 Iz nablyudenlj nad narecnymi predlogaml sovremennogo russkogo jazyka (o nekotorych pr1nc1pach 1zucen1ja predlogov ν nerusskoj auditorii) in VOPROSY TEORII I METODIKLI PREPODAVANIJA RUSSKOGO JAZYKA INOSTRANCAM 1, 5-39 328 ERNENS-VAN D U C K Ria, 197I La classification des adverbes à partir d'un corpus in TRAVAUX DE LINGUISTIQUE 2, 59-77 329 ESPEGARD A m e , 1958 Nogle nordjydske retningsbetegnelser, indendors og udendors in SPROG OG KULTUR 20:4, 93-10 330 ETZLER Carl Friedrich, 1826 Spracheroerterungen (adjectiv und adverb, 13-29) GRASS, BARTH AND COMPANY, BRESLAU, 291P 331 EXNER Paul, 1912 Typische Adverbialbestimmungen DISSERTATION, BERLIN, 45?

1n fruehenglischer Poesie 332

EYOT Υ., 1948 QUAND ♦♦· (en train de devenir adverbe) in LE FRANCAIS MODERNE 16, 108 333 FAEHLIN Carin, 1942 Etude sur l'emploi des prépositions EN, A, DANS, au sens local ALMQVIST AND WIKSELL, UPPSALA, IX+370P 334 FAIRCLOUGH Norman L., 19S4 Studies in the collocation of lexical items with prepositions and adverbs in a corpus of spoken and written present-day English M.A. THESIS, LONDON UNIVERSITY COLLEGE, ENGLAND, 335 FAIRCLOUGH Norman L., 1973 Relative clauses and performative verbs in LINGUISTIC INQUIRY 4:4, 526-530

A D V E R B S AND

43

ADVERBIALS

336 FALK P a u l , 1924 De TROP EST BONS à IL EST PAR TROP in STUDIER I MODERN SPRAKVETENSKAP

BON 9, 199-226 337

FARSI Al 1 A b d u l l a , 1974 Further v a r i e t i e s of a d v e r b s in English in BAILEV C H A R L E S - J A M E S N I C E , SHUY ROGER

WELLINGTON,

(EDITORS), 1974 TOWARDS TOMORROW'S LINGUISTICS GEORGETOWN UNIVERSITY PRESS, WASHINGTON, D.C., 351P 338 FAR2AN Massud, 1964 A linguistic study of adverbial clauses in the contemporary English essay with pedagogical appiications ED,D. DISSERTATION, UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN, 121P ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY FARZAN Massud, 1964 in DISSERTATION ABSTRACTS INTERNATIONAL 25:12, 7255 339 FAUCHER Eugène, 1971 La place de l'adverbe français in VOX ROMANICA 30, 84-33 340 FAUCHER Eugène, 1971 Une syntaxe transformationelle de l'adverbe allemand review of STEINITZ Renate, 1969 in LA LINGUISTIQUE 7:1, 115-126 341 FEAGANS Diane Lynne Vernon, 1974 Children's comprehension of some temporal and spatial structures in PAPERS FROM THE TENTH REGIONAL MEETING OF THE CHICAGO LINGUISTIC SOCIETY, 139-150 342 FEAGANS Diane Lynne Vernon, 1974 The comprehension by young children of some temporal and spatial linguistic structures PH.D. DISSERTATION, THE UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN, 139P ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY FEAGANS Diane Lynne Vernon, 1974 in DISSERTATION ABSTRACTS INTERNATIONAL 33:11-B, 5615

44

ADVERBS AND COMPARATIVES 343

FERENCZY T., (in preparation in 1970) Contribution à une théorie génerale de l'adverbe et du circonstant en français THESE DE DOCTORAT D'ETAT, UNIVERSITE DE PARIS-SORBONNE 344 FERNALD James C., 1904 Connectives of English speech (part 1v - relative or conjunctive adverbs, 299-313) FUNK AND WAGNALLS COMPANY, NEW YORK-LONDON, XI+324P 345 FERREIRO Emil la, 1971 Les relations temporelles dans le langage de l'enfant LIBRAIRIE DROZ., GENEVE, 3S9P 346 FETTIG Adolf, 1934 Die Gradadverbien 1n Mittelenglischen {= anglistische Forschungen 79) CARL WINTER, HEIDELBERG, 222P ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY ANDERSON Olof, 1937 1n ENGLISH STUDIES 19, 176-177 KOZIOL Herbert, 1935 in ENGLISCHE STUDIEN 71, 244-247 347 FIJN VAN DRAAT Pleter, 1904 RECENTLY 1n ENGLISCHE STUDIEN 34, 63-73 348 FIJN VAN DRAAT Pleter, 1906 AFTER in ENGLISCHE STUDIEN 35, 100-110 349 FIJN VAN DRAAT Pleter, 1906 The adverbial use of ANY in ENGLISCHE STUDIEN 36, 450 350 FIJN VAN DRAAT Pleter, 1910 LATELY - LATE - OF LATE - LATTERLY in ENGLISCHE STUDIEN 41, 289-304

A D V E R B S AND ADVERBIALS

45

351 FILLMORE Charles John, 1966 A proposal concerning English prepositions in MONOGRAPH SERIES ON LANGUAGES AND LINGUISTICS 19, 19-33 352 FIRBAS Jan, 1961 Oeste j postaveni prislovecneho urcenl v anglictine a cestlne z hlediska aktualniho clenenl vetneho review of DVORAKOVA Eva, 1961 in SBORNIK PRACI FILOSOFICKE FAKULTY BRNENSKE UNIVERSITY X, RADA JAZYKOVEDNA 9, 153-156 353 FLASCHE Hans, 1962 Das aus -MENTE adverb und adjectiv bestehende syntagma (zur sprache CALDERONS) in BOLLETTINO, CENTRO DI STUDI FILOLOGICI E LINGUISTICI SICILIANI, PALERMO 7, 18-37 354 FODOR Jerry Alan, 1972 Troubles about actions in DAVIDSON DONALD, HARMAN GILBERT, (EDITORS), 1972 SEMANTICS OF NATURAL LANGUAGE D. REIDEL PUBLISHING COMPANY, BOSTON, (48-69) 355 FOKOS-FUCHS David Rafael, 1958 Die Verbaladverbien der permischen Sprachen in ACTA LINGUISTICA 8, 273-342 356

FONAGY Ivan, 1973 Poids sémantique et POIDS PHONETIQUE in LA LINGUISTIQUE 9:2, 5-35 357 FOSTER Brian, 1972 review of BISCHOFF Heinrich, 1970 in FRENCH STUDIES 26, 501-502 358 FOSTER David Will1am, 1970 Spanish so-called impersonal sentences (analyse d'un groupe d'items sufflxaux en -MENTE) 1n ANTHROPOLOGICAL LINGUISTICS 12:1, 1-9 359 FOULET Lucien, 1939 TOUS LES COMBIEN PASSE-T-IL ? in STUDIES IN FRENCH LANGUAGE AND MEDIAEVAL LITERATURE PRESENTED TO PROFESSOR MILDRED KATHARINE POPE BOOKS FOR LIBRAIRIES PRESS, FREEPORT, 429P, (103-114)

46

ADVERBS AND COMPARATIVES 360

FOULET Lucien, 1946 Le PLUS quantitatif et le PLUS temporel in ETUDES ROMANES DEDIEES A MARIO ROQUES EMILE DROZ, PARIS, 233P, (131-148) 361 FOULET Lucien, 1946 L'effacement des adverbes de lieu (1. SUS, OUS, AMONT, AVAL, HAUT, BAS) in ROMANIA 69, 1-79 362 FOULET Lucien, 1948 AVALER et DESCENDRE (l'effacement des adverbes de lieu) in MEDIAEVAL STUDIES IN HONOR OF OEREMIAH DENIS MATTHIAS FORD HARVARD UNIVERSITY PRESS, CAMBRIDGE, 25-52 36 3 FOULET Lucien, 1964 L'effacement des adverbes de lieu (lii. ICI, LA et leur groupe) in ROMANIA 75, 433-456 364 FOULET Lucien, 1960 L'effacement des adverbes de lieu (1v. le groupe d'AVANT et d'ARRIERE) in ROMANIA 81, 433-482 365 FRANCK Johannes, 1905 Aus der Geschichte des Adverbs in PAUL UND BRAUNES BEITRAEGE ZUR GESCHICHTE DES DEUTSCHE SPRACHE UND LITERATUR 30, 334P 366 FRANCUK V. Ou., 1961 Pryslivnyky, utvoreni vid prykmetnykiv z suflksom -S"Kin MOVOZNAVSTVO 16, 52-53 367 FRANZESE H., 1967 review of CUPAIUOLO Fabio, 1967 in LATINITAS 15, 303-304 368 FRASER Oames Bruce, 1965 An examination of the verb-particle constructions in Eng1ish PH.D. DISSERTATION, MASSACHUSETTS INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY

ADVERBS AND ADVERBIALS

47

369 FRASER Oames Bruce, 1956 An analysis of EVEN in English in MONOGRAPH SERIES ON LANGUAGES AND LINGUISTICS 19, 45-61 370 FRASER Oames Bruce, 1970 A note on VICE-VERSA in LANGUAGE RESEARCH REPORTS 1 LANGUAGE RESEARCH FOUNDATION, CAMBRIDGE 371 FRASER Oames Bruce, 1971 An analysis of EVEN in English in FILLMORE CHARLES JOHN, LANGENDOEN DONALD TERENCE, (EDITORS), 1971 STUDIES IN LINGUISTIC SEMANTICS HOLT, RINEHART AND WINSTON, INC., NEW YORK, 150-178 372 FRASER Oames Bruce, 1972 review of HILL Leslie Alexander, 1968 in FOUNDATIONS OF LANGUAGE 8:2, 294-297 373 FREI Henri, 1944 Systèmes de déictiques (démonstratifs, adverbes de lieu, adverbes de manière) in ACTA LINGUISTICA 4, 111-129 374 FRETHEIM Thorstein, 1971 NODIG and GJERNE, two Norwegian sentence adverbs in NORWEGIAN JOURNAL OF LINGUISTICS 25, 94-107 375 FRIES Udo, 1971 Praesens und YESTERDAY : ein Beitrag zum Tempusgebrauch und Adverbial syntax in FOLIA LINGUISTICA 5:1, 83-100 376 FUCHS Albert, 1975 CLIFF"s law : an artifact ? 1n ZEITSCHRIFT FUER EXPERIMENTELLE UND ANGEWANDTE PSYCHOLOGIE 22:4, 573-583 377 FUCHS Catherine, 1971 Contribution préliminaire à la construction d'une grammaire de reconnaissance du français. problème des aspects, des types de procès et de trois adverbes : ENCORE, DE0A, TOUJOURS dans le cadre d'une grammaire automat i sable THESE DE DOCTORAT, UNIVERSITE DE PARIS VII, 202P

48

ADVERBS AND COMPARATIVES 378

FUJI I Takeo, 1965 Verb-adverb combination in Shakespeare"s language : an approach to the interpretations of Shakespeare"s language and expressions in ANGLICA 5:5, 54-91 379 FUKUCHI Hajerne, 1975 Remarks on the adverbials in coordinate structure in PAPERS IN LINGUISTICS 8:1-2, 177-197 380 FUNCK A., 1891 Die lateinischen Adverbia auf -1m, ihre Bildung und ihre Geschichte in ARCHIV FUER LATEINISCHE LEXICOGRAPHIE UND GRAMMATIK 7, 485-506 ; 8, (1893), 77-114 381 FUNK Gottfried Benedict, 1820 Von den Adverbien der deutschen Sprache, welche fuer unveraender1iche Ajektiva gehalten werden in GOTTFRIED BENEDICT FUNK"S SCHRIFTEN SANDER, BERLIN, PART I, 157-235 382 GAATONE David, 1971 Etude descriptive du système de la négation en français contemporain (quatrième partie - locutions adverbiales, 187-197) LIBRAIRIE DROZ, GENEVE, 237P 383 GAILUMS Klements, 1968 Distances adverbu semantika un sintaktiskas funkcijas musdienu latviesu literārajā valoda in AR DARBA SARKANA KAROGA ORDENI APBALVOTA PETERA STUCKAS LATVIJAS VALSTS UNIVERSITATE, ZINATNISKIE RAKSTI 86, 225-247 384 GALET Yvette, 1975 Les corrélations verbo-adverbiales au niveau de la phrase complexe en français classique in LE FRANCAIS MODERNE 43:4, 338-347 385 GALICHET Georges, 1957 Grammaire structurale du français moderne (section li-b - caractérisation, détermination et modulation du procès : l'espèce adverbiale, 47-52) EDITIONS HMH, MONTREAL, 248P

ADVERBS AND ADVERBIALS

49 386

GALKINA-FEDORUK Evdokiia Mikhallovna, 1963 Vyrazenie neopredelennost1 ν russkom jazyke neopredelennymi mesto imenijamii narecijami IZDATEL"STVO MOSKOVSKOGO UNIVERSITET, MOSKVA, 45P 387 GALLAGHER Mary, 1970 Adverbs of time and tense in PAPERS FROM THE SIXTH REGIONAL MEETING OF THE CHICAGO LINGUISTIC SOCIETY, 220-225 388

GAMILLSCHEG Ernst, 1952 Praepositlon und Adverbium im Franzoesisehen in ZEITSCHRIFT FUER ROMANISCHE PHILOLOGIE 68, 209-242 389 GAMILLSCHEG Ernst, 1963 Ueber Praeposition und Adverb 1m Spanischen in BIHLER HEINRICH, NOYER-WEIDNER ALFRED, (EDITORS), 1963 MEDIUM AEVUM ROMANICUM HUEBER, MUENCHEN, XX+411P, (120-139) 390 GARCIA Erica C · , 1970 ALL and ONLY in GLOSSA 4:1, 22-28 391 GARNIER G., 1975 Time and tense in French and English : some translation problems in JOLY ANDRE, FRASER T., (EDITORS), 1975 STUDIES IN ENGLISH GRAMMAR EDITIONS UNIVERSITAIRES, PARIS, 293P 392 GASCA-QUEIRAZZA Giuliano, 1968 Note storiche sulla formazione del tipo avverbiale latino-volgare aggettivo + -MENTE in ACTELE CELUI DE-AL 12-LEA CONGRES INTERNATIONAL DE LINGUISTICA SI FILOLOGIE ROMANICA 1, 109-114 393 GATERS Alfreds, 1960 review of OZOLS Arturs, 1958 in ORBIS 9, 575-579 394 GATERS Alfreds, 1967 Adverbialislerung von attributiven und praedikativen Adjektiven im Lettischen in ZEITSCHRIFT FUER VERGLEICHENDE SPRACHFORSCHUNG 81:1, 153-158

50

A D V E R B S AND

COMPARATIVES

395 GAUGER H i l d e g a r d , 1922 Das A d v e r b als G e f u e h l s t r a e g e r D I S S E R T A T I O N , T U E B I N G E N , 93P

im

Englischen

und

Deutschen

396 G A V R I L O V I C G o r d a n a , 1971 Adverbial c l a u s e s of c a u s e , place and m a n n e r in English and S e r b o - C r o a t i a n in THE YUGOSLAV S E R B O - C R O A T I A N - E N G L I S H C O N T R A S T I V E P R O J E C T , UNIVERSITY OF S A R A J E V O , REPORT 4, 1-10 397 GAZDARU D e m e t r i o , 1950 H I C , I B I , INDE en las lenguas ibero-roman1 cas in FILOLOGIA 2, 29-44 393 GEIS J o n n i e E l i n o r , 1970 Some a s p e c t s of verb p h r a s e a d v e r b i a l s 1n English P H . D . D I S S E R T A T I O N , UNIVERSITY OF I L L I N O I S , 310P A B S T R A C T , REVIEW OR DISCUSSION GEIS O o n n l e E l i n o r , 1370 1n DISSERTATION A B S T R A C T S

BY

INTERNATIONAL

31:09-A,

4747 399

GEIS O o n n l e E l i n o r , 1970 Lexical insertion of locative and t i m e p r e p o s i t i o n s in PAPERS FROM THE SIXTH REGIONAL MEETING OF THE C H I C A G O LINGUISTIC S O C I E T Y , 223-234 400 GEIS Michael L o r e n z , 1970 T i m e p r e p o s i t i o n s as underlying verbs in PAPERS FROM THE SIXTH REGIONAL MEETING OF THE LINGUISTIC S O C I E T Y , 235-249

CHICAGO

401 GEIS Michael L o r e n z , 1970 A d v e r b i a l s u b o r d i n a t e c l a u s e s in English P H . D . D I S S E R T A T I O N , M A S S A C H U S E T T S INSTITUTE OF 204P

TECHNOLOGY,

402 GEIS Michael L o r e n z , 1973 English t i m e and place a d v e r b i a l s in O H I O STATE UNIVERSITY W O R K I N G PAPERS IN L I N G U I S T I C S READ A T THE W I N T E R MEETING OF THE L.S.A., 10P

18

ADVERBS AND ADVERBIALS

51 403

GEIS Michael Lorenz, 1974 Two theories of action sentences READ AT THE SUMMER MEETING OF THE L.S.Α., 13Ρ 404 GEIS Michael Lorenz, 1974 What do place adverbials modify ? in OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY WORKING PAPERS IN LINGUISTICS 18 405 GELZER Heinrich, 1924 VIELLEICHT und PEUT-ETRE in ARCHIV FUER DAS STUDIUM DER NEUREN SPRACHEN UND LITERATUREN 147, 253-254 406 GEMMINGEN-OBSTFELDER Barbara, 1976 review of LINDVALL Lars, 1971 in ZEITSCHRIFT FUER FRANZOESISCHE SPRACHE UND LITERATUR 85:4, 376-379 407 GENADIEVA-MUTAFCIEVA Zara, 1955 Obrazuvane na narecija po frazeolog1cen nacin in BALGARSKI EZIK 5, 343-349 408 GEORGIEVA Elena, 1955 Njakoi sakrateni formi na narecija, sajuzi, mestoimenija i dr. in BALGARSKI EZIK 5, 168-170 409 GERHARDT Paul, 1892 De adverbi is ad notionem augendam a PLAUTO usurpatis DISSERTATION, HALLE, 48P 410 GERRARD Allen George, 1953 A study of the usage of the Spanish locative adverbs AQUI and  PH.D. DISSERTATION, UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN, 132P ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY GERRARD Allen George, 1953 in DISSERTATION ABSTRACTS INTERNATIONAL 25:01, 462 411 GHEORGHITOIU Andreea, 19S0 Adverbul ca determinant al substantivu1ui in REVISTA DE FILOLOGIE ROMANICA SI GERMANICA 4, 355-364

52

ADVERBS AND COMPARATIVES 412

GILÜLA Mordechai, 1972 The negation of the adverb 1n Demotic in JOURNAL OF THE AMERICAN ORIENTAL SOCIETY 92:3, 460-465 413 GLASSER Richard, 1964 review of JACK Walter, 1961 in ZEITSCHRIFT FUF.R ROMAMISCHE PHILOLOGIE, 80, 142-147 414 GNUTZMANN Claus, 1974 Zur Graduierbarkeit von Adjektiven im Englischen in LINGUISTISCHE BERICHTE 31, 1-12 415 GODIN Η., 1963 review of KLUM Arne, 1951 in FRENCH STUDIES 17, 297-299 416 GOICOCHEA Socorro, 1969 Sobre los equivalentes en castellano de ALREADY y YET usados con el PRESENT PERFECT TENSE in LENGUAJE Y CIENCIAS 34, 16-20 417 GOLAY J. Ρ., 1959 Le complément de manière est-i1 un complément de  1 rconstance? in LE FRANCAIS MODERNE 27, 67-71 418 GOLDMANN Stephen Henry, 1974 Epithet adverbs and the question of grammar complication in KWARTALNIK NEOFILOLOGICZNY 21:3, 355-367 419 GOLLOB Harry Frank, 1963 Impression formation and v/ord combination in sentences in JOURNAL OF PERSONALITY AND SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY 10, 341-353 420 GOMES Ch., 1957 Ob istoriceskom ra2vitii ispanskich adverbial"nych suffiksov -MENTE, -GUISA, -COSA in ALEKSEEV M. N., STEPANOV G· V., (EDITORS), 1957 ROMAND-GERMANSKAJA FILOLOGIA. SBORNIK STATEJ V CEST"AKADEMIKA V. F. SISMAREVA IZDATEL"STVO LENINGRADSKOGO UNIVERSITETA, LENINGRAD, 351P

ADVERBS AND ADVERBIALS

53 421

GOMES Ch., 1957 El grado de abstraccion del sufijo adverbial -MENTE in NAUKOVI 2APISKY 3, 105-124 422 GOSSEN Carl Theodor, 1955 review of JACK Walter, 1961 in ROMANISCHE FORSCHUNGEN 77, 130-131 423 GOUGENHEIN Georges, 1942 review of NILSSON-EHLE Hans, 1941 in BULLETIN DE LA SOCIETE DE LINGUISTIQUE DE PARIS 43, 52 424 GOUGENHEIM Georges, 1955 L'intensité du verbe et de la quantité in LE FRANCAIS DANS LE MONDE 34, 19-20 425 GOUGH James Junior, 1965 A study of the intraclass structural potential of the German locative adverb PH.D. DISSERTATION, HARVARD UNIVERSITY, 426 GOUGH James Junior, 1957 On the German locative : a study 1n symbols in MECHANICAL TRANSLATION 10, 63-84 427 GOUGH James Junior, 1970 The referential-based generation of the English in SOUTHEASTERN CONFERENCE ON LINGUISTICS 3,

locative 428

GRAD Anton, 1961 Remarques sur l'emploi de l"adverbe de reprise SI en ancien français in LINGUISTICA 4, 5-19 429 GRADY Michael, 1972 The source of adverbial GOOD in LINGUISTICS 77, 22-25 430 GRALA Maria, 1973 Negated adverbial participles 1n Polish and their corresponding forms 1n English in PAPERS AND STUDIES IN CONTRASTIVE LINGUISTICS 2, 281-294

54

ADVERBS AND COMPARATIVES 431

GRANDY Richard, 1972 On semantics for modifiers MIMEOGRAPHED, PRINCETON UNIVERSITY 432 GRASSI Cesare, 1966 AFFATTO in LINGUA NOSTRA 27, 101-102 433 GRAUSTEIN Gottfried, 1973 review of EDGREN Eva, 1971 in ZEITSCHRIFT FUER ANGLISTIK UND AMERIKANISTIK 21, 202-205 434 GREEN Georgia, 1968 On TOO and EITHER and not just TOO and EITHER, EITHER in PAPERS FROM THE FOURTH REGIONAL MEETING OF THE CHICAGO LINGUISTIC SOCIETY, 22-39 435 GREENBAUM Sidney, 1967 A study of conjunctive, disjunctive and other functions of the adverb in present-day English PH.D. DISSERTATION, LONDON UNIVERSITY COLLEGE 436 GREENBAUM Sidney, 1969 Studies in English adverbial usage LONGMANS, GREEN AND CO., LTD., LONDON, 262P ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY ANNEAR-THOMPSON Sandra, 1973 1n LANGUAGE 49:2, 489-492 HARTVIGSON Hans Η., 1971 in ENGLISH STUDIES 52:2, 189-192 JACOBSON Sven, 1970 in STUDIA NEOPHILOLOGICA 42:2, 510-513 KOTTKE Ekkehard, 1971 1n THE CANADIAN JOURNAL OF LINGUISTICS 17:1, 65-70 MACHACEK Jaroslav, 1972 in LINGUISTICS 84, 104-107 MCNAMER Patrick Francis, 1974 in CENTRE DE TRADUCTION AUTOMATIQUE, UNIVERSITE DE MONTREAL, 25P

ADVERBS AND ADVERBIALS

55

0"DONNELL William Robert, 1973 in JOURNAL OF LINGUISTICS 9, 313-319 SCHREIBER Peter Anthonv, 1972 in LINGUA 29, 347-359 TELLIER André R., 1971 in BULLETIN DE LA SOCIETE DE LINGUISTIQUE DE PARIS 66, 169-170 437 GREENBAUM Sidney, 1970 Verb-intensifier collocations 1n English : an experimental approach (= Janua linguarum, Series minor 86) MOUTON, THE HAGUE-PARIS, 96P ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY BRISAU A., 1972 in ENGLISH STUDIES 53:1, 80-33 KING Harold Vosburg, 1971 in LANGUAGE 47:4, 936-938 NEV James Walter, 1972 in LINGUISTICS 84, 103-114 438 GREENBAUM Sidney, 1973 Adverbial -ING participle in English in ANGLIA 91:1, 1-10 439 GREENBAUM Sidney, 1974 Some verb-intensifier collocations in American and British English in AMERICAN SPEECH 49:1-2, 79-90 440 GREENBAUM Positional DEPARTMENT in STUDIES

Sidney, 1974 norms of English adverbs OF ENGLISH, UNIVERSITY OF WISCONSIN-MILWAUKEE IN ENGLISH LINGUISTICS (IN PRESS) 441

GREGORES Ema G., 1960 Las formaciones adverbiales en -MENTE in FILOLOGIA 6, 77-102 442 GREVISSE Maurice, 1969 Le bon usage (chapitre 6 - l'adverbe, 801-886) EDITIONS 0. DUCULOT, S.A., GEMBLOUX, BELGIQUE, 1228P

56

ADVERBS AND COMPARATIVES 443

GRINAVECKIENE E. J., 1964 Ρrieveiksmiai su formantu -(I)AI siaures vakaru aukstaiciu tarrnese in LĪETUVIU KALBOTYROS KLAUSIMAI 7, 179-186 444 GRUNDT Lars-Otto, 1967 Le problème des adverbes de relation en français in ACTES DU 10E CONGRES INTERNATIONAL DES LINGUISTES 4, 451-454 445 GRUNDT Lars-Otto, 1972 Etudes sur l'adjectif invarié en français UNIVERSITETSFORLAGET, BERGEN-OSLO-TROMSO, 434P ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY CONNORS Kathleen, 1977 in ROMANCE PHILOLOGY 30:3, 520-524 KLARE Johannes, 1975 in BEITRAEGE ZUR ROMANISCHEN PHILOLOGIE 14:1, 220-221 KROETSCH Monique, 1975 in ZEITSCHRIFT FUER FRANZOESISCHE SPRACHE UND LITERATUR 85:3, 284-287 MARTIN Robert, 1975 in LE FRANCAIS MODERNE 43:4, 359-362 PRICE Glanvllle, 1975 in ZEITSCHRIFT FUER ROMANISCHE PHILOLOGIE 92:3/4, 449-451 SANDMANN Manfred, 1975 in ROMANISTISCHES JAHRBUCH 26, 182-183 446 GRZEGORCZYKOWA Renata, 1959 Problem regu1arnoshci w derywacji (na materiale przys1owkow odρrzymiotniisowych ) in BULLETIN DE LA SOCIETE POLONAISE DE LINGUISTIQUE 2 7 , 93-100 447 GRZEGORCZYKOWA Renata, 1974  semantyczne przyslowkow temporalnych w jezyku polskim in MAYENOWA M. R., (EDITOR), 1974 TEKST I JEZYK. PROBLEMY SEMANTYSZNE POLSKA AKADDEMIA NAUK. INSTYTUT BADAN LITERACKICH, WARSAW, (235-242)

ADVERBS AND ADVERBIALS

57 448

GUIRAUD Pierre, 1964 L'opposition actuel-virtuel : remarques sur l'adverbe de négation dans AUCASSIN ET NICOLETTE in RENSON JEAN, (EDITOR), 1964 MELANGE DE LINGUISTIQUE ROMANE ET DE PHILOLOGIE MEDIEVALE OFFERTS A M. MAURICE DELBOUILLE, VOLUME I : LINGUISTIQUE ROMANE EDITIONS J. DUCULOT, GEMBLOUX, 713P, (295-306) 449 GULOWSKA Irena, 1975 On the use of Russian, Polish and English locative phrase 1n the function of nominal attribute in KWARTALNIK NEOFILOLOGICZNY 22:1, 91-96 450 GULSTAD Daniel El las, 1971 Verb classes, adverbs, and case : some observations on expllcitness and redundancy in INGEMANN FRANCES, (EDITOR), 1971 PAPERS FROM THE FIFTH KANSAS LINGUISTIC CONFERENCE DEPARTMENT OD LINGUISTICS, UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS, LAWRENCE, 54-65 451 GULYGA E . G . , 1956 Modalwoerter in der deutschen Gegenwartssprache MOSCOW 452 GUNNARSON Kjell-Ake, 1972 Le complément de lieu dans le syntagme nominal PH.D. DISSERTATION, UNIVERSITY OF LUND, 130P ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY DANELL Karl Oonan, 1973 in STUDIA NEOPHILOLOGICA 45, 202-205 453 HAAS Hans, 1958 Studien zur adverbfunktion von adjektivformen in fruehneuenglischer zeit DISSERTATION, KOELN, II+301P 454 HADROVICS Laszlo, 1958 Adverbien als Verbalpraefixe in der Schriftsprache der burgenlaedischen Kroaten ln STUDIA SLAVICA ACADEMIAE SCIENTIARUM HUNGARICAE 4, 211-249

58

ADVERBS AND COMPARATIVES 455

HADZISELIMOVIC Orner, 1971 intransitive verbs adverbials or complements containing non-finite verb-forms in THE YUGOSLAV SERBO-CROATIAN-ENGLISH CONTRASTIVE PROJECT, UNIVERSITY OF SARAJEVO, REPORT 4, 11-22 456 HALL Barbara Corey, 1964 Adverbial subordinate clauses WORKING PAPER W-07241, MITRE CORPORATION, BEDFORD, MASS., 457 HALL Robert Anderson Junior, 1943 review of NILSSON-EHLE Hans, 1941 in LANGUAGE 19, 53-55 458 HALL Richard Michael Ryan, HALL Beatrice L., 1970 A problem of rule ordering : anarthrous locatives in Yiddish in LUGTON ROBERT C , SALTZER MILTON G-, (EDITORS), 1970 STUDIES IN HONOR OF J, ALEXANDER KERNS JANUA LINGUARUM, SERIES MAIOR 44, 49-58 MOUTON, THE HAGUE-PARIS, 120P 459 HALLIG Rudolf, 1960 review of DEUTSCHMANN Olaf, 1959 in ARCHIV FUER DAS STUDIUM DER NEUEREN SPRACHEN 197, 72-75 460 HAMP Eric Pratt, 1973 Albanian GAT, Slavic GOTOV and Balkan adverbials in REVUE ROUMAINE DE LINGUISTIQUE 18:4, 333-345 461 HANES Gh., 1960 Sufixele adverbiale -ESTE si -ICESTE in ACADEMIA REPUBLICII POPULARE ROMINE, INSTITUTUL DE LINGVISTICA, 1960 STUDII SI MATERIALE PRIVITOARE LA FORMAREA CUVINTELOR IN LIMBA ROMINA, II EDITURA ACADEMIEI RPR, BUCURESTI, 234P, (129-147) 462 HANSEN Iah, 1976 Quelques réflexions sur le mot PUISQUE et la notion d'adverbe de phrase in STUDIA NEOPHILOLOGICA 48:1, 152-154 463 HAERD John Evert, 1976 Adjektivadverb oder adverbiales Adjektiv ? Ein Beitrag zur Forschungsgeschichte der deutschen Grammatik in ACTA ACADEMIAE ABOENSIS, SERIA A : HUMANIORA 54:1, 75P ABO AKADEMI, ABO/TURKU

ADVERBS AND ADVERBIALS

59 464

HARMAN Gilbert Helms, 1972 Logical form in FOUNDATIONS OF LANGUAGE 9:1, 35-65 465 HARNER Lorraine, 1976 Children"s understanding of linguistic reference to past and future in JOURNAL OF PSYCHOLINGUISTIC RESEARCH 5:1, 65-84 466 HARRIS Marvyn Roy, 1964 review of ANDERSSON Sven, 1964 review of ANDERSSON Sven, 1961 in ROMANCE PHILOLOGY 17:3, 679-684 467 HARRIS Richard Jerome, 1973 Answering questions containing marked and unmarked adjectives and adverbs in JOURNAL OF EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY 97:3, 399-401 468 HARRIS Zellig Sabettai, 1968 Mathematical structures of language INTERSCIENCE PUBLISHERS, NEW YORK, IX+230P 469 HARTMANN Reinhard Rudolf Karl, 1972 review of STEINITZ Renate, 1969 in LINGUISTICS 83, 96-98 470 HARTVIGSON Hans Η., 1969 On the intonation and position of the so-called sentence modifiers 1n present-day English (= Odense university studies in English 1) ODENSE UNIVERSITY PRESS, ODENSE, 269P ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY BOLINGER Dwight Le Me-ton, 1972 in LANGUAGE 48:2, 454-463 CRYSTAL David, 1971 in JOURNAL OF THE INTERNATIONAL PHONETIC ASSOCIATION 1, 102-106 LEE William Rowland, 1973 in PHONETICA 27, 185

60

ADVERBS AND COMPARATIVES 0"CONNOR Joseph Desmond, 1970 in STUDIA NEOPHILOLOGICA 42:2, 507-509 SCHREIBER Peter Antony, 1972 in LINGUA 29, 347-359 SCHUBIGER Maria, 1972 in ENGLISH STUDIES 53:2, 175-179

WODE Henning, 1972 in ANGLIA 90, 191-194

471 HARTVIGSON Hans h., 1971 review of GREENBAUM Sidney, 1969 in ENGLISH STUDIES 52:2, 189-192 472 HASHIMOTO Anne Yue, 1971 Descriptive adverbials and the passive construction in Ch i nese in UNICORN 7, 84-93 473 HATCHER Anna Grenville, 1958 The informant and the adverb review of MCWILLIAMS Raion D., 1964 in MODERN LANGUAGE NOTES 73, 355-364 474 HAUSMANN Robert Bankson, 1972 A transformational analysis of English tense and time adverbs PH.D. DISSERTATION, UNIVERSITY OF WISCONSIN, 201P ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY HAUSMANN Robert Bankson, 1972 in DISSERTATION ABSTRACTS INTERNATIONAL 32:10-A, 5763 475 HAUSSLEITER 0., 1888 Utrumque als Adverbium in ARCHIV FUER LATEINISCHE LEXICOGRAPHIE UND GRAMMATIK 5, 564-567 476 HEATON John Brian, 1965 Prepositions and adverbial L0NGMAN"S, LONDON, 160P

particles

ADVERBS AND ADVERBIALS

61 477

HEGER Klaus, 1965 review of KLUM Arne, 1961 in ROMANISTISCHES JAHRBUCH 16, 200-207 478 HEINAEMAEKI Orvokki Tellervo, 1972 BEFORE in PAPERS FROM THE EIGHT REGIONAL MEETING OF THE CHICAGO LINGUISTICS SOCIETY, 139-151 479 HEINAEMAEKI Orvokki Tellervo, 1974 Semantics of English temporal connectives PH.D. DISSERTATION, THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS AT AUSTIN, 208P 480 HEINIMANN Siegfried, 1952 K1 ndersp1elnamen zum Adverb. Ursprung und Entwicklung des Typus A TATONS, A TASTONI im Franzoesisehen und Italienischen mit einem Ausblick auf die uebrlgen romanischen Sprachen in ZEITSCHRIFT FUER ROMANISCHE PHILOLOGIE 69, 1-42 481 HEISE Wilhelm, 1911 Zur historischen Syntax des adverbial Adjektivs im Franzoesisehen DISSERTATION, GOETTINGEN, X+159P

gebrauchten

482 HEISE Wilhelm, 1912 Zur historischen Syntax des adverbial gebrauchten Adjektivs im Franzoesisehen in ROMANISCHE FORSCHUNGEN 31, 873-1038 483 HELBIG Gerhard, 1970 Sind Negationswoerter, Modalwoerter und Partikeln im Deutschen besondere Wortklassen ? 1n DEUTSCH ALS FREMDSPRACHE 7, 393-401 484 HELBIG Gerhard, 1971 review of STEINITZ Renate, 1969 in DEUTSCH ALS FREMDSPRACHE 7, 377-380 485 HENDRUP Svend, 1974 review of LINDVALL Lars, 1971 in REVUE ROMANE 9:2, 317-323

62

ADVERBS AND COMPARATIVES

486 HENKE Kathe, 1970 (in German) review of HILL Leslie Alexander, 1968 in INTERNATIONAL REVIEW OF APPLIED LINGUISTICS IN LANGUAGE TEACHING ( I.R.A.L. ) 8, 260-262 487 HENRY David, HENRY Kay, 1969 Koyukon locationals in ANTHROPOLOGICAL LINGUISTICS 11:4, 136-142 488 HENY Frank Warrington, 1973 Sentence and predicate modifiers in English in KIMBALL JOHN PRICE, (EDITOR), 1973 SYNTAX AND SEMANTICS SEMINAR PRESS, NEW YORK, VOLUME 2, 321P, (217-245) 489 HENY Frank Warrington, 1973 review of THOMASON Richmond Hunt, STALNAKER Robert Culp, 197 in INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF DRAVIDIAN LINGUISTICS 2:1, 64-93 490 HENZEN Walter, 1969 Die Bezeichnungen von Richtung und Gegenrichtung im Deutschen : Studien zu Umgang und Ausnuetzung der mit Adverbien der Richtung zusammengesetzten WortbiIdungsgruppen MAX NIEMEYER VERLAG, TUEBINGEN, IX+310P 491 HERCZEG Giulio, 1953 Complementi avverbiali in funzione determinativa in LINGUA NOSTRA 16, 58-62 492 HERINGER James Tromp, 1973 EVEN and negative polarity READ AT THE 1973 SUMMER MEETING OF THE L.S.A. 493 HERMAN Jozef, 1963 Sur la préhistoire du système roman des adverbes de temps 1n BEITRAEGE ZUR ROMANISACHEN PHILOLOGIE 2:1, 150-165 494 HERODES Stanislav, 1973 Modalitni adverbia ν staroslovenstine ln PROBLEMS OF SLAVIC SYNTAX III UNIVERSITA J. E. PURKYNE, BRNO, 400P, (307-313)

A D V E R B S AND

63

ADVERBIALS

495 HERSH Harry M . , C A R A M A Z Z A Alfonso,. 1976 A fuzzy set approach to m o d i f i e r s and v a g u e n e s s 1n natural language in JOURNAL OF EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY 1 0 5 : 3 , 254-276 496 HERZ J., 1904 A d v e r b i e n und a d v e r b i a l e Redensarten im N e u f r a n z o e s i s e h e n ein Beitrag zur franzoesisehen Stilistik in FESTSCHRIFT ZUR JAHRHUNDERTFEIER DER REALSCHULE DER ISRAELITISCHEN GEMEINDE ( PHILANTHROPIN) ZU F R A N K F U R T AM M A I N , 1 8 0 4 - 1 9 0 4 , F R A N K F U R T AM M A I N , 167-247

:

497 HEUER H e r m a n n , 1932 Studien zur s y n t a k t i s c h e n und s t i l i s t i s c h e n A d v e r b s bei C H A U C E R und im ROSENROMAN in A N G L I S T I S C H E FORSCHUNGEN 7 5 , 7+168P A B S T R A C T , REVIEW OR DISCUSSION KOCH J o h n , 1933 in ENGLISCHE STUDIEN

Funktion

des

BY

6 7 , 391-395 498

HEUER H e r m a n n , 1957-1958 review of KIRCHNER G u s t a v , 1955 in A R C H I V FUER DAS STUDIUM DER NEUEREN

SPRACHEN

1 9 4 , 72 499

HEWARD Will iam L e e , 1974 The a c q u i s i t i o n of prenominai a d j e c t i v e s and a d v e r b s t o s e n t e n c e c o m p o s i t i o n by d e a f - a p h a s i c c h i l d r e n P H . D . D I S S E R T A T I O N , UNIVERSITY OF M A S S A C H U S E T T S , 167P 500 H I C K S Fred C o l e , 1901 Strengthening m o d i f i e r s of a d j e c t i v e s and a d v e r b s in M i d d l e High German P H . D . D I S S E R T A T I O N , THE JOHN HOPKINS U N I V E R S I T Y , 86P 501 HIGGINS W i l l i a m L e o n , 1974 P r e p o s i t i o n s in Brazilian P o r t u g u e s e : a study of form and function of p r e p o s i t i o n s , c o m p l e m e n t e d a d v e r b i a l s of space and t i m e and other traditional p r e p o s i t i v e s , leading to a master lexicon of P o r t u g u e s e p r e p o s i t i o n s for use in computational linguistic ana lys i s P H . D . D I S S E R T A T I O N , GEORGETOWN U N I V E R S I T Y , 309P

64

ADVERBS AND COMPARATIVES

ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY HIGGINS William Leon, 1974 in DISSERTATION ABSTRACTS INTERNATIONAL 35:07-A, 4478 502 HILL Leslie Alexander, 1961 Position and order of modifier-modifiers in LANGUAGE LEARNING 11:2, 63-70 503 HILL Leslie Alexander, 1968 Prepositions and adverbial particles : an interim classification : semantic, structural, and graded OXFORD UNIVERSITY PRESS, LONDON, XXVI+403P ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY FRASER James Bruce, 1972 in FOUNDATIONS OF LANGUAGE 8:2, 294-297 HENKE Kathe, 1970 (in German) in INTERNATIONAL REVIEW OF APPLIED LINGUISTICS IN LANGUAGE TEACHING ( I.R.A.L. ) 8, 260-262 KOSTER C. 0., 1972 ln LEVENDE TALEN 1972, 240-241 POSTHUMUS 0., 1972 in ENGLISH STUDIES 53:5, 476-477 504 HILL Leslie Alexander, 1969 Exercises on prepositions and adverbial particles OXFORD UNIVERSITY PRESS, LONDON, 86P 505 HILLE Karl , 1911 Untersuchungen ueber Gradadverbien im Franzoesisehen DISSERTATION, GOETTINGEN, XI+158P 506 HILTBRUNNER Otto, 1962 Die lateinischen Adverbien und Ρraepositionen auf TRA in GLOTTA 40, 254-267 507 HILTY Gerold, 1965 review of KLUM Arne, 1961 in VOX ROMANICA 24, 349-350

ADVERBS AND ADVERBIALS

65

508 HIRSCHMAN Lynette, 1972 Formalisms for transformational grammar : a comparative study with special reference to quantifiers and adverbs (ch 5 - modal, evaluative and manner adverbials, 338-376) PH.D. DISSERTATION, UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA, 397P ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY HIRSCHMAN Lynette, 1972 in DISSERTATION ABSTRACTS INTERNATIONAL 33:12-A, 6893 509 HOBERG Ursula, 1973 VIELLEICHT - WAHRSCHEINLICH - SICHER : Bemerkungen zu einer Gruppe von pragmatischen Adverbialen in LINGUISTISCHE STUDIEN 4, 87-102 510 HOECHSTER Anita, 1974 On derived causativas and the scope of adverbs in GLOSSA 8:1, 41-62 511 HODGE Richard Cornelius, 1976 A functional analysis of adverbials 1n English PH.D. DISSERTATION, THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS AT AUSTIN, 249P ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY HODGE Richard Cornelius, 1976 in DISSERTATION ABSTRACTS INTERNATIONAL 37:8, 5093-A 512 HODGMANN A. W., 1903 Adverbial forms in Plautus in CLASSICAL REVIEW 17, 296-303 513 HOEYBYE P., 1939 OUI, SI et NON in LE FRANCAIS MODERNE 7, 47-51 514 HOLLENBACH Barbara E., 1976 Two Copala Trique adverbs for MUCH in INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF AMERICAN LINGUISTICS 42:2, 164-165 515 HOLMLANDER inger, 1973 Die Konkurrenz zwischen Pronominaladverbien und praepositionalen Konstruktionen im heutigen Deutsch DISSERTATION, UPPSALA

66

ADVERBS AND COMPARATIVES 516

HONG Cha1-Song, 1975 Les adverbes de temps en -MENT en tête de la phrase in LE FRANCAIS MODERNE 43:2, 148-157 517 HORN Laurence Robert, 1969 A presuppos11iona1 analysis of ONLY and EVEN in PAPERS FROM THE FIFTH REGIONAL MEETING OF THE CHICAGO LINGUISTIC SOCIETY, 98-107 518 HORNSTEIN Norbert, 1977 Towards a theorv of tense in LINGUISTIC INQUIRY 8:3, 521-557 519 HOUGHTON Donald Eugene, 1968 The suffix -WISE in AMERICAN SPEECH 43:3, 209-215 520 HOUSEHOLDER Fred Walter, 1964 A list of adverbs in English according to manner, degree , etc . LINGUISTIC RESEARCH PROJECT, INDIANA UNIVERSITY 521 HOUSEHOLDER Fred Walter, MATTHEWS Peter Hugoe, WOELK Wolfgang, 1965 A preliminary classification of adverbs in English INDIANA UNIVERSITY LINGUISTICS CLUB, BLOOMINGTON, 57P 522 HOWE Edmund S · , 1963 Probabilistic adverbial qualifications of adjectives in JOURNAL OF VERBAL LEARNING AND VERBAL BEHAVIOUR 1, 225-242 523 HRABE Vladimir, ELSNER Martin, 1968 Demiaktivni zevseobecnene a adverbia1izovane neosobni transformaty v soucasne rustine ln SLAVICA PRAGENSIA 10, 245-257 524 HSIEH Hsin-I, CHENG Agnes, 1973 Conflation and -INGLY adverbs PRESENTED AT THE ANNUAL MEETING OF THE L.S.A., 1973 525 HUANG Shuan-Fan, 1970 Logical analysis of action adverbs (1) in MONTHLY INTERNAL MEMORANDA OF THE PROJECT ON LINGUISTIC ANALYSIS, JANUARY 1970, 39-52 DEPARTMENT OF LINGUISTICS, UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA, BERKELEY

ADVERBS AND ADVERBIALS

67

526 HUANG Shuan-Fan, 1970 Logical analysis of action adverbs { 1 i ) in MONTHLY INTERNAL MEMORANDA OF THE PROJECT ON LINGUISTIC ANALYSIS, MARCH 1970, 79-85 DEPARTMENT OF LINGUISTICS, UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA, BERKELEY 527 HUANG Shuan-Fan, 1970 Adverbs and methods of analysis PRESENTED AT THE MEETING OF THE L.S.A., BLOOMINGTON 528 HUANG Shuan-Fan, 1971 A study of adverbs PH.D. DISSERTATION, OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY, 107P ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY HUANG Shuan-Fan, 1971 in DISSERTATION ABSTRACTS INTERNATIONAL 32:04-A, 2078 529 HUANG Shuan-Fan, 1975 A study of adverbs (= Janua linguarum, Series minor 213) MOUTON, THE HAGUE-PARIS, 96P 530 HUECKEL Kurt, 1961 Rationelle Vermittlung der russischen Adverbialpartizipien. Ein Beitrag zur Erfuellung des Lehrplans fuer das Fach Russisch an der zehnk1assigen allgemeinbildenden polytechnischen Oberschule in WISSENSCHAFTLICHE ZEITSCHRIFT DER UNIVERSITAET ROSTOCK X, SONDERHEFT 155-160 531 HUDDLESTON Rodney, 1975 review of BOLINGER Dwight Le Merton, 1972 in JOURNAL OF LINGUISTICS 11:2, 316-319 532 HUDSON Richard Anthony, 1975 review of LIPKA Leonhard, 1972 in FOUNDATIONS OF LANGUAGE 13:4, 593-595 533 HULTENBERG Hugo, 1903 Le renforcement du sens des adjectifs et des adverbes dans les langues romanes THESE, UNIVERSITE D'UPPSALA, SUEDE ALMQVIST ET WIKSELL, UPPSALA, 147P

68

A D V E R B S AND

COMPARATIVES

534 HUNGER G e r t , 1972 U n t e r s u c h u n g e n zu den modalen Partikeln in der d e u t s c h e n G e g e n w a r t s s p r a c h e : Syntax und k o m m u n i k a t i v e Funktion der Partikeln D O C H , JA und DENN D I S S E R T A T I O N , L E I P Z I G , 109P 535 HUNGERFORD Harlan M u r r a y , 1950 T h e verb-head c o n s t r u c t i o n and its m o d i f i c a t i o n a l patterns in present-day E n g l i s h , with special reference to t h e marked infinitive and single-word a d v e r b s P H . D . D I S S E R T A T I O N , UNIVERSITY OF M I C H I G A N , 108P A B S T R A C T , REVIEW OR DISCUSSION HUNGERFORD Harlan M u r r a y , in D I S S E R T A T I O N A B S T R A C T S

BY

1950 INTERNATIONAL

10:02,

104 536

HUNTER Edwin R a y , 1947 Verb + a d v e r b = noun in A M E R I C A N SPEECH 2 2 ,

115-119 537

HUSAIN S. M. R., 1972 An applied c o n t r a s t i v e a n a l y s i s of e x i s t e n t i a l , locative and p o s s e s s i v e c o n s t r u c t i o n s in English and Urdu M . L I T T . T H E S I S , UNIVERSITY OF E D I N B U R G H , G R E A T BRITAIN 538 HUSMANN K a r l h e i n z , 1971 Das -MENTE-adverb im italienischen D I S S E R T A T I O N , F R E I B U R G , 259P 539 HUTCHINS W i l l i a m J o h n , 1973 The g e n e r a t i o n of syntactic s t r u c t u r e from a semantic (ch 4 a d j e c t i v e s and a d v e r b ) (ch 8 negation and some adverbial m o d i f i c a t i o n ) (ch 11 e x p r e s s i o n s of space and t i m e ) (= North-Holland linguistic series 2 ) N O R T H - H O L L A N D PUBLISHING C O M P A N Y , A M S T E R D A M , 197P

base

540 HUTH W a l t e r , 1903 Die mit der g o t i s c h e n P r a e p o s l t l o n AF A d v e r b i a und P r a e p o sI t l o n e n K A R R A S , H A L L E , 40P

zusammenhaengenden

541 IGNJATOVIC D u s a n k a , 1961-1962 0 vremensklm prllozima tipa D A N A S , N O C A S , L E T O S , Z I M U S i sl . in Z B O R N I K ZA FILOLOGIJU I LINGVISTIKU 4-5, 95-102

ADVERBS AND ADVERBIALS

69 542

ILCEV Stefan, 1971 SUMATI ln BALGARSKI EZIK 21:5, 472 543 ILIEVA Ivanova Visla, 1972 NOCH und SCHON vergleichend betrachtet in STUDENTSKI ISZLEDVANIJA 1, 123-138 544 IMBS Paul, 1956 Les propositions temporelles en ancien français : la détermination du moment : contribution à l'étude du temps grammatical francals LIBRAIRIE C. KLINCKSIEČK, PARIS, 272P 545 IVIR Vladimir, 1967 VERY as a criterion of structure in STUDIA ROMANICA ET ANGLICA ZAGREBIENSIA,

(63-74) 546

JACK Walter, 1961 Studien zu den zeitadverb-reihen GESTERN-VORGESTERNVORVORGESTERN und MORGEN-UEBERMORGERN-UEBERUEBERMORGEN in den romanischen Sprachen : mit besonderer Beruecksichtigung des zentra1romanisehen Raumes DISSERTATION, ERLANGEN, KXII+494P ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY GLASSER Richard, 1964 ln ZEITSCHRIFT FUER ROMANISCHE PHILOLOGIE, 80, 142-147 GOSSEN Carl Theodor, 1965 in ROMANISCHE FORSCHUNGEN 77, 130-131 LLOYD Paul Μ., 1966 1n ROMANCE PHILOLOGY 19:4, 613-615 547 JACKENDOFF Ray Saul , 1972 Semantic interpretation in generative grammar (ch 3 - adverbs) M.I.T. PRESS, CAMBRIDGE, MASSACHUSSETTS, 47-105 ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY KAC Michael Β., 1975 in LANGUAGE SCIENCES 36, 23-31

70

ADVERBS AND COMPARATIVES

JACKENDOFF Ray Saul , 1973 The base rules for prepositional phrases in ANDERSON STEPHEN R. , KIPARSKY PAUL, (EDITORS), 1973 A FESTSCHRIFT FOR MORRIS HALLE HOLT, RINEHART AND WINSTON, INC., NEW YORK, 485P, (345-356) JACKSON Kenneth Leroy, 1967 Word order patterns involving the middle adverbs of English and their lexically similar counterparts in Japanese : a contrastive study ED.D. DISSERTATION, COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY, 159P ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY JACKSON Kenneth Leroy, 1967 in DISSERTATION ABSTRACTS INTERNATIONAL 28:10-A, 4159 5 JACKSON Linda R., 1974 (les adverbes de manière se terminant en -LY en anglais) THESE DE MAITRISE, UNIVERSITE DE PARIS VIII, 37P 5 JACOBSON Sven, 1964 Adverbial positions in English DOCTORAL DISSERTATION, UPPSALA UNIVERSITY, IX+385P ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY ANDRAS Laszlo T., 1965 ln ACTA LINGUISTICA 15, 201-206 CARSTENSEN Broder, 1955 in DIE NEUEREN SPRACHEN 1965, 445 DOBBIE Elliot Van Kirk, 1965 in AMERICAN SPEECH 40, 205-207 OINDRA Miroslav, 1966 in PHILOLOGIA PRAGENSIA 9, 434-435 KEYSER Samuel Jay, 1958 in LANGUAGE 44:2, 357-374 KOZIOL Herbert, 1965-1966 in ARCHIV FUER DAS STUDIUM DER NEUEREN SPRACHEN 202, 465-466

ADVERBS AND ADVERBIALS

71

LILJEGREN Sven Bodvar, 1965 ín LEUVENSE BIODRAGEN 54, BIOBLAD 25 LIPKA Leonhard, 1965 (in German) in ANGLIA 84, 211-215 POTTER Simeon, 1965 in THE MODERN LANGUAGE REVIEW 60, 420-421 RYDEN Mats, 1965 in MODERNA SPRAK 59, 75-80 STRANG Barbara Mary Hope, 1964 in STUDIA NEOPHILOLOGICA 36, 376-378 VAN EK Oan Ate, 1967 in NEOPHILOLOGUS 51, 419-420 552 0ACOBSON Sven, 1970 review of GREENBAUM Sidney, 1969 in STUDIA NEOPHILOLOGICA 42:2, 510-513 553 0ACOBSON Sven, 1970 An example of the positioning of concurrent adverbs in MODERNA SPRAK 64, 139-147 554 OACOBSON Sven, 1975 Factors influencing the placement of English adverbs in relation to auxiliaries {= Stockholm studies in English) ALMQVIST AND WIKSELL, STOCKHOLM, 599P 555 0ACQUES Benoît, 1973 Adverbes de temos et temps du verbe en français DEPARTEMENT DE LINGUISTIQUE, UNIVERSITE DE MONTREAL, 9P 556 0AHN Oan, 1961  vyvoji slovanskych mistnich adverbii na -DE, -MO, -OD in ACTA UNIVERSITATĪS PALACKIANAE OLOMUCENSIS, FACULTAS PHILOSOPHICA, PHILOLOGICA 7, 5-31 557 0AHN Oan, 1966 Slovanske adverbium STATNI PADAGOGICKE NAKLAD., PRAHA, 115P

72

A D V E R B S AND

COMPARATIVES

558 JAMES D e b o r a h , 1970 Four kinds of sentential a d v e r b s in M A S T E R S T H E S I S , CORNELL UNIVERSITY

English

559 J A N U S C H A S N o r b e r t , 1962 Sas litauische A d v e r b D I S S E R T A T I O N , FREIE UN I V E R S I T A E T , B E R L I N ,

98P 560

JELITTE H e r b e r t , 1950 Studien zum A d v e r b i u m und zur a d v e r b i a l e n Bestimmung 1m Altk1rchens1avisehen : eine morphologisch-syntaktische Untersuchung DISSERTATION, FRANKFURT, 190P VERLAG ANTON HAIN KG, M E I S E N H E I M AM G L A N , 190P ( 1 9 6 1 ) A B S T R A C T , REVIEW OR DISCUSSION A I T Z E T M U E L L E R R u d o l f , 1963 in Z E I T S C H R I F T FUER SLAVISCHE

BY

PHILOLOGIE

3 1 : 2 , 422-424 561

J E N K I N S Frederic M a g i l l , 1964 review of KLUM A r n e , 1961 in ROMANCE PHILOLOGY 1 7 , 467-471 562 JENTNER E d i t a , 1968 Contributii la sintaxa adverbului german 1ntr-o g r a m m a t i c a generativa in A N A L E L E UN IVERS ITATI I DIN T I M I S O A R A 6, 241-259 56 3 JESSEN Martlyn E . , 1974 A semantic study of spatial and temporal e x p r e s s i o n s Eng1ish P H . D . D I S S E R T A T I O N , UNIVERSITY OF E D I N B U R G H ,

1n

O I N D R A M i r o s l a v , 1966 review of JACOBSON S v e n , 1964 ln PHILOLOGIA PRAGENSIA 9, 434-435 565 JOHNSON Francis C h a r l e s , English s u p r a s e n t e n t l a 1 s in KIVUNG 1, 3-7

1968

566 JONSON G o r d l s , 1967 A d v e r b s of d e g r e e ln THE O B S E R V E R ln M O D E R N A SPRAK 6 1 , 337-353

ADVERBS AND ADVERBIALS

73 567

JORGENSEN Erik, 1974 ONLY with a temporal value in ENGLISH STUDIES 55:3, 247-260 JOURDAIN Elodie, 1956 Du français aux parlers créoles (les mots outils invariables, 1. - l'adverbe, 165-171) LIBRAIRIE C. KLINCKSI ECK, PARIS, XXVIII+335P

568

569 JUERGENSMANN Wilhelm, 1907 Die franzoesisehen Ortsadverbien in pronominaler Verwendung DISSERTATION, GOETTINGEN, XX+105P

570 KAC Michael Β., 1972 Clauses of saying and the interpretation of BECAUSE in LANGUAGE 48:3, 625-632

571 KAC Michael Β., 1975 review of JACKENDOFF Ray Saul, 1972 in LANGUAGE SCIENCES 36, 23-31

572 KAHR Joan Casper, 1975 Adpositlons and locationals : typology and diachrontc development in WORKING PAPERS ON LANGUAGE UNIVERSALS 19, 21-54

573 KALABINA S . I · , 1962 Semanticeskie svojstva obrazovanij s suffiksom --LY v sostave strukturno-semanticeskoj modell s glagol"nym JADROM in VESTNIK M0SK0VSK0G0 UNIVERSITETA, SERIJA 7 : FILOLOGIJA 17:4, 39-47 574 KALAMOVA N. A., 1955 Perechod narecij v predlogi ln VOPROSY JAZYKOZNANIJA LVOVSKOGO UNIVERSITET 1, 108-127 575 KALAMOVA N. A., 1960 Evoljucija narecij (narecija v drevnerusskom 1 sovremennom russkom jazyke) in VOPROSY RUSSKOGO JAZYKOZNANIJA 4, 44-49

74

ADVERBS AND COMPARATIVES

576 KARAS Mieczyslaw, 1971 Zagadkowe OPROCZ/PROCZ in JEZYK POLSKI 51:5, 327-336

577 KARCEVSKIJ Serge, 1936 Sur la nature de l'adverbe in TRAVAUX DU CERCLE LINGUISTIQUE DE PRAGUE 6, 107-111

578 KARLA T., 1968  generativnomy podchodu  semanticeskoj i sintaksIceskoj Charakteristike obstojatel"stva vrenemi in CESKOSLOVENSKA RUSISTIKA 13, 83-88

579 KARPOVICH L. Τ., 1969 SintaksIchnyja kanstrukcyi prymetnikau z akalichnasnyml prys 1oujami in VESCI AKADEMI I NAVUK BELARUSK0J S. S. R. 1, 118-123

580 KARTTUNEN Lauri, 1974 UNTIL in PAPERS FROM THE TENTH REGIONAL MEETING OF THE CHICAGO LINGUISTICS SOCIETY, 284-297

581 KASTOVSKY Dieter, 1976 intensification and semantic analysis review of BOLINGER Dwight Le Merton, 1972 in FOUNDATIONS OF LANGUAGE 14:3, 377-393

582 KELLER-COHEN Deborah, 1974 The acquisition of temporal reference in pre-school ch1ldren PH.D. DISSERTATION, STATE UNIVERSITY OF NEW YORK AT BUFFALO, 204P

583 KELLER-COHEN Deborah, 1974 Cognition and the acquisition of temporal reference in PAPERS FROM THE TENTH REGIONAL MEETING OF THE CHICAGO LINGUISTICS SOCIETY, 310-320 584 KELLNER Leon, 1905 review of STOFFEL Cornells, 1901 in ENGLISCHE STUDIEN 35, 90-91

ADVERBS AND

ADVERBIALS

75 585

KELLY J o s e p h , 1973 G e r m a n s e n t e n c e a d v e r b s in c o n t e m p o r a r y oral High German M.A. T H E S I S , UNIVERSITY OF Q U E E N S L A N D , A U S T R A L I A 586

KENNEDY Arthur G a r f i e l d , 1920 The modern English v e r b - a d v e r b c o m b i n a t i o n (= Stanford university series in language and literature 1) STANFORD UNIVERSITY PRESS, STANFORD, 51P 587 KENYON John S a m u e l , 1952 On t h e position of ONLY in COLLEGE ENGLISH 13, 116-117 588 KEPPENS Gustaaf M i c h e l , 1975 V e r b - p a r t 1c le c o n s t r u c t i o n s : a study in related k e y - n o t i o n s and prosodic patterns PH.D. D I S S E R T A T I O N , G E O R G E T O W N U N I V E R S I T Y , 334P 589 KEYSER Samuel J a y , 1968 review of JACOBSON S v e n , 1964 in LANGUAGE 4 4 : 2 , 357-374 590 K H L E B N I K O V A Irina, 1974 review of NILSEN Don Loe F r e d , in L I N G U I S T I C S 1 2 2 , 85-95

1972 591

KIEFER B r i g l t e , 1974 U e b e r s e t z u n g s v e r g l e i c h von FIESTAS von JUAN G O Y T I S O L O in der d e u t s c h e n Uebersetzung von GERDA VON USLAR, unter besonderer B e r u e c k s ic h t i g u n g der A d v e r b i e n auf -MENTE D I P L O M A R B E I T , UNIVERSITAET SAARBRUECKEN 592 KIM Sun J a i , 1963 A study of c o n c u r r e n t c o l l o c a t i o n s of n o u n , a d j e c t i v e , adverb plus p r e p o s i t i o n / a d v e r b 1n c o n t e m p o r a r y English YONSEI UNIVERSITY P R E S S , S E O U L , V+153P 593 KIMURA T a d a s h l , 1976 The syntactic and semantic s t r u c t u r e of J a p a n e s e PH.D· D I S S E R T A T I O N , UNIVERSITY OF H A W A I I , 391P A B S T R A C T , REVIEW OR DISCUSSION KIMURA T a d a s h i , 1976 in DISSERTATION A B S T R A C T S

adverbials

BY

INTERNATIONAL

3 7 : 0 5 - A , 2831

76

ADVERBS AND COMPARATIVES 594

KING Harold Vosburg, 1970 Action and aspect in English verb expressions in LANGUAGE LEARNING 20:1, 1-18 595 KING Harold Vosburg, 1971 review of GREENBAUM Sidney, 1970 in LANGUAGE 47:4, 936-938 596 KIP Herbert Zabriskie, 1901 Zur Geschichte der Steigerungsadverbien in der deutschen geistlichen Dichtung des xi und x11 Jahrhunderts DISSERTATION, LEIPZIG, 100P, (1900) in THE JOURNAL OF GERMANIC PHILOLOGY 3, 143-233 597 KIPARSKY Paul , 1968 Tense and mood in indo-european syntax (section 6 - tense and mood as underlying adverbs, 43-51) in FOUNDATIONS OF LANGUAGE 4, 30-57 598 KIRCHNER Gottfried, 1953 Die Entwicklung der slavischen Adverbien auf -"SKY in der Geschichte der russischen Sprachen in ZEITSCHRIFT FUER SLAWISTIK 3, 254-263 599 KIRCHNER Gustav, 1955 Gradadverbien : Restrlktiva und Verwandtes 1m heutigen Englisch ( britisch und amerikanisch ) MAX NIEMEYER VERLAG, HALLE, 126P ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY DEROLEZ R · , 1956 in REVUE BELGE DE PHILOLOGIE ET D'HISTOIRE 34, 925-926 HEUER Hermann, 1957-1958 in ARCHIV FUER DAS STUDIUM DER NEUEREN SPRACHEN 194, 72 POLDAUF Ivan, 1959 in PHILOLOGICA PRAGENSIA 2, 1-6 600 KITTREDGE Richard Irwin, 1969 Tense, aspect, and conjunction : some inter-relations for English PH.D. DISSERTATION, UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA, PHILADELPHIA in TRANSFORMATIONS AND DISCOURSE ANALYSIS PAPERS 80, 117P

ADVERBS AND ADVERBIALS

77 601

KITTREDGE Richard Irwin, 1974 Notes on English time adverbs DEPARTEMENT DE LINGUISTIQUE, UNIVERSITE DE MONTREAL 602 KITTREDGE Richard Irwin, 1974 Rapport annuel du projet de syntaxe anglais/français, 1974 DEPARTEMENT DE LINGUISTIQUE, UNIVERSITE DE MONTREAL 603 KIVELAE Pirjo, 1970 Schwierigkeiten bei der Einreihung des Artwortes als Satzglled M.A. THESIS, HELSINKI 604 KJELLMAN Hilding, 1924 Franzoesich ICI-AINSI : essai d'étymologie in MELANGES DE PHILOLOGIE OFFERTS A M. JOHAN VISING PAR SES ELEVES ED. CHAMPION, PARIS, XII+419P 605 KJELLMAN Hilding, 1924 AUTRESI - AUSSI - AINSI : étude de syntaxe historique in STUDIER I MODERN SPRAKVETENSKAP 9, 147-198 606 KLARE Johannes, 1975 review of GRUNDT Lars-Otto, 1972 in BEITRAEGE ZUR ROMANISCHEN PHILOLOGIE 14:1, 220-221 607 KLEIN Hans-WiIhelm, 1973 COURAGEUSEMENT - AVEC COURAGE : observations sur la structure de l'adverbe français in TRAVAUX DE LINGUISTIQUE ET DE LITTERATURE'11, 407-414 60S KLOOSTER Willem Gerrit, VERKUYEL Henk J., 1972 Measuring duration in Dutch in FOUNDATIONS OF LANGUAGE 8:1, 62-96 609 KLUM Arne, 1959 Qu'est-ce qui détermine quoi ? Réflexions sur les rapports entre les verbes et les adverbes exprimant une date in STUDIA NEOPHILOLOGICA 31, 19-33 610 KLUM Arne, 1961 Verbe et adverbe : étude sur le système verbal indicatif et sur le système de certains adverbes de temps å la lumière des relations verbo-adverbiales dans la prose du français contemporain {= Studia romanica upsaliensla 1) ALMQUIST AND WIKSELL, STOCKHOLM, 313P

78

ADVERBS AND COMPARATIVES

ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY BAL Willy, 1964 in LEUVENSCHE BIODRAGEN 53, 128-133 BONNARD Henri, 1964 in LE FRANCAIS MODERNS 32, 85-100 BURGER André, 1962 in LES CAHIERS FERDINAND DE SAUSSURE 19, 113-115 GODIN H., 1963 in FRENCH STUDIES 17, 297-299 HEGER Klaus, 1965 in ROMANISTISCHES JAHRBUCH 16, 200-207 HILTY Gerold, 1955 in VOK ROMANICA 24, 349-350 JENKINS Frederic Magill, 1964 in ROMANCE PHILOLOGY 17:2, 467-471 KOERNER Rudolv, 1962 in MODERNA SPRAK 56, 33-45 MARTIN Robert, 1965 in TRAVAUX DE LINGUISTIQUE ET DE LITTERATURE 3, 67-79 MIGNOT Kavier, 1964 in REVUE DES LANGUES ROMANES 76, 106-107 REID Thomas Bertram Wallace, 1963 in ARCHIVUM LINGUISTICUM 15, 247-250 STEN Holger, 1962 in STUDIA NEOPHILOLOGICA 34, 345-348 WAGNER Robert-Léon, 1953 in MERCURE 347, 354-350 611 KLUM Arne, 1975 Rapports temporels, modes d'action et problèmes connexes in STUDIA NEOPHILOLOGICA 47:2, 213-241 612 KNAPPOVA Miloslava, 1973  otazkam adverbia1izac in SLOVO A SLOVESNOST 34:2, 150-157

ADVERBS AND ADVERBIALS

79 613

KNIFFKA Hannes, 1972 Prolegomena einer deskriptiven Wortbildungslehre der zu Adjektiven und Adverbien abgeleiteten Verben der ersten lateinischen Konjugation DISSERTATION, BONN, 529P 614 KNIGHT Cl. M., 19xx Greek and latin adverbs and their value in the reconstruction of the prehistoric declensions in TRANSACTIONS OF THE CAMBRIDGIAN PHILOLOGICAL SOCIETY 6:3 141P 615 KNOWLES Donald Roland John, 1969 De-adjectival adverbials in transformational grammar PH.D. DISSERTATION, LONDON SCHOOL OF ORIENTAL AND AFRICAN STUDIES 616 KNOWLES Donald Roland John, 1974 The degree adverbial in JOURNAL OF ENGLISH LINGUISTICS 8, 21-31 617 KOCH John, 1933 review of HEUER Herman, 1932 in ENGLISCHE STUDIEN 67, 391-395 618 KOEFOED 0., 1973 Objet direct, compléments adverbiaux et aspect dans le système verbal français in ANNALES UN IVERS ITATI S TURKUENSIS, HUMANIORA 127, 77-83 619 KOEKKOEK Byron J., 1959 The stress of the German ACCENTED ADVERB in STUDIES IN LINGUISTICS 14:1, 14-20 620 KOKTOVA E., 1975 (in Czech) Le livre sur la sémantique du complément circonstanciel en allemand in SLOVO A SLOVESNOST 36:3, 251-254 621 KOLAR S., 1975 Aspects of polvfunctionality in English sentence adverbs in PHILOLOGICA PRAGENSIA 57:4

80

ADVERBS AND COMPARATIVES 622

KOLDE Gottfried, 1970 Zur funktion der sogenannten modaladverblen in der deutschen sprache der gegenwart in WIRKENDES WORT 20, 116-125 623 KONEVECKIJ A., 1960 Ocerk po morfologii narecija v russkom jazyke pervoj polovlny XVII veka 1n KALBOTYRA 2, 115-141 624 KOENIG Ekkehard, 1972 Bemerkungen zur semantischen Struktur von temporalen Praepositionen in HYLDGAARD-JENSEN KARL, (EDITOR), 1972 LINGUISTIK 1971 - REFERATE DES 6. LINGUISTISCHEN KOLLOQUIUMS 11.-14. AUGUST 1971 IN KOPENHAGEN ATHENAEUM-VERLAG, FRANKFURT AM MAIN, 379P, (20-34) 625 KOENIG Ekkehard, 1974 The semantic structure of time prepositions in English in FOUNDATIONS OF LANGUAGE 11:4, 551-564 626 KOENIG Ekkehard, 1976 A semantic analysis of ALREADY and STILL and their equivalents in German and French in ROHRER CHRITIAN, (EDITOR), 1976 ACTES DU COLLOQUE FRANCO-ALLEMAND DE LINGUISTIQUE THEORIQUE MAX NIEMEYER VERLAG, TUEBINGEN, 627 KONISHI Tomoshlchl, 195x The principle of the verb-adverb combination in THE KOBE CITY UNIVERSITY JOURNAL 4:3, 628 KONISHI Tomoshlchl, 1958 The growth of the verb-adverb combination 1n English : a brief sketch in ARAKI KA2U0, EGAWAT TAI ICHIRO, OYAMA TOSHIKO, YASUI MINORU, (EDITORS), 1958 STUDIES IN ENGLISH GRAMMAR AND LINGUISTICS KENKYUSHA LIMITED, TOKYO, X+419P, (117-128) 629 KONSTANTINOVA T. I., 1973  sintakslceskoj motivirovannosti adverbial"nych slntagm s ad"ekt1vnym opredeljaemym clenom 1n SLAVJANSKAJA FILOLOGIJA 9, 207-223

A D V E R B S AND A D V E R B I A L S

81

630 KOPECNY Frantisek, 1971 Prépositions slaves issues d'adverbes p r o n o m i n a u x in STUDIA P A L A E O S L O V E N I C A . J O S E P H O KURZ S E P T U A G E N A R I O DEDICATUM A C A D E M I A , PRAG, 4 1 3 P , ( 1 7 9 - 1 8 3 ) 631 KOERNER R u d o l v , 1962 Possessivadjektet review of KLUM A r n e , 1951 in M O D E R N A SPRAK 5 6 , 33-45 63 2 KOROL"OVA R. P., 1959 (in U k r a n i a n ) Sur un mode d ' a d v e r b i a l i s a t i o n en f r a n ç a i s , en compara ison avc le roumain in NAUKOVI Z A P I S K I , SERIA R O M A N O - G E R M A N S K O I FILOLOGII 3, 25-29 63 3 KOSPARTOVA M a r i j a , 1972 Semanticen analiz na kacestven 1 te narecija in IZVESTIJA NA INSTITUTA ZA BALGARSKIE EZIK 2 1 , 151-175 634 KOSTER C . J . , 1972 review of HILL Leslie Alexander, 1968 in LEVENDE TALEN 1972, 240-241 635 KOTTKE Ekkehard, 1971 review of GREENBAUM Sidney, 1969 1n THE CANADIAN JOURNAL OF LINGUISTICS

17:1, 65-70 636

KOTTKE Ekkehard, 1972 review of STEINITZ Renate, 1969 in FOUNDATIONS OF LANGUAGE 9:3, 422-426 637 KOZIOL Herbert, 1935 review of FETTIG Adolf, 1934 in ENGLISCHE STUDIEN 71, 244-247 6 38 KOZIOL H e r b e r t , 1965-1966 review of JACOBSON S v e n , 1964 in A R C H I V FUER DAS STUDIUM DER NEUEREN 455-466

SPRACHEN 2 0 2 ,

639 KOZLOVSKI J., 1890 Sur les a d v e r b e s latins UBI U N D E , UTI in Z E I T S C H R I F T FUER V E R G L E I C H E N D E S P R A C H F O R S C H U N G 3 0 , 563

82

ADVERBS AND COMPARATIVES 640

KRAAK Albert, 1967 Presupposition and the analysis of adverbs DEPARTMENT OF LINGUISTICS, UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA, LOS ANGELES 641 KREIDLER Charles William, 1966 English prepositions in ENGLISH LANGUAGE TEACHING 20:2, 119-122 642 KRENN Herwig, 1969 review of KROELL Heinz, 1968 in IBERO-ROMANIA 1, 270-272 643 KREPINSKY Maxmilian, 1960 Les adverbes de lieu tirés des thèmes de HIC et de ILLE dans les langues romanes in ANNALI DELL"ISTITUTO UNIVERSITARIO ORIENTALE, SEZIONE LINGUISTICA 2:2, 201-220 ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY BOURCIEZ Jean, 1961 in REVUE DES LANGUES ROMANES 74, 306 644 KRISPIN Gudrun, 1974 Die wiedergabe der mit da-zusammegesetzten adverbien (DAMIT, DAFUER, usw.> 1m englischen DIPLOMARBEITEN, UNIVERSITAET SAARBRUECKEN 645 KRIVONOSOV Alexej, 1963 Die Distribution des Wortes SCHON 1n der deutschen Gegenwartssprache 1n WISSENSCHAFTLICHE ZEITSCHRIFT DER HUMBOLDT-UNIVERSITAET 12, 403-427 646 KRIVONOSOV Alexej, 1963 Die modale Partikel SCHON und die logische Wechselbeziehung zwischen den umgangssprachlichen Saetzen in WISSENSCHAFTLICHE ZEITSCHRIFT DER HUMBOLDT-UNIVERSITAET 12, 531-540 647 KRIZKOVA Helena, 1966 Prislovecne urceni s vyznamen casove miry ve spojeni s dokonavymi slovesy in NASE REC, 65-72

ADVERBS AND ADVERBIALS

83 648

KRIZKOVA Helena, 1967 Adverbial"naja determinija so znaceniem mesta i napravlenija (opym transformacionnogo analiza) in VOPROSY JAZYKOZNANIJA 16:2, 32-48 649 KRIZKOVA Helena, 1967 Adverbialni determinace s vyznamem casovym  11 transformacni vyklad in SLAVIA - CASOPIS PRO SLOVANSKOU FILOLOGII 36, 507-531 650 KRIZKOVA Helena, 1968 Adverblalnl determinace slovesna a vetny vzorec in OTAZKY SLOVANSKE SYNTAXE. II. SBORNIK SYMPOSIA STRUKTURNI TYPY SLOVANSKE VETY A JEJICH VYV0J BRNO 20-22 X 1966 UNIVERSITATE 0. E. PURKYNE, BRNO, 462P, (103-109) 651 KROCH Anthony S., 1972 Lexical and inferred meanings for some time adverbs in QUARTERLY PROGRESS REPORTS 104, 260-267 RESEARCH LABORATORY OF ELECTRONICS, M.I.T. 652 KROLL Elke, 1974 Textlinguistische Untersuchung - die Leistung franzoesischer adverbialer Redewendungen als Pronomen DIPLOMARBEIT, UNIVERSITAET SAARBRUECKEN 653 KROELL Heinz, 1968 Die Ortsadverbien im Portugiesischen unter besonderer Beruecksichtigung ihrer Verwendung in der modernen Umgangssprache STEINER, WIESBADEN, VIII+244P ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY MEIER Harri, 1969 in ARCHIV FUER DAS STUDIUM DER NEUEREN SPRACHEN 206, 471-473 MESSNER Dieter, 1969 in ZEITSCHRIFT FUER ROMANISCHE PHILOLOGIE 85, 653 KRENN Herwig, 1969 in IBERO-ROMANIA 1, 270-272

84

ADVERBS AND COMPARATIVES 654

KROETSCH Monique, 1975 review of GRUNDT Lars-Otto, 1970 in ZEITSCHRIFT FUER FRANZOESISCHE SPRACHE UND LITERATUR 85:3, 284-287 655 KRUISINGA Etsko, 1919 Free adjuncts in ENGLISH STUDIES 1:2, 2-8 656 KRUMOVA Li1ija, 1971 Edin slucaj na adverbia1izacija in BALGARSKI EZIK 22:1-2, 76-80 657 KRZESZOWSKI Tomasz P., 1973 On the concept of INSTRUMENTAL case in PAPERS AND STUDIES IN CONTRASTIVE LINGUISTICS 1, 107-130 658 KUBIK Miloslav, 1966  transformacni interpretaci ruskych konstrukd adverbialni infinitivem 1n SLAVICA PRAGENSIA 8, 317-327

s

659 KUBIK Miloslav, 1973 Strat If ikacija otnosenij predikativnogo glagola i adverbia1"nych konstituentov 1n HAVRANEK BOHUSLAV, (EDITOR), 1973 CESKOSLOVENSKE PREDNASKY PRO VII MEZINARODNI SJEZD SLAVISTU VE VARSAVE ACADEMIA, PRAHA, VOLUME 1, 324P, (171-174) 660 KUCERA Henry, TRNKA Karla, 1975 Time 1n language : temporal adverbial constructions 1n Czech, Russian and English (= Michigan Slavic materials 11) THE UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN, ANN ARBOUR, X+115P 661 KUEHNER Gertrud, 1934 Die intensivadverbien des fruehneueng1ischen DISSERTATION, HEIDELBERG, VIII + 108P 662 KUNO Susumu, 1971 The position of locatives in existential 1n LINGUISTIC INQUIRY 2:3, 333-378

sentences

85

ADVERBS AND ADVERBIALS

663 KUNO Susumu, 1974 Die Stellung der lokalen Adverbiale 1n existentiellen Saetzen 1n LINGUISTISCHE FORSCHUNGEN 12:1, 305-373 664 KUNSMANN Peter Wolfgang, 1971 Adverbial particles and verbal prefixes 1n German PH.D. DISSERTATION, UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN, 210P ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY KUNSMANN Peter Wolfgang, 1971 in DISSERTATION ABSTRACTS INTERNATIONAL 32:07-A, 3978 665

KUNSMANN Peter Wolfgang, 1973 Averbiale Partikel und verbale Praefixe : transformations grammatische Untersuchungen im Deutschen und 1m Englischen M. HUEBER, MUENCHEN 666

KUENSTLER Mieczyslaw Jerzy, 1967 Les formations adverbiales à quasi-suffi en chinois archaique et dans la langue de l'époque han 1n PRACE ORIENTALISTYCZNE (VARSOVIE) 17, 184P ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY RYGALOFF Alexis, 1972 1n BULLETIN DE LA SOCIETE DE LINGUISTIQUE DE PARIS 67, 435-436 667 KURODA S1ge-Yuki, 1967 On English manner adverbiais UNPUBLISHED PAPER, UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA, SAN DIEGO 668 KURODA S1ge-Yuki, 1968 Remarks on English manner adverbiais in KUNO SUSUMU, (EDITOR), 1968 MATHEMATICAL LINGUISTICS AND AUTOMATIC TRANSLATION REPORT NO. NSF-20, 4.1-4.24 THE COMPUTATION LABORATORY OF HARVARD UNIVERSITY 669 KURODA Sige-Yuki, 1968 Some remarks on English manner adverbiais in JACOBSON ROMAN, KAWAMOTO SHIGEO, (EDITORS), 1970 STUDIES IN GENERAL AND ORIENTAL LINGUISTICS T.E.C. CORPORATION, TOKYO, 378-396

86

ADVERBS AND COMPARATIVES 670

KURODA Sige-Yuki, 1969 Remarks on the notion of subject with reference to words like ALSO , EVEN or ONLY in ANNUAL BULLETIN 3, 111-130 AND 4, 127-152 INSTITUTE OF LOGOPEDICS AND PHONIATRICS, UNIVERSITY OF TOKYO 671 KURODA Sige-Yuki, 1970 Some remarks on adverbs in THE ENGLISH RECORD 20:4, 69-78 672 KURODA Sige-Yuki, 1973 Some remarks on adverbs in JACOBS RODERICK A., (EDITOR), 1973 STUDIES IN LANGUAGE XEROX COLLEGE PUBLISHING, LEXINGTON, MASS,, 152-164 673 LABELLE Francois, 1974 Etude syntaxique des adverbes en -MENT et de certaines de leurs propriétés sémantiques THESE DE MAITRISE, UNIVERSITE DE MONTREAL, 74P 674 LAGERCRANTZ ., 1922 Drei lateinische Adverbia 1n STRENA UPSALIENSIS 226 675 LAKOFF George, ROSS John Robert, 1966 Criterion for verb phrase constituency in OETTINGER ANTHONY GERVIN, (EDITOR), 1966 MATHEMATICAL LINGUISTICS AND AUTOMATIC TRANSLATION REPORT NO. NSF-17, 2.1-2.11 THE COMPUTATION LABORATORY OF HARVARD UNIVERSITY 676

LAKOFF George, 1968 Instrumental adverbs and the concept of deep structure in FOUNDATIONS OF LANGUAGE 4, 4-29 ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY BRESNAN Joan Wanda, 1968 in M.I.T. QUARTERLY PROGRESS REPORT 92, 365-375 WEYDT Harald, 1973 in FOUNDATIONS OF LANGUAGE 10, 569-578

A D V E R B S AND

87

ADVERBIALS

677 LAKOFF G e o r g e , 1968 P r o n o m i n a l i z a t i o n and t h e a n a l y s i s of a d v e r b s in KUNO S U S U M U , ( E D I T O R ) , 1968 M A T H E M A T I C A L L I N G U I S T I C S AND A U T O M A T I C T R A N S L A T I O N REPORT NO. N S F - 2 0 , 2.1-2.19 THE C O M P U T A T I O N LABORATORY OF HARVARD UNIVERSITY 678 LAKOFF G e o r g e , 1970 A d v e r b s and opacity : a reply t o STALNAKER INDIANA UNIVERSITY L I N G U I S T I C S C L U B , B L O O M I N G T O N ,

22P 679

LAKOFF G e o r g e , 1970 Irregularity 1n syntax (appendix f : p a s s i v e s , a d v e r b s and q u a n t i f i e r s ) H O L T , R I N E H A R T AND W I N S T O N , NEW Y O R K , 207P 680 LAKOFF G e o r g e , 1970 A d v e r b s and modal o p e r a t o r s INDIANA UNIVERSITY L I N G U I S T I C S C L U B , B L O O M I N G T O N ,

13P 681

LAKOFF G e o r g e , 1970 P r o n o m i n a l i z a t i o n , n e g a t i o n , and t h e a n a l y s i s of a d v e r b s 1n J A C O B S R O D E R I C K A . , ROSENBAUM PETER S T E V E N , ( E D I T O R S ) , 1970 READINGS IN ENGLISH T R A N S F O R M A T I O N A L GRAMMAR GINN AND C O M P A N Y , W A L T H A M , M A S S A C H U S E T T S , 145-165 682 LAKOFF G e o r g e , 1973 Notes on w h a t 1t would t a k e to understand wors in THE M O N I S T 5 7 : 3 , 328-343

h o w one

adverb

683 LANG E w a l d , S T E I N I T Z R e n a t e , 1976 review of BARTSCH R e n a t e , 1972 in F O U N D A T I O N S OF LANGUAGE 1 4 : 1 , 137-151 684 LANG E w a l d , S T E I N I T Z R e n a t e , ( f o r t h c o m i n g ) Can a d v e r b i a l s be used p e r f o r m a t i v e l y 685 LANGE P a u l , 1937 PRACTICALLY : e i n e Luecke in den Woerterbuechern in ENGLISCHE STUDIEN 7 1 , 239-243

englisch-deutschen

88

ADVERBS AND COMPARATIVES 686

LANGE-KOWAL Ernst Ervin, 1966 SEHR und aehnliche Adverbien des Grades 1m Franzoesischen und anderen romanischen SDrachen in LEBENDE SPRACHEN 11:4, 120-121 687 LANGENBRUCH Theodor, 1969 Studien zur Syntax und Semantik der Lokal adverbiale im Deutschen DISSERTATION, HAMBURG, VI+107P 688 LAROCHETTE Joe, 1969 review of STEINITZ Renate, 1969 in LINGUISTICA ANTVERPIENSIA 3, 316-318 689 LARTHOMAS Pierre, 1974 LA-HAUT, LA-BAS et ICI-BAS : étude d'un microsystème in LE FRANCAIS MODERNE 42:3, 193-205 690 LAUNER Michael K., 1970 Word formation in the Russian adverb PH.D. DISSERTATION, PRINCETON UNIVERSITY, 113P ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY LAUNER Michael K., 1970 in DISSERTATION ABSTRACTS INTERNATIONAL 31:08-A, 4144 691 LAUNER Michael K., 1973 Prefixal-suffixal derivation in the Russian adverb in SLAVIC AND EAST EUROPEAN JOURNAL 17:3, 301-307 692 LAW Howard William, 1963 The classification of English adverbiais in corpus 05 LINGUISTICS RESEARCH CENTER, UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS, 78P 693 LAW Howard William, 1967 The use of function-set in English adverbial classification 1n MONOGRAPH SERIES ON LANGUAGES AND LINGUISTICS 18, 93-102 GERGETOWN UNIVERSITY PRESS, WASHINGTON D.C. 694 LAWRENCE Helen, 1972 Viewpoint and location in Oksapmin in ANTHROPOLOGICAL LINGUISTICS 14:8, 311-316

ADVERBS AND ADVERBIALS

89 695

LE BIDOIS Georges, LE BIDOIS Robert, 1968 Syntaxe du français moderne (livre 13 - adverbes et prépositions, tome 2, 579-732) EDITIONS A. PICARD ET COMPAGNIE, PARIS, TOME. 1, 559P, TOME 2, 794P 696

LEE G. M., 1970 PERHAPS 1n Greek and Coptic in MUSEON 83, 137-138 697 LEE Patricia, 1970 A note on manner adverbs 1n WORKING PAPERS IN LINGUISTICS (OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY) 7, 74-84 698 LEE William Rowland, 1965 Preliminary notes on ALSO and TOO in PHILOLOGICA PRAGENSIA 8, 255-260 699 LEE William Rowland, 1973 review of HARTVIGSON Hans H., 1969 in PHONETICA 27, 185 700 LEECH Geoffrey Neil, 1969 Towards a semantic description of English (section 6.2 - the semantics of adverbiais) INDIANA UNIVERSITY PRESS, BLOOMINGTON, 277P, (99-102) 701 LEECH Geoffrey Neil, 1971 Meaning and the English verb LONGMAN GROUP LIMITED, LONDON, VIII+131P 702 LEFLEM Daniel C., 1976 Sujet, objet et incidence adverbiale COMMUNICATION, REUNION ANNUELLE DE L'ASSOCIATION CANADIENNE DE LINGUISTIQUE, (QUEBEC, MAI 76) 703 LEGUM Stanley Emanuel, 1968 The verb-particle construction in English, basic or derived ? in PAPERS FROM THE FOURTH REGIONAL MEETING OF THE CHICAGO LINGUISTICS SOCIETY, 50-62

90

ADVERBS AND COMPARATIVES 704

LEGUM Stanley Emanuel, 1975 WHILE-clauses in English PH.D. DISSERTATION, THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS AT AUSTIN, 705 LEHMANN Dolly, SPRANGER Ursula, 1966 Modalwoerter in der deutschen Sprache der Gegenwart in ZEITSCHRIFT FUER PHONETIK, SPRACHWISSENSCHAFT UND KOMMUNIKATIONSFORSCHUNG 19, 241-259 706 LEHMAN Gun, 1959 L'emploi moderne de l'adverbe français TELLEMENT comparé à celui de SI et du TANT d'intensité (= Scripta minora Regiae Societatis humaniorum litterarum Ludensis 1958-1959, 1> C. W. K. GLEERUP, LUND,  707 LEHRER Adrienne Joyce, 1973 Verb and adverb interaction : a problem for semantic interpretation PRESENTED AT THE ANNUAL MEETING OF THE L.S.A., 1973 708 LEHRER Adrienne Ooyce, 1975 Complement-oriented adverbs in LINGUISTIC INQUIRY 6:3, 489-494 709 LEHRER Adrienne Ooyce, 1975 Interpreting certain adverbs : semantics or pragmatics ? in JOURNAL OF LINGUISTICS 11:2, 239-248 710 LEMMON E. 0., 1967 review of DAVIDSON Donald, 1967 in RESCHER NICOLAS, (EDITOR), 1967 THE LOGIC OF DECISION AND ACTION UNIVERSITY OF PITTSBURGH PRESS, PITTSBURGH, 96-103 711 LERCH Eugen, 1949 review of NILSSON-EHLE Hans, 1941 in ROMANISTIECHES 0AHRBUCH 2, 47-58 712 LEROT Oacques, 1970 review of STEINITZ Renate, 1969 in I.T.L., REVIEW FOR APPLIED LINGUISTICS 10, 35-46

ADVERBS AND ADVERBIALS

91 713

LESKOSKY Richard J., 1972 Further comments on instrumentals in STUDIES IN THE LINGUISTIC SCIENCES 2:1, 66-83 714 LEUSCHNER Eduard L., 1913 Beitraege zur Geschichte der Steigerungs-adverb i a im Alt- und Mittelhochdeutschen DISSERTATION, GOETTINGEN, 64P 715 LEWENT Kurt, 1961 Les adverbes provençaux ANC-ANCSE, JA-JASSE et DESSE : essai de sémantique et d'étymologie in ROMANIA 82, 289-356 716 LILJEGREN Sven Bodvar, 1965 review of JACOBSON Sven, 1964 in LEUVENSE BIJDRAGEN 54, BIJBLAD 25 717 LILLY Roy Sherman, 1968 The qualification of evaluative adjectives by frequency adverbs in JOURNAL OF VERBAL LEARNING AND VERBAL BEHAVIOR 7:2, 333-336 718 LILLY Roy Sherman, 1968 Multiplying values of intensive, probabilistic, and frequency adverbs when combined with potency adjectives in JOURNAL OF VERBAL LEARNING AND VERBAL BEHAVIOR 7:5, 854-858 719 LILLY Roy Sherman, 1969 Adverbial qualification of adjectives connoting activity 1n JOURNAL OF VERBAL LEARNING AND VERBAL BEHAVIOR 8:2, 313-315 720 LIMBACHER Susan, 1971 Adverbial functions of the present participle 1n NORTHWEST MISSOURI STATE COLLEGE STUDIES 32, 13-18 721 LINDELOEF Uno Lorenz, 1937 English verb-adverb groups converted into nouns 0. HARRASSOWITZ, HELSINGFORS, AKADEMISCHE BUCHHANDLUNG, LEIPZIG, 41P

92

ADVERBS AND COMPARATIVES

ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY PEN2L Herbert, 1943 in ENGLISCHE STUDIEN 75, 78-80 722 LINDKVIST Karl Gunnar, 1950 Studies on the local sense of the prepositions IN, AT, ON, and TO in modern English C.W.K. GLEERUP, LUND AND E. MUNKSGAARD, COPENHAGUE, 428P ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY SCHIBSBYE Knud, 1951 in ENGLISH STUDIES 32, 181-183 723 LINDKVIST Karl Gunnar, 1972 The local sense of the prepositions OVER, ABOVE, and ACROSS studied 1n present-day English ALMQVIST AND WIKSELL, STOCKHOLM, 107P ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY LIPKA Leonhard, 1975 in ANGLIA 93:3-4, 469-470 TELLIER André R., 1974 in BULLETIN DE LA SOCIETE DE LINGUISTIQUE DE PARIS 69:2, 258-259 ZANDVOORT Reinard Willem, 1975 in ENGLISH STUDIES 56:3, 272-273 724 LINDNER Felix, 1877 review of SATTLER Eduard, 1876 in ENGLISCHE STUDIEN 1, 502-503 725 LINDVALL Lars, 1971 SEMPRES, LUES, TOST, VISTE et leurs synonymes : études lexicographique d'un groupe de mots dans le françals des xiie-xvie siècles DISSERTATION, GOTEBORG ALMQVIST AND WIKSELL, STOCKHOLM, 230P ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY ARNAVIELLE Teddy, 1975 in REVUE DES LANGUES ROMANES 81:2, 566-567

93

ADVERBS AND ADVERBIALS ARVEILLER Raymond, 1975 in LE FRANCAIS MODERNE 43:4, 381-382 BALDINGER Kurt, 1973 in ZEITSCHRIFT FUER ROMANISCHE PHILOLOGIE 89, 326-332 GEMMINGEN-OBSTFELDER Barbara, 1976 in ZEITSCHRIFT FUER FRANZOESISCHE SPRACHE UND LITERATUR 86:4, 376-379 HENDRUP Svend, 1974 in REVUE ROMANE 9:2, 317-323

726 LINDVALL Lars, 1974 TOSTO et PRESTO : étude sur leur usage dans des xve-xv1e siècles 1n STUDIA NEOPHILOLOGICA 46, 426-453

1'italien

727 LINDVALL Lars, 1975 Remarques sur 1'usage des trois adverbes Italiens IMMANTINENTE, TANTOSTO et INCONTINENTE in REVUE ROMANE 10:1, 109-124 728 LIPKA Leonhard, 1966 (in German) review of JACOBSON Sven, 1964 1n ANGLIA 84, 211-215 729 LIPKA Leonhard, 1972 Semantic structure and word formation : verb-particle constructions 1n contemporary English WILHELM FINK, MUENCHEN, 252P ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY BREKLE Herbert Ernst, 1975 in JOURNAL OF LINGUISTICS 11:2, 359-360 HUDSON Richard A., 1975 in FOUNDATIONS OF LANGUAGE 13:4, 593-595 730 LIPKA Leonhard, 1975 review of LINDKVIST Karl Gunnar, 1972 in ANGLIA 93:3-4, 469-470 731 LJUKCHIN Ju. V., 1969 Bezlicnoe predlozenie s predikativnym nareciem na -O v sostave sloznogo predlozenija
94

ADVERBS AND COMPARATIVES 732

LLOYD Paul M., 1966 review of JACK Walter, 1960 in ROMANCE PHILOLOGY 19:4, 613-615 733 LOEFFLER Ingeborg, 1974 Ueber die Weglassbarkeit von Pronominaladverbien STAATSEXAMENSARBEIT, REGENSBURG 734 LOFLIN Marvin Dee, SOBIN Nicholas John, DILLARD Joey Lee, 1973 Auxiliary structures and time adverbs in Black American English in AMERICAN SPEECH 48:1-2, 22-28 735 LOEFSTEDT Bengt, 1967 Bemerkungen zum Adverb im Lateinischen in INDOGERMANISCHE FORSCHUNGEN 72, 79-109 736 LONDON Gardiner H., 1951 Conjunctive adverbs in the prose texts of ALFONSO X, THE LEARNED PH.D. DISSERTATION, UNIVERSITY OF WISCONSIN, 251P 737 LOETZSCH Ronald, 1969 Zur Frage der allgemeinen Semantik lokaler, temporaler und kausaler Adverbien in ZEITSCHRIFT FUER PHONETIK, SPRACHWISSENSCHAFT UND KOMMUNIKATIONSFORSCHUNG 22, 108-124 738 LOUREIRO M., 1962 review of DEUTSCHMANN Olaf, 1959 in REVISTA PORTUGUESA DE FILOLOGIA 12, 276-281 739 LOZINSKA Maria, 1962 review of DEUTSCHMANN Olaf, 1959 in BULLETIN DES JEUNES ROMANISTES 5, 49-52 740 LOZINSKA Maria, 1963 Tworzenie przyslowkow na -MENT in KWARTALNIK NEOFILOLOGICZNY 11, 375-380 741 LOZINSKA Maria, 196x (l'adverbe en MENT en français contemporain) in TRAVAUX DE LINGUISTIQUE ET DE LITTERATURE 1, 175

ADVERBS AND ADVERBIALS

95 742

LUBAS Wladyslaw, 1957 Uwagi o przyskowkach miejscowych INEDYZ INDZIE(J), GDZIE, INDZIE(J) in PORADNIK JEZYKOWY 1957, 448-454 743 LUEDTKE Helmut, 1960 review of DEUTSCHMANN Olaf, 1959 in ROMANISTISCHES JAHRBUCH 11, 246-249 744 LUTZEIER Peter R., 1976 BEFORE again or it is worth looking into 1t, before you take BEFORE for granted in LINGUISTISCHE BERICHTE 45, 1-20 745 LYTLE Eldon Grey, 1973 An analysis of non-verbal participles (modifiers derived from nominal, adjectival, and prepositional predicates) in LINGUISTIC SYMPOSIUM BRIGHAM YOUNG UNIVERSITY LANGUAGE RESEARCH CENTER, SECTION 7, 45P 746 MACAS Delmira, 1971 (in Portuguese) review of PELZ Heidrun, 1967 1n REVISTA PORTUGUESA DE FILOLOGIA 15:1/2, 245-251 747 MACDONALD Roderick Ross, 1972 Prepositions of time in English in LANGUAGE AND LINGUISTICS WORKING PAPERS 4, 94-110 GEORGETOWN SCHOOL OF LANGUAGE AND LINGUISTICS 748 MACHACEK Jaroslav, 1972 review of GREENBAUM Sidney, 1969 1n LINGUISTICS 84, 104-107 749 MACHOVA Svatava, 1971 Some realizations of the adverbial of cause 1n THE PRAGUE BULLETIN OF MATHEMATICAL LINGUISTICS 16, 47-58 750 MACHOVA Svatana, 1972 Konkurence forem prislovecneho urceni pricinnosti 1n SLAVICA PRAGENSIA 14, 69-78

96

ADVERBS AND COMPARATIVES

751 MACHOVA Svatava, 1972 The adverbial of cause in a generative description of Czech in PRAGUE STUDIES IN MATHEMATICAL LINGUISTICS 4, 215-227 752 MACRAE Alison J., 1976 Movement and location 1n the acquisition of deictic verbs in JOURNAL OF CHILD LANGUAGE 3:2, 191-204 753 MAHONEY Catherine Of Siena, 1935 Rare and late nouns, adjectives, and adverbs 1n ST. AUGUSTINE"s DE CIVITATE DEI : a morphological and semasiological study PH.D. DISSERTATION, THE CATHOLIC UNIVERSITY OF AMERICA, 754 MAKINO Shozo, 1972 Adverbial scope and the passive construction 1n Japanese in PAPERS IN LINGUISTICS 5, 73-98 755 MALIKOVA Maria-Olga, 1970 Slovotvorna a semanticka struktura slov s lexikalnou morfemou POL- / POLO- / POLU- v rustine in SLAVICA SLOVACA 5, 34-47 756 MALINAS Gary Adrian, RENNIE M. K., 197x The logic of predicate modifiers and some of its applications PAPER SUBMITTED FOR PUBLICATION IN 1971 757 MALKIEL Yakov, 1943 review of NILSSON-EHLE Hans, 1941 1n ROMANIC REVIEW 34, 280-284 758 MANN John Williams, 1969 Denial in defining intensified adjectives in JOURNAL OF VERBAL LEARNING AND VERBAL BEHAVIOR 8, 143-147 759 MARACHE Maurice, 1969 Adjectif prédicat et adverbe 1n VALENTIN PAUL, ZINK GEORGES, (EDITORS), 1969 MELANGES POUR JEAN FOURQUET EDITIONS KLINCKSIECK, PARIS, 407P, (191-207)

ADVERBS AND ADVERBIALS

97

760 MARCHAND Charles M., 1912 Five thousand French idioms, gallicisms, proverbs, idiomatic adverbs, idiomatic adjectives, idiomatic comparisons 0. TERQUEM ET COMPAGNIE, PARIS, V+329P 761 MARCHAND Hans, 1956 Coumpounds with locative particles as first elements 1n present-day English in WORD 12, 391-398 762 MARCQ Ph., 1975 review of MOILANEN Markku, 1975 in BULLETIN DE LA SOCIETE DE LINGUISTIQUE DE PARIS 70:2, 288-289 763 MARKEY Thomas Lloyd, 1970 A note on Germanic directional and place adverbs in STUDIA LINGUISTICA 24:2, 73-86 764 MAROUZEAU Jules, 1945 L'adverbe dans la phrase latine in REVUE DES ETUDES LATINES 23, 182-202 765 MARSINOVA Marta, 1958 Vyjadrovanie casovych okolnosti spojeniami s predlozkou V/VO in SLOVENSKA REC 23, 143-158 766 MARTIN Eman, 1869 ( formation des adverbes en -MENT ) in LE C0URRIER DE VAUGELAS 1, 138-139 767 MARTIN Eman, 1880 ( formation des adverbes en -MENT ) 1n LE COURRIER DE VAUGELAS 9, 139 768 MARTIN Robert, 1965 Temps et aspect en frança is moderne : quelques remarques inspirées par la lecture de KLUM ARNE, 1961 in TRAVAUX DE LINGUISTICHE ET DE LITTERATURE 3, 67-79 769 MARTIN Robert, 1969 Analyse sémantique du mot PEU in LANGUE FRANCAISE 4, 75-87

98

ADVERBS AND COMPARATIVES 770

MARTIN Robert, 1971 Temps et aspect (ch. 2 section 2 - corrélation avec une Indication EDITIONS KLINCKSIECK, PARIS, 450P

lexicale) 771

MARTIN Robert, 1973 Le mot PUISQUE : notions d'adverbe de phrase et de présupposition sémantique in STUDIA NEOPHILOLOGICA 45, 104-114 772 MARTIN Robert, 1974 La notion d'ADVERBE DE PHRASE : essai d'interprétation en grammaire générative 1n ROHRER CHRISTIAN, RUWET NICOLAS, (EDITORS), 1974 ACTES DU COLLOQUE FRANCO-ALLEMAND DE GRAMMAIRE TRANSFORMATIONNELLE MAX NIEMEYER VERLAG, TUEBINGEN, 773 MARTIN Robert, 1975 Sur 1'unité du mot MEME in TRAVAUX DE LINGUISTIQUE ET DE LITTERATURE 13:1, 227-243 774 MARTIN Robert, 1975 review of GRUNDT Lars-Otto, 1970 in LE FRANCAIS MODERNE 43:4, 359-362 775 MARTIN Robert, 1976 review of PINCHON Jacqueline, 1972 in ZEITSCHRIFT FUER ROMANISCHE PHILOLOGIE 92:1-2, 213-216 776 MARTIN Rudolph Francis, 1975 A semantic and syntactic analysis of adverbial complementation in Spanish PH.D. DISSERTATION, UNIVERSITY OF COLORADO, 238P 777 MATAI Maria, 1971 A hatarozoszok, nevutok es igekotok rendszere a muncheni kodexben in MAGYAR NYEL.V 66:1, 34-42 778 MATTHEWS Peter Hugoe, 1974 review of PINKSTER Harm, 1972 in LINGUA 34: 1 , 96-100

ADVERBS AND ADVERBIALS

99 779

MCCARTNEY E., 19xx Fore-runners of the romance adverbial suffix in CLASSICAL PHILOLGY. 15, 213-229 780 MCCAWLEY James David, 1973 FODOR on where-the action is in THE MONIST 57:3, 397-407 781 MCCLELLAND Gary Hubbard, 1974 Psychological processing of evaluative meaning of adverbadjective combinations PH.D. DISSERTATION, THE UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN, 121P ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY MCCLELLAND Gary Hubbard, 1974 in DISSERTATION ABSTRACTS INTERNATIONAL 35:11-B, 5697 782 MCCOY Mildred K., 1973 Adverbs of frequency in Chinese and English in PSYCHOLOGIA 16:3, 164-173 783 MCDAVID Virginia, 1963 TO as a preposition of location 1n linguistic atlas materia1s in PUBLICATION OF THE AMERICAN DIALECT SOCIETY 40, 12-19 784 MCKAY John Christopher, 1968 Some generative rules for German time adverbiais 1n LANGUAGE 44:1, 25-49 785 MCKAY John Christopher, 1969 The free adverbial in a generat 1 ve, grammar of German PH.D. DISSERTATION, UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA, LOS ANGELES, 321P ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY MCKAY John Christopher, 1969 in DISSERTATION ABSTRACTS INTERNATIONAL 30:11-A, 4967 786 MCNAMER Patrick Francis, 1974 Paraphrase and scope of adverbs 1n English PROJET DE SYNTAXE ANGLAIS/FRANCAIS, UNIVERSITE DE MONTREAL, 39P

100

ADVERBS AND COMPARATIVES 787

MCNAMER Patrick Francis, 1974 review of GREENBAUM Sidney, 1969 PROJET DE SYNTAXE ANGLAIS/FRANCAIS, UNIVERSITE DE MONTREAL, 25P 788 MCNAMER Patrick Francis, 1975 The semantic behaviour of quantifiers PROJET DE SYNTAXE ANGLAIS/FRANCAIS, UNIVERSITE DE MONTREAL, 337P 789 MCNAMER Patrick Francis, 1975 ONLY, SEULEMENT and NE...QUE PROJET DE SYNTAXE ANGLAIS/FRANCAIS, UNIVERSITE DE MONTREAL, 20P 790 MCNAMER Patrick Francis, 1975 Semantic analysis of ONLY PROJET DE SYNTAXE ANGLAIS/FRANCAIS, UNIVERSITE DE MONTREAL,  791 MCWILLIAMS Ralph D., 1952 The adverb in colloquial Spanish PH.D. DISSERTATION, UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS, URBANA-CHAMPAIGN 792 MCWILLIAMS Ralph D., 1954 The adverb 1n colloquial Spanish in KAHANE HENRY ROMANOS, PIETRANGELI ANGELINA, (EDITORS), 1952 DESCRIPTIVE STUDIES IN SPANISH GRAMMAR (= ILLINOIS STUDIES IN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE 38) THE UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS PRESS, URBANA, (73-138) ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY HATCHER Anna Grenville, 1958 in MODERN LANGUAGE NOTES 73, 355-364 793 MEDNIKOVA E. M., 1962 Ob ADVERBIALIZACII osnov v glagol"nom slovoslozenii in NAUCNYE DOKLADY VYSSEJ SKOLY, FILOLOGICESKIE NAUKI 5:4, 184-189 794 MEIER Harri, 1946 Adjectivo e adverbio 1n ENSAIOS DE FILOLOGIA ROMANICA LISBOA, (55-113)

ADVERBS AND ADVERBIALS

101 795

MEIER Harri, 1951 Lokaladverb und Personalpronomen in ROMANISCHE FORSCHUNGEN S3, 169-173 796 MEIER Harri, 1959 review of DEUTSCHMANN Olaf, 1959 in ROMANISCHE FORSCHUNGEN 71, 191-195 797 MEIER Harri, 1969 review of KROELL Heinz, 1968 in ARCHIV FUER DAS STUDIUM DER NEUEREN SPRACHEN 206, 471-473 798 MEIER Harri, 1972 review of BISCHOFF Heinrich, 1970 in ARCHIV FUER DAS STUDIUM DER NEUEREN SPRACHEN 209, 198-199 799 MEILLET Antoine, 1916 Quelques adverbes latins et slaves in MEMOIRES DE LA SOCIETS DE LINGUISTIQUE DE PARIS 20, 89-94 800 MEISEL Juergen Michael, 1972 Prepositions 1n object and adverbial constructions in LINGUA 31, 213-236 801 MEJSTRIK Vladimir, 1970 PRIPADNE ZATELEFONUJ in NASE REC 53:4-5, 307-309 802 MERIGI Piero, 1938 Sugli avverbi di tempo in SCRITTI IN ONORE DI ALFREDO TROMBETTI ULRICO HOEPLI, MILANO, (235-285) 803 MERLO Clemente, 1947 Noterei le di fonetica e di morfologia italiana in ANNALI DELLA REALE SCUOLA NORMALE SUPERIORE DI PISA 2:16, 82-87 804 MERLO Clemente, 1953-1954 Il tipo avverbiale CARPONE CARPONI in L'ITALIA DIALETTALE 19, 191

102

ADVERBS AND COMPARATIVES 805

MERLO Felice, 1957 La congiunzione SE e il sistema semantico dei periodi avverbiali in ROMANISCHE FORSCHUNGEN 69, 273-304 806 MESSNER Dieter, 1969 review of KROELL Heinz, 1968 in ZEITSCHRIFT FUER ROMANISCHE PHILOLOGIE 85, 653 807 MICHEL Louis, 1948 Problèmes et méthodes de linguistique française : le classement syntaxique et sémantique des adverbes en -MENT compléments d'un verbe in REVUE BELGE DE PHILOLOGIE ET D'HISTOIRE 26, 697-715 808 MICHELL Barbara Gillian, 1974 Analysis of sentence adverbs : evidence from explicit performative sentences SUMMER MEETING OF THE L.S.A., MEETING HANDBOOK, P9 809 MICHELL Barbara Gillian, 1974 OBVIOUSLY I CONCEED... ; performatives and sentence adverbs in PAPERS FROM THE TENTH REGIONAL MEETING OF THE CHICAGO LINGUISTICS ASSOCIATION, 436-445 810 MICHELL Barbara Gillian, 1975 A pragmatic analysis of sentence adverbs : a study with particular reference to OBVIOUSLY PH.D. DISSERTATION, UNIVERSITY OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA, 811 MICHELSON David, 1969 An examination of LAKOFF and ROSS"s criterion for verb phrase constituency in GLOSSA 3:2, 146-164 812 MICHIELS A., 1975 Relative pronouns in time, place and manner adjuncts in ENGLISH STUDIES 56:6, 504-512 813 MICHIELS A., 1976 Predication substitute SO and verb phrase structure in REVUE DES LANGUES VIVANTES 42:2, 183-191

ADVERBS AND ADVERBIALS

103 814

MICUSAN Cristina, 1965 A propos d'une classification morphologique et sémantique des locutions adverbiales en Portugals contemporain in ACTES DU XIE CONGRES INTERNATIONAL DE LINGUISTIQUE ET PHILOLOGIE ROMANES 4, 1811-1822 815 MICUSAN Cristina, 1967 Observatii in legatura cu clasificarea morfologica si semantica a locutiunilor adverbiale in limba portugheza contemporana in STUDII SI CERCETARI LINGVISTICE 18, 209-216 816 MIGLIORINI Bruno, 1952 Coppie avverbiali aplologiche in italiano in MELANGES DE PHILOLOGIE ROMANE OFFERTS A M. KARL MICHAEELSSON GOETEBORG, (375-381> 817 MIGLIORINI Bruno, 1958 Coppie avverbiali con un solo -MENTE in MIGLORINI BRUNO, 1958 SAGGI LINGUISTICI FELICE LE MONNIER, FIRENZE, 342P, (148-155) 818 MIGNOT Xavier, 1964 review of KLUM Arne, 1961 in REVUE DES LANGUES ROMANES 76, 106-107 819 MIHAESCU H., 1938 Despre inceputurile sufixului romanic -MENTE in BULETINUL INSTITUTULUI DE FILOLOGIE ROMINA ALEXANDRU PHILIPPIDE 5, 140-155 820 MIHAI Cornelia, 1963 Valoarea adverbiala a adjectivelor in limba romina contemporana in STUDII SI CERCETARI LINGVISTICE 14, 209-218 821 MIHAL Jan, 1967 Este raz o zammenych prilovkach -  in SLOVENSKA REC 32, 292-294 822 MIKO Frantisek, 1970 Niektore transformacie s adverbialnou NASTUPNICKOU platnostou in JAZYKOVEDNY CASOPIS 21, 11-21

104

ADVERBS AND COMPARATIVES

823 MIKO Frantisek, 1972 The generative structure of the Slovak sentence : adverbiais (= Janua linguarum, Series practica 165) MOUTON, THE HAGUE-PARIS, 150P ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY PANZER Baldur, 1974 in KRITIKON LITTERARUM 3:1, 30-31 SGALL Petr, 1975 in LINGUA 35:4, 416-418 824 MILAS ., 1972 Cu privire la constructia A STI - PRONUME (ADVERB) RELATIV 1n RECHERCHES DE LINGUISTIQUE 17:1, 41-50 MILLER J., 1976 review of BENNET David Curtís, 1975 1n JOURNAL OF LINGUISTICS 12:2, 353-366 826

MLADENOV Maxim Sl., 1969 Ein seltener adverbialer Wortbildungstyp 1m Bulgarischen in DIE WELT DER SLAVEN 14:1, 47-50 827 MOHMED A., 1972 Adverbial adjuncts : some remarks on their classification M.PHIL. THESIS, LONDON INSTITUTE OF EDUCATION 828 MOIGNET Gérard, 1961 L'adverbe dans la locution verbale, étude de psycho-systématique française (= Cahier de psycho-mécanique du langage 5> LES PRESSES DE L'UNIVERSITE LAVAL, QUEBEC, 36P ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY DUBOIS Jean, 1963 in LE FRANCAIS MODERNE 31, 73-74 WAGNER Robert-Léon, 1963 in BULLETIN DE LA SOCIETE DE LINGUISTIQUE DE PARIS 58:2, 137-138 2UMTH0R Paul , 1964 in LINGUA 13, 319-334

ADVERBS AND ADVERBIALS

105 829

MOIGNET Gérard, 1963 L'incidence de l'adverbe et 1'adverbialisation des adjectifs in TRAVAUX DE LINGUISTIQUE ET DE LITTERATURE 1, 175-194 830 MOILANEN Markku, 1973 Zum lokalen gebrauch der demonstrativadverbien DA und DORT : ein versuch zur klaerung ihrer gebrauchunterschiede ueber eine ausser linguistische model1konzeption als tentatives modell DISSERTATION, SUOMALAINEN TIEDEAKATEMIA, 145P in ANNALES ACADEMIAE SCIENTIARUM FENNICAE 1973 ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY MARCQ Ph., 1975 in BULLETIN DE LA SOCIETE DE LINGUISTIQUE DE PARIS 70:2, 288-289 831 MORAVCSIK Edith Andrea, 1972 Some crosslinguistic generalizations about intensifier construct ions in PAPERS FROM. THE TENTH REGIONAL MEETING OF THE CHICAGO LINGUISTICS SOCIETY, 271-277 832 MORDRUP Ole, 1976 Une analyse non-transformationnelle des adverbes en -MENT THESE DE DOCTORAT DE 3E CYCLE, UNIVERSITE DE PARIS VIII, 833 MORDRUP Ole, 1976 Sur la classification des adverbes en -MENT in REVUE ROMANE 11:2, 317-333 834 MORREALE Margherita, 1970 POCO, UN POCO in THESAURUS 25:3, 435-485 MORRISSEY Michael David, 1973 The English perfective and STILL / ANYMORE in JOURNAL OF LINGUISTICS 9:1, 65-69 836 M0T0VIL0VA M. N. , 1958 Adverbializacija predloznych konstrukcij v nemeckom jazyke (predlog + suscestvitel"noe) in UCENYE ZAPISKI LENINGRADSKOGO GOSUDARSTVENNOGO UNIVERSITETA IMENI A. A. ZDAN0VA 223, 27-38

106

ADVERBS AND COMPARATIVES 837

MOULD Martin, 1977 Manner adverbs 1n Luganda PRESENTED AT THE EIGHTH ANNUAL CONFERENCE ON AFRICAN LINGUISTICS, APRIL 1977, UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA 838 MUCHIN A. M., 1958 Soslagatel"noe naklonenie v pridatocynych obstojatel"stvennych predlozenijach v drevneanglijskom jazyke in UCENYE ZAPISKI LENINGRADSKOGO GOSUDARSTVENNOGO UNIVERSITETA IMENI A. A. ZDANOVA 272, 155-161 839 MUDRA Jiri , 1971 review of WROBEL Henryk, 1969 in SLAVIA. CASOPIS PRO SLOVANSKOU FILOLOGII 40:1, 150-152 840 MULLER Claude, 1975 Remarques syntactico-sémantiques sur certafns adverbes de temps in LE FRANCAIS MODERNE 43:1, 12-38 841 MUMM Susanne, 1971 Die Konstituenten des Adverbs DISSERTATION, MARBURG, 213P in GERMANISTISCHE LINGUISTIK 74:3-4, 213P, (1975) 842 MURDOCH Brian, 1970 Zur Entwicklung des mittelhochdeutschen Adverbs ZEHANT SOFORT in ARCHIV FUER DAS STUDIUM DER NEUEREN SPRACHEN UND LITERATUREN 207:3, 192-198 843 MURET Ernest, 1925 Adverbes préposés à un complément de lieu dans les patois valaisans 1n FESTSCHRIFT LOUIS GAUCHAT, 1926, 79-94 844 NANDE Y., 1973 review of BOLINGER Dwight Le Merton, 1972 in EIGO KOIKU / THE ENGLISH TEACHERS' MAGAZINE 22:5, 96 845 NAPOLI Donna Jo, 1975 A global agreement phenomenon in LINGUISTIC INQUIRY 6:3, 413-435

ADVERBS AND ADVERBIALS

107 846

NARKEVIC A. I., 1961 Ab uzyvanni imennych slovazlycennjau z prysloujami in PRACY INSTYTUTA MOVAZNAUSTVA AKADEMII NAVUK BELARUSKAJ SSR 8, 248-256 847 NAUDEAU 01ivier, 1975 L'adverbe JOI en ancien français vient-il de GAUDIUM ou de JAM HODIE ? in ZEITSCHRIFT FUER ROMANISCHE PHILOLOGIE 91:1-2, 114-128 848 NEELD Ronald, 1972 Some grammatical properties of adverbial complements in MID-AMERICA LINGUISTICS CONFERENCE PAPERS 7, 63-75 849 NEVANLINNA Saara, 1972 On the origin of the Middle English adverbs BEDENE and ALBEDENE in NEUPHILOLOGISCHE MITTEILUNGEN 73:2, 245-247 850 NEY James Walter, 1972 review of GREENBAUM Sidney, 1970 in LINGUISTICS 84, 108-114 851 NICHOLSON George-Gibb, 1930 Adverbes romans issus de conjonctions in REVUE DE LINGUISTIQUE ROMANE 6, 152-189 852 NICHOLSON George-Gibb, 1930 La terminaison adverbiale non comparative -EIS en provençal et en ancien français in REVUE DE LINGUISTIQUE ROMANE 6, 189-202 Q 

NICOLAI Otto, 1907 Bildung des adverbs im altenglischen DISSERTATION, KIEL H. FIENCKE, KIEL, 3+58P 854 NIEKERKEN Walther, 1958 Zur niederdeutschen Wortbildung in ALBUM EDGARD BLANCQUAERT MICHIELS, TONGEREN, 488P, (301-310)

108

ADVERBS AND COMPARATIVES 855

NIENHUIS L. J. A., 1968 review of ZWANENBURG Wiecher, 1967 in LEVENDE TALEN 243-253, 232-233 856 NILSEN Don Lee Fred, 1967 English adverbiais PH.D. DISSERTATION, UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN 857 NILSEN Don Lee Fred, 1963 English adverbiais and the DOCTRINE OF CORRECTNESS in THE ENGLISH RECORD 18:3, 36-43 858 NILSEN Don Lee Fred, 1969 The expletive THERE from a transformational view point in GLOSSA 3:1, 101-107 859 NILSEN Don Lee Fred, 1972 Eng1ish adverbia1s (= Janua linguarum, Series practica 125) MOUTON, THE HAGUE-PARIS, 197P ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY KHLEBNIKOVA Irina, 1974 in LINGUISTICS 122, 85-96 OLIVER Will 1am, 1974 in GLOSSA 8:2, 299-303 SCHELSTRAETE G., 1973 in ENGLISH STUDIES 54, 199-200 860 NILSON Kim, 1969 A note on a Swedish adverbial construction in ACTA LINGUISTICA HAFNIENSIA 12, 145-149 861 NILSSON-EHLE Hans, 1941 Les adverbes en -MENT compléments d'un verbe en français moderne : étude de classement syntaxique et sémantique {= Etudes romanes de Lund 3) C. W. K. GLEERUP, LUND, 242P ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY BALLY Charles, 1941 in CAHIERS FERDINAND DE SAUSSURE 1, 99

ADVERBS AND ADVERBIALS

109

BRONDAL Viggo, 1941 in ACTA LINGUISTICA 2, 135 BRUNEAU Charles, 1944 in LE FRANCAIS MODERNE 12, 69-71 DEUTSCHMANN Olaf, 194'! in VOLKSTUM UND KULTUR DER ROMANEN 15, 188-192 GOUGENHEIN Georges, 1942 in BULLETIN DE LA SOCIETE DE LINGUISTIQUE DE PARIS 43, 52 HALL Robert Anderson Junior, 1943 in LANGUAGE 19, 53-55 LERCH Eugene, 1949 in ROMANISTIECHES JAHRBUCH 2, 47-58 MALKIEL Yakov, 1943 in ROMANIC REVIEW 34, 2S0-284 RITCHIE Robert Lindsay Graeme, 1942 in MODERN LANGUAGE REVIEW 37, 221-223 862 NILSSON-EHLE Hans, 1943 Sur les adverbes en -MEN7 qui signifient EN QUALITE DE..., A TITRE DE ... in MELANGES DE PHILOLOGIE OFFERTS A JOHAN MELANDER LUNDEQUIST, UPPSALA, 307P, (140-160) 863

NILSSON-EHLE Hans, 1954 Vieux français LAIT, LAIDEMENT - une question d'histoire sémantique in ROMANCE PHILOLOGY 8:1, 79-90 864 NILSSON-EHLE Hans, 1950 review of DEUTSCHMANN Olaf, 1959 in STUDIA NEOPHILOLOGICA 32, 198-204 865 NILSSON-EHLE Hans, 1962 Les adverbes-prédicats in ACTES DU XE CONGRES INTERNATIONAL DE LINGUISTIQUE ET PHILOLOGIE ROMANES, 14 866 NILSSON-EHLE Hans, 1963 review of ANDERSSON Sven, 1961 in STUDIA NEOPHILOLOGICA 35, 335-337

110

ADVERBS AND COMPARATIVES 867

NOJGAARD Morten, 1970 Notes sur QUE reprenant SÎ in REVUE ROMANE 5:1, 120-129 868 NOSEK Jiri, 1958 Adverbial subclauses in modern English in PHILOLOGICA PRAGENSIA 1, 10-15, 41-49 869 NOTHOLT Edwin, 1913 Das Adverb, der praepositionale Ausdruck und der ganze Satz als Praedikat in Verbindung mit dem Verb in der Entwicklung der franzoesischen Sprache DISSERTATION, GOETTINGEN, XII+177P 370 OATES Michael David, 1970 A tagmemic approach to adverbial classification in French {distributionna1 analysis using a 2000 lines corpus) PH.D. DISSERTATION, GEORGETOWN UNIVERSITY, 212P ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY OATES Michael David, 1970 in DISSERTATION ABSTRACTS INTERNATIONAL 31:06-A, 2902 871 0"C0NN0R Joseph Desmond, 1970 review of HARTVIGSON Hans H., 1969 in STUDIA NEOPHILOLOGICA 42:2, 507-509 872 0"D0NNELL William Robert, 1973 review of GREENBAUM Sidney, 1969 in JOURNAL OF LINGUISTICS 9, 313-319 873 OFFORD Malcolm H., 1976 Réflexions sur la construction du français médiéval démonstratif + phrase relative avec adverbe locatif in ROMANIA 97:2, 195-217 874  David 0., 1974 Syntactic correlates of notionally defined adverbial types in Yoruba in STUDIES IN AFRICAN LINGUISTICS 5<SUPP.), 233-252 PRESENTED AT THE FIFTH ANNUAL CONFERENCE ON AFRICAN LINGUISTICS

ADVERBS AND ADVERBIALS

111 875

0"KEEFFE Leo E., 1973 Some features of BOTH in LINGUISTICS 106, 24-27 876 OLIVER William, 1974 review of NILSEN Don Lee Fred, 1972 in GLOSSA 8:2, 299-303 877 0"NEAL Cothburn, 1973 Generating the sentence adverb in LINGUISTICS 108, 59-67 878 OPACIC Gordana, 1973 Natural order in cognizing and clause order in the sentencing of conjoined expressions PH.D. DISSERTATION, UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS AT URBANA, 154P ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY OPACIC Gordana, 1973 in DISSERTATION ABSTRACTS INTERNATIONAL 34:12-B, 6198 879 OSMAN Nabil, 1948 La place de l'adverbe  compris 1'adverbe négatif dans la prose française moderne M.A. THESIS, ADELAIDE, AUSTRALIA, 64P 880 OSTERREICH Helgi , 1973 Learning to express PLACE : locatives in Estonian child language PRESENTED AT THE ANNUAL MEETING OF THE L.S.A., 1973 881 OSTHOFF H., 1887 Die lateinischen Adverbia auf -iter in ARCHIV FUER LATEINISCHE LEXICOGRAPHIE UND GRAMMATIK 4, 455-467 S 82 OTTIE Ruth, 1961 Die einleitenden Konjunktionem der Adverbialnebensaetze 1n Sebastian Brants Narronschiff. Ein Beitrag zur Grammatik des Fruehneuhochdeutschen DISSERTATION, FREIBERG UNIVERSITAET, 137P

112

ADVERBS AND COMPARATIVES 883

OZOLS Arturs, 1958 Adverbizacijas problema un verbalas verdkopas ar atkarigiem adverbiem in LATVIJAS PSR ZINATNU AKADEMIOAS VESTIS 137:12, 47-56 884 OZOLS Arturs, 1958 Pielikums, apzimetajs un apzimejums latviesu klasiskajas tautasdz iemas in PETERA STUCKAS LATVIJAS VALSTS UNIVERSITATE ZINATNISKIE RAKSTI 25, 9-65 ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY GATERS Alfreds, 1960 in ORBIS 9, 575-579 885 OZOLS Arturs, 1959 Nominalo un adverbialo predikativo attieksmju tipi latviesu klasiskajas tautasdziesmas in RAKSTI, LATVIOAS PSR ZINATNU AKADEMIOA, VALODAS UN LITERATURAS INSTITUTA 10, 147-197 886 PANA-DINDELEGAN Gabriela, 1970 The adverbial phrase and the quantitative phrase : relevant determinants for the subcategorization of the verb in REVUE ROUMAINE DE LINGUISTIQUE 15:1, 3-16 887 PANEVOVA Jarmila, 1970 Opisanie obstojatel"stva vreneni v generativnoj sisteme s neskol"kimi urovnjami (na materiale cesskogo jazyka) in THE PRAGUE BULLETIN OF MATHEMATICAL LINGUISTICS 15, 19-40 888 PANZER Baldur, 1974 review of MIKO Frantisek, 1972 in KRITIKON LITTERARUM 3:1, 30-31 889 PAPADOPOL M., 1971 Sur la classification des locutions adverbiales de la langue espagnole contemporaine (in Rumanian) in ANALELE UNIVERSITATII BUCURESTI, SERIE LIMBI ROMANE 20, 13-21 890 PAPIE M., 1961 L'adverbe en français, sa base psychologique et son rôle dans la structure de la phrase in ANNALES DE LA FACULTE DE PHILOLOGIE DE L'UNIVERSITE DE BELGRADE 1, 291-333

ADVERBS AND ADVERBIALS

113 891

PARASCHKEWOFF Boris, 1963 Zur Entwicklung des qualitativen Adverbs 1m Deutschen in DEUTSCH ALS FREMDSPRACHE 4, 892 PARISI Domenico, 1974 What is behind child utterances ? (conclusion : adverbials are absent in very early speech) in JOURNAL OF CHILD LANGUAGE 1:1, 97-105 893 PARISI Domenico, PUGLIELLI Annarita, 1972 Hopping adverbs in PROCEEDINGS OF THE 11TH INTERNATIONAL CONGRESS OF LINGUISTS, 85-101 894 PARSONS Terence, 1970 Some problems concerning the logic of grammatical modifiers in SYNTHESE 21, 320-334 AMD in DAVIDSON DONALD, HARMAN GILBERT, (EDITORS), 1972 SEMANTICS OF NATURAL LANGUAGE D. REIDEL PUBLISHING COMPANY, BOSTON, 769P, (127-141) 8 95 PASICKI Adam, 1972 An outline grammar of the English WHILE/WHEN/AS temporal  lauses in STUDIA ANGLICA POSNANIENSIA 4:1/2, 93-105 896 PATE James Effects of adverbs as in JOURNAL

Lester, 1974 word order and imagery on learning verbs and paired associates OF EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY 103:4, 792-795 897

PEARCE A., 1928 Certain adverbial usages in CHAUCER M.A. THESIS, MANCHESTER UNIVERSITY 898 PEARCE Brian, 1971 A note on ALWAYS in ENGLISH LANGUAGE TEACHING 25:3, 249-250 899 PECIAR Stefan, 1958 Ak pisat' prislovkove vyrazy in STUDIE ZE SLOVANSKE JAZYKOVEDY (SBORNIK  70. NAROZENINAM AKADEMIKA FRANTISKA TRAVNICKA) STATNI PEDAGOGICKE NAKLADATELSTVI, PRAHA, 494P, (207-222)

114

ADVERBS AND COMPARATIVES 900

PELTOLA Niilo, 1969 Contributions to the study of intensives (on the genetic background of adverbial adjectives) in NEUPHILOLOGISCHE MITTEILUNGEN 70, 33-53 901 PELZ Heidrun, 1963 Das franzoesische qualifizierende Adverb und seine Uebersetzung im Englischen und im Deutschen DISSERTATION, TUEBINGEN, III+111P ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY MACAS Delmira, 1971 (en portuguais) in REVISTA PORTUGUESA DE FILOLOGIA 15:1/2, 245-251 902 PENZL Herbert, 1943 review of LINDELOEF Uno Lorenz, 1937 in ENGLISCHE STUDIEN 75, 78-80 903 PERRY Thomas A., 1973 Symmetric and asymmetric WITH PRESENTED AT THE ANNUAL MEETING OF THE L.S.A., 1973 904 PESTER A. R., 1973 The LOCUTION PREPOSITIVE in modern French M.A. THESIS, KEELE UNIVERSITY, ENGLAND 905 PETERS Robert Anthony, 1967 Morphemic classification of Old English adverb subsets in THE CANADIAN JOURNAL OF LINGUISTICS 13:1, 20-23 906 PETERSON Philip Leslie, 1973 On the logic of FEW, MANY and MOST READ AT THE 1973 SUMMER MEETING OF THE L.S.A. 907 PFAFF Carol Wollman, 1974 review of BOLINGER Dwight Le Merton, 1971 in GENERAL LINGUISTICS 14:2, 102-107 908 PFAU Williams Clemens, 1885 Gebrauch und bildungsweise der adverbien bei JOINVILLE : mit ausschluss der adverbien der Verneinung DISSERTATION, JENA, 44P

ADVERBS AND ADVERBIALS

115 909

PFISTER Max, 1962 Die altprovenzalischen adverbien ANCSEMPRE-ANCSE , JASSEMPRE-JASSE, DESEMPRE-DESSE in VOX ROMANICA 21, 255-283 910 PIERI Silvio, 1906 Il tipo avverbiale di CARPONE -I in ZEITSCHRIFT FUER ROMANISCHE PHILOLOGIE 30, 337-339 911 PIETSCH Karl, 1912 Zur spanischen Grammatik (v - SER + adverb) in MODERN PHILOLOGY (JULY 1912), 17P 912 PIGHI G. ., 1941 Il determinativo avverbiale - in AEVUM 1941, 224-235 913 PINCHON Jacqueline, 1969 Problèmes de classification : les adverbes de temps in LANGUE FRANCAISE 1, 74-81 914 PINCHON Jacqueline, 1972 Les pronoms adverbiaux EN et Y LIBRAIRIE DROZ., GENEVE, XI + 397P ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY BLANCHE-BENVENISTE Claire, 1971 in LE FRANCAIS MODERNE 43:1, 77-81 CANTERA Jesus, 1973 in FILOLOGIA MODERNA 48, 406-407 MARTIN Robert, 1976 in ZEITSCHRIFT FUER ROMANISCHE PHILOLOGIE 92:1-2, 213-216 RETTIG Wolfgang, 1976 in ZEITSCHRIFT FUER FRANZOESISCHE SPRACHE UND LITERATUR 86:2, 76-80 TOGEBY Knud, 1974 in ROMANCE PHILOLOGY 28:2, 264-265

116

ADVERBS AND COMPARATIVES 915

PINKSTER Harm, 1972 On Latin adverbs (= North-Holland linguistics series 6) NORTH-HOLLAND PUBLISHING COMPANY, AMSTERDAM, XI+193P ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY MATTHEWS Peter Hugoe, 1974 in LINGUA 34:1, 96-100 TUTESCU Mariana, 1976 in LINGUISTICS 176, 79-86 916 PIOT Mireille, 1974 Quelques adverbes-conjonctifs en français in RAPPORT DE RECHERCHES 2, 48+10P LABORATOIRE. D'AUTOMATIQUE DOCUMENTAIRE ET'LINGUISTIQUE, CENTRE NATIONAL DE LA RECHERCHE SCIENTIFIQUE, UNIVERSITE DE PARIS VII, UNIVERSITE DE PARIS VIII 917 PIOT Mireille, 1975 Les RESTRICTIONS NE...QUE et S E U L ( E X S ) (aperçu à partir de leur distribution) in RECHERCHES LINGUISTIQUES 3, 226-264 918 PIQUETTE Elyse, 1975 L'adverbe de temps en français : classification syntaxique et étude des spécifications temporelles de la phrase simple THESE DE MAITRISE, UNIVERSITE DU QUEBEC A MONTREAL, 919 PITHA Petr, 1972 Notes on morphemics of adverbial of place 1n a functional (multilevel) description of Czech in PRAGUE STUDIES IN MATHEMATICAL LINGUISTICS 3, 241-256 920 PLATT John Talbot, PLATT Heidi K., 1972 Orientations of manner adverbiais in PAPERS IN LINGUISTICS 5, 227-249 921 POHL Jacques, 1975 M a t é r i a u x p o u r l ' h i s t o i r e du Système 1n ZOOTECNIA ET V I T A 1 8 , 8 5 - 1 0 1

OUI-NON-SI

922 POLDAUF Ivan, 1959 Further comments on GUSTAV KIRCHNER"s GRADADVERBIEN in PHILOLOGICA PRAGENSIA 2, 1-6

ADVERBS AND ADVERBIALS

117 923

POLLARD Denis . ., 1974 review of ALLETON Vivianne, 1972 1n BULLETIN OF THE SCHOOL OF ORIENTAL AND AFRICAN STUDIES 37, 249-250 924 POPE Mildred Katharine, 1954 Notes on the use of some adverbs and prepositions 1n the ROMANCE OF HORN in REVUE DE LINGUISTIQUE ROMANE 18, 252-255 925 POPOV I. A-, 1972 Adverbes et combinaisons adverbiales en corrélation avec la forme de l'accusatif des substantifs avec la préposition v(vo) dans les pariers russes II (1n Russian) in VOPROSY IZUCENIJA LEKSIK RUSSKIH NARODHYH GOVOROV LENINGRAD IZDATEL"STVO nauka, 161-175 926 POPOVA V., 1969 Za rjadko srestanata duma EDNOSTAJNO in BALGARSKI EZIK 19, 64-67 927 POPPLER F., 1891 Esse mit einem praedikativen Adverbium bei Sallust und Caesar PROGR. BIELITZ 928 POPZELJAZKOV T., 1967 review of RANKOVA Maria, 1966-1967 in BALGARSKI EZIK 17, 531-538 929 PORAK Jaroslav, 1962 K vyjadrovani neurcitosti u zajmen a zajmennych prislovci in SLAVICA PRAGENSIA 4, 405-410 930 POSADA Rafael, 1969 Analisis tagmemico del idiolecto literario colombiano de LUIS ENRIQUE OSORIO MORALES ( aplicacion del analisis adverbial a seis obras dramaticas> PH.D. DISSERTATION, INDIANA UNIVERSITY, 187P ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY POSADA Rafael , 1969 in DISSERTATION ABSTRACTS INTERNATIONAL 30:11-A, 4969

118

ADVERBS AND COMPARATIVES 931

POSTAL Paul Martin, ROSS John Robert, 1970 A problem of adverb preposing in LINGUISTIC INQUIRY 1:1, 145-145 932 POSTHUMUS J., 1972 review of HILL Leslie Alexander, 1968 in ENGLISH STUDIES 53:5, 476-477 933 POTTER Simeon, 1965 English phrasal verbs in PHILOLOGICA PRAGENSIA 8, 285-289 934 POTTER Simeon, 1965 review of JACOBSON Sven, 1964 in THE MODERN LANGUAGE REVIEW 60, 420-421 935 POTTIER Bernard, 1960 Problèmes relatifs à AUN, AUNQUE in BULLETIN HISPANIQUE 64, 716-721 936 POTTIER Bernard, 1962 Systématique des éléments de relation : étude de morphologie structurale romane LIBRAIRIE . KLINCKSIECK, PARIS, VII+375P 937 POTTIER Bernard, 1958 Linguistica moderna y filologia hispanica (problemas relativos a AUN, AUNQUE, 186-193) (problemas relativos a los adverbios en -MENTE, 217-231) GREDOS, MADRID, 246P 938 POWER Carol j., 1974 Russian adverbiais PH.D. DISSERTATION, GEORGETOWN UNIVERSITY, 195P ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY POWER Carol J., 1974 in DISSERTATION ABSTRACTS INTERNATIONAL 36:01-A, 326 939 PRETZEL Ulrich, 1964 Aus der Geschichte des Adverbs in MUENCHENER STUDIEN ZUR SPRACHWISSENSCHAFT 16, 81-87

ADVERBS AND ADVERBIALS

119 940

PRICE Glanville, 1962 Deux notes sur la syntaxe de PAS en ancien français in ROMANIA 83, 377-383 941 PRICE Glanvllle, 1962 The negative particles PAS, MIE and POINT 1n French in ARCHIVUM LINGUISTICUM 14:1, 14-34 942 PRICE Glanvllle, 1976 review of GRUNDT Lars-Otto, 1972 in ZEITSCHRIFT FUER ROMAMISCHE PHILOLOGIE 92:3-4, 449-451 943 PRIESS Hubertus, 1909 Usum adverbii quatenus fugerint poetae latini quidam dactylici DISSERTATION, MARBURG, 93P 944 PROPOVIC Nikolaj Nikolaevic, 1962 Socetanija narecij s imenami prilagatel"nymi v sovremennom russkom jazyke UCPEDGIZ, MOSKVA ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY VASILEVSKAJA Evgeniia Alekseevna, 1963 in RUSSKIJ JAZYK V SKOLE 24:45, 119-120 945 PULGRAM Ernst, 1968 A socio-1inguistic view of innovation : -LY and -WISE in WORD 24, 380-391 946 PUSCH Luise F., 1972 Kausale Adverbialphrasen vom Typ AUS/VOR + NP in TEN"CATE ABRAHAM P., JORDENS PETER, (EDITORS), 1972 LINGUISTISCHE PERSPEKTIVEN MAX NIEMEYER VERLAG, TUEBINGEN, 317P, (149-159) 947 PUTSEYS Yvan, 1972 Structure and function of durationnal adverbiais in present-day English THESE DE DOCTORAT, UNIVERSITE DE LOUVAIN 948 PUTSEYS Yvan, 1973 Restrictions of time-nouns and event-nouns 1n duration-dating adverbiais READ AT THE 1973 SUMMER MEETING OF THE L.S.A.

120

ADVERBS AND COMPARATIVES 949

PUTSEYS Yvan, 1974 review of EDGREN Eva, 1971 in LEUVENSE BIJDRAGEN 63:1, 53-75 950 QUERIDO Antonio A. M., 1972 Structures spatio-temporelles du français, problèmes d'analyse et de synthèse PROJET linguistique et intelligence artificielle, DEPARTEMENT DE LINGUISTIQUE, UNIVERSITE DE MONTREAL, 59P 951 QUIRK Randolph, GREENBAUM Sidney, LEECH Geoffrey Neil, SVARTVIK Jan, 1972 A grammar of contemporary English (ch 5 - adjectives and adverbs) (ch 8 - adjuncts, disjuncts, conjuncts) SEMINAR PRESS, NEW YORK, 1120P 952 RABEL-HEYMANN Lili Elizabeth, (in progress in 1975) (sound symbolism in Khas i adverbs) RESEARCH IN PROGRESS, THE UNIVERSITY OF CALGARY 953 RADECKER Joachim, 1971 Die syntaktische und stilistische Funktion der Adverbialpartizipien 1n der russischen Sprache der Gegenwart : untersucht an ISKATELI von D. Granin, BITVA V PUTI von G. Nikolaevna, NA DIKOM BREGE von B. Polevoj und MAT von M. Gorkij DISSERTATION, JENA, GESELLSCHAFTSWISSENSCHAFT FAK., 390P 954 RANKOVA Maria, 1966-1957 Adverbial positions in English and Bulgarian in GODISNIK NA SOFIJSKIJA UNIVERSITET, FAKULTET PO ZAPADNI FILOLOGII 1967:2, 179-224 ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY POPZELJAZKOV ., 1967 in BALGARSKI EZIK 17, 531-538 955 RATH Rainer, 1972 Adverbialisierte Adjektive im Deutschen in LINGUISTISCHE BERICHTE 20, 1-18 956 REBSAMEN Frederick Raymond, 1962 The position of the English adverb 1n relation to subject, verb and object PH.D. DISSERTATION, COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY, 138P

ADVERBS AND ADVERBIALS

121

ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY REBSAMEN Frederick Raymond, 1962 in DISSERTATION ABSTRACTS INTERNATIONAL 23:09, 3366 957 REDFERN Richard K., 1965 Not that bad : Comments on the adverbial THAT in AMERICAN SPEECH 40, 74-76 95 8 REED Joselyn, 1962 review of ANDERSSON Sven, 1961 in BULLETIN DES JEUNES ROMANISTES 6, 51-52 959 REGULA Moritz, 1926 Zum Adverbialtyp -EMENT in ZEITSCHRIFT FUER ROMAMISCHE PHILOLOGIE 46, 312-313 960 REICHENBACH Hans, 1947 Elements of symbolic logic (paragraph 53 - function:? of higher types, 301-310) THE FREE PRESS, NEW YORK, 444P 961 REID Thomas Bertram Wallace, 1963 review of KLUM Arne, 1961 in ARCHIVUM LINGUISTICUM 15, 247-250 962 REMACLE Louis, 1956 Syntaxe du parler wallon de la gleize : verbes, adverbes, prépositions in FASCICULE DE LA BIBLIOTHEQUE DE LA FACULTE DE PHILOSOPHIE ET LETTRE3, UNIVERSITE DE LIEGE 139, 379P 96 3 RENNIE M. K., 1971 Completeness in the logic of predicate modifiers in LOGIQUE ET ANALYSE N.S. 55, 627-643 964 REPINA Tamara Aleksandrovna, 1958 Obogascenie narecii za svet pri1agel"nych s sovremennom francuzskom jazyke in UCENYE ZAPISKI LENINGRADSKOGO GOSUDARSTVENNOGO UNIVERSITETA IMENI A. A. ZDANOVA 232, 42-54 ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY VILDE-LOT I., 1959 in LE FRANCAIS MODERNE 27, 143

122

ADVERBS AND COMPARATIVES

965 REPINA Tamara Aleksandrovna, 1961  voprosu ob ispol"zovanii predlogov pri glagol"nom dopolnen11 vo francuzskom jazyke (Predlog a pri dopolnenii  glagolam PRENDRE, ENLEVER, EMPRUNTER, VOLER, OTER, arracher I T. P.) in UCENYE ZAPISKI LENINGRADSKOGO GOSUDARSTVENNOGO UNIVERSITETA IMENI A. A. ZDANOVA 299, 172-176 966 RESSEL Gerhard, Í974 Studien zur generativ-transformationellen im Russischen (Adverbia1konstruktionen) DISSERTATION, HUEBER, 147P

Semantosyntax

967 RESTELLI Giuseppe, 1968 review of CUPAIUOLO Fabio, 1967 in AEVUM 42, 188-189 968 RETTIG Wolfgang, 1976 review of PINCHON Jacqueline, 1972 in ZEITSCHRIFT FUER FRANZOESISCHE SPRACHE UND LITERATUR 86:2, 76-80 969 REVZIN Isaak Iosifovich, JULDASHEVA G. D., 1969 Grammatika porjadkov 1  ispol"zovanija in VOPROSY JAZYKOZNANIJA 1, 42-56 970 RIBALKA V. N., 1958 Despre mijloacele de redare a complementului circumstantial de mod in limba romina contemporana in LIMBA ROMANA 7:1, 22-36 971 RIBALKA V. N., 1958 Adverbele derivative cu sufixul -ESTE s1 exprimarea circumstantialului de mod. 1n LIMBA ROMINA 7:5, 39-48 972 RINGENSON Karin, 1949 AU PRINTEMPS in STUDIA NEOPHILOLOGICA 21, 59-69 973 RITCHIE Robert Lindsay Graeme, 1942 review of NILSSON-EHLE Hans, 1941 1n MODERN LANGUAGE REVIEW 37, 221-223

ADVERBS AND ADVERBIALS

123 974

RIZESCU Ion, 1958 Observatii asupra complementului circumstantial de masura in limba romina in OMAGIO LUI IORGU IORDAN CU PRILEJUL IMPLINIRII A 70 DE ANI EDITURA ACADEMIEI REPUBLICII SOCIALISTE ROMANIA, XXVII+946P, (729-731) 975 RIZESCU Ion, 1959 Observatii asupra adverbelor predicative din limba romina in STUDII SI CERCETARI LINGVISTICE 11, 683-687 976 ROCA Pons 0., 1950 review of BADIA-MARGARIT Antonio Maria, 1947 1n PIRENEOS 6, 302-304 977 ROCHER K., 1935 Der Ausdruck von Ortsbestimmungen als Antwort auf die Frage WO und WOHIN im Romanischen in ZEITSCHRIFT FUER ROMANISCHE PHILOLOGIE 55, 177-180 978 RODMAN Li1ita, 1969 The generation of certain time expressions in English M.A. THESIS, UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA, 979 RODRIGUEZ-NAVARRO Luis Quereda, 1975 Aproximacion metodologica a la problematica de las estructuras inglesas verbo+particula en relacion con el sistema espanol in FILOLOGIA MODERNA 52-53, 117-154 980 ROHLFS Gerhard, 1947 Encore à propos de ENCORE 1n STUDIA NEOPHILOLOGICA 20, 161-164 981 ROHLFS Gerhard, 1950 review of BADIA-MARGARIT Antonio Maria, 1947 in ARCHIV FUER DAS STUDIUM DER NEUEREN SPRACHEN 187, 169 982 RONCA Dorina, 1975 Morphologie und Semantik deutscher Adverbialbidungen : Eine Untersuchung zur Wortbildung der Gegenwartssprache DISSERTATION, BONN, 215P

124

ADVERBS AND COMPARATIVES 983

ROOSE Herman, 1964 The problem of word categories : adverbs in Dutch DISSERTATION, UTRECHT MOUTON, THE HAGUE-PARIS, 176P ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY THUEMMEL Wolf, 1967 (in German) in LINGUISTICS 32, 96-105 984 ROQUES Mario, 1946 review of WAGNER Robert-Léon, 1946 in ROMANIA 69, 415-416 985 ROSENBAUM Peter Steven, 1964 Prepositional phrase adjuncts of WISE class adjectives I.B.M.-M.I.T. SUMMER LINGUISTICS WORKING PAPERS 986 ROSENBAUM Peter Steven, 1964 On sentential adjuncts of transitive and intransitive verbs I.B.M.-M.I.T. SUMMER LINGUISTICS WORKING PAPERS 987 ROTANDER Per, 1972 The use of the prepositions OVER, ABOVE, and ACROSS 1n present-day British and American texts DISSERTATION, STOCKHOLM, IX+217P 988 ROTHE Wolfgang, 1967 Strukturen des Konjunktivs im Franzoesischen (die b-Form in den Adverbia1-Translaten, 360-401) MAX NIEMEYER VERLAG, TUEBINGEN, 427P 989 ROUVERET Alain, 1973 Les adverbes de temps en français moderne THESE DE MAITRISE, UNIVERSITE DE PARIS VIII, 65P 990 ROUVERET Alain, 1976 Syntaxe et sémantique de SI et TROP COMMUNICATION PRESENTEE AU COLLOQUE DE MONTREAL DE SYNTAXE ET DE SEMANTIQUE, (SEPTEMBRE 1976) 991 ROZNOVSKAJA M. G., 1964 Mjasto na priglagolnoto prilagatelno v balgarskoto izrecenie in EZIK I LITERATURA 19:1, 31-43

ADVERBS AND ADVERBIALS

125 992

RUGALEVA Anelja Elizabeth, 1976 The genitive case in Russian nominalisation : a local 1st account PH.D. DISSERTATION, THE OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY, 93P 993 RUSINOV Rusin, 1971 Za upotrebata na dumata NEVJAM in BALGARSKI EZIK 21:2-3, 280-281 994 RUTHERFORD William Edward, 1970 Some observations concerning subordinate clauses 1n English 1n LANGUAGE 46, 97-115 995 RUWET Nicolas, 1968 Adverbs : a note on the question : where do they come from ? UNPUBLISHED PAPER, MASSACHUSETTS INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY 996 RUWET Nicolas, 1969 A propos des prépositions de 1ieu en français in HYART CHARLES, (EDITOR), 1969 MELANGES RENE FOHALLE EDITIONS J. DUCULOT, S. A., GEMBLOUX, 115-135 997 RUZTCKA Karel F., 1959 Locative formations 1n Bantu languages in ARCHIV ORIENTALI 27, 208-250 ; 29, 181-219 998 RYBAK Oulius, 1967 Zamenne prilovky - , KAM- KDE 1n SLOVENSKA REC 32, 32-37 999 RYDEN Mats, 1965 review of JACOBSON Sven, 1964 in MODERNA SPRAK 59, 76-80 1000 RYDER Frank Glessner, 1950 Verb-adverb compounds in Gothic and Old High German : a study in comparative syntax PH.D. DISSERTATION, THE UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN, 344P ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY RYDER Frank Glessner, 1950 1n DISSERTATION ABSTRACTS INTERNATIONAL 10:03, 134

126

ADVERBS AND COMPARATIVES 1001

RYGALOFF Alexis, 1972 review of KUENSTLER Mieczyslaw Jerzy, 1967 in BULLETIN DE LA SOCIETE DE LINGUISTIQUE DE PARIS 67, 435-436 1002 RYZKOV N. S., 1957 Morfologija i semantika imennych (otsuscestvitel "nych) narecij v drevnerusskich pamjatnikach XI-XIV vekov in TRUDY INSTITUTA JAZYKOZNANIJA, AKADEMIJA NAUK SSSR 8, 471-517 1003 SABANEEVA M. K., 1962 Pojavlenie novych prilagatel"nych i narecij v sovremennom francuzskom jazyke (Konversija i derivacija) in VESTNIK LENINGRADSKOGO GOSUDARSTVENNOGO UNIVERSITETA 17:14, 95-103 1004 SABEAU-JOUANNET Emilie, 1973 L'expression des modal ités aspectivo-temporelles et son évolution chez des enfants de deux å quatre ans in ETUDES DE LINGUISTIQUE APPLIQUEE 9, 91-100 1005 SABOURIN Ferdinand Conrad, 1975 L'adverbe de phrase : essai de caractérisation par une méthode stat1st1que PROJET DE SYNTAXE ANGLAIS/FRANCAIS, UNIVERSITE DE MONTREAL, MONTREAL, 330P 1006 SABOURIN Ferdinand Conrad, CHANDIOUX John, 1976 Tables des comportements syntaxiques des adverbes français PROJET DE SYNTAXE ANGLAIS/FRANCAIS ET PROJET DE TRADUCTION AUTOMATIQUE, UNIVERSITE DE MONTREAL 1007 SABOURIN Ferdinand Conrad, CHANDIOUX John, 1977 Catégorisation par des méthodes statistiques des adverbes françals en -MENT in DOCUMENTS DE LINGUISTIQUE QUANTITATIVE MASSON, PARIS 1008 SACKS Norman Paul , 1971 English VERY, French TRES, and Spanish MUY : a structural comparison and its significance for bilingual lexicography in PUBLICATIONS OF THE MODERN LANGUAGE ASSOCIATION 86:2, 190-201

ADVERBS AND ADVERBIALS

127 1009

SAFAREWICZ Jan, 1948 The function of adverbs in the Polish language in SAFAREWICZ JAN, 1974 LINGUISTIC STUDIES (= JANUA LINGUARUM, SERIES MAIOR 76> MOUTON, THE HAGUE-PARIS, 395P, (19-22) 1010 SAIDOW S., 1969 Klassifikation der Modalwoerter der deutschen Sprache in DEUTSCH ALS FREMDSPRACHE 6, 313-319 1011 SAMPSON Geoffrey, 1972 THERE(1), THERE(2) 1n JOURNAL OF LINGUISTICS 8:1, 111-118 1012 SANDBERG Britt, 1969 The postitioning of adverbs in relation to finite auxiliaries in four British newspapers DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH, STOCKHOLM UNIVERSITY 1013 SANDERS Gerald Albert, 1972 Adverbial constructions in WORKING PAPERS ON LANGUAGE UNIVERSALS 10, 93-138 1014 SANDHAGEN Harald, 1956 Studies on the temporal sense of the prepositions AT, ON, IN, BY and FOR in present-day English DISSERTATION, UNIVERSITY OF UPPSALA, XV+200P ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY SOEDERLIND Johannes, 1957 in STUDIA NEOPHILOLOGICA 29, 108-110 1015 SANDHAGEN Harald, 1959 Studies on the non-use of prepositions in adverbial adjuncts of time in present-day English TRELLEBORG 1016 SANDMANN Manfred, 1938 Remarques sur la genèse d'adjectifs en fonction d'adverbes in REVUE DE LINGUISTIQUE ROMANE 14, 257-278

128

ADVERBS AND COMPARATIVES 1017

SANDMANN Manfred, 1939 Substantiv, Adjektiv-Adverb und Verb als sprachliche Formen : Bemerkungen zur Theorie der Wortarten 1n INDOGERMANISCHE FORSCHUNGEN 57, 81-112 1018 SANDMANN Manfred, 1950 review of ßERGH Lars, 1948 in ARCHIVUM LINGUISTICUM 2, 204-207 1019 SANDMANN Manfred, 1952 review of BADIA-MARGARIT Antonio Maria, 1947 in ZEITSCHRIFT FUER ROMANISCHE PHILOLOGIE 68, 141 1020 SANDMANN Manfred, 1960 review of DEUTSCHMANN Olaf, 1959 in ROMANCE PHILOLOGY 14:4, 331-336 1021 SANDMANN Manfred, 1972 review of BISCHOFF Heinrich, 1970 in ROMANCE PHILOLOGY 26, 203-205 1022 SANDMANN Manfred, 1975 review of GRUNDT Lars-Otto, 1972 in ROMANISTISCHES JAHRBUCH 26, 182-183 1023 SANNER Jutta F., 1975 Das niederlaendische Adverbia1pronomen ER - ein Versuch der Erlaeuterung der grammatischen Funktionen und der Uebersetzungsmoeglichkeiten DIPLOMARBEIT, UNIVERSITAET SAARBRUECKEN 1024 SANTESSON C. G., 1971 Quelques observations sur l'adverbe AUN en espagnol in STUDIA NEOPHILOLOGICA 43:2, 539-542 1025 SAPIR Edward, SWADESH Morris, MORRIS Alice V., 1932 The expression of the ending-point relation in English French and German in LANGUAGE MONOGRAPHS 10, 125P 1026 SATEANU Cornel, 1970 (in Rumanian) La microstructure vm+v dans le groupe verbo-adverbial in STUDIA UNIVERSITATIS BABES-BOLYAI, SERIES PHILOLOGICA, 43-55

ADVERBS AND ADVERBIALS

129 1027

SATEANU Cornel , 1972 Caracterul eterogen si asimetric al sistemului temporal adverbial in CERCETARI DE LINGVISTICA 17:1, 67-74 1028 SATTLER Eduard, 1876 Beitraege zur englischen Grammatik - I die adverbialen Zeitverhaeltnisse - durch Beiespiele erlaeutert HERMANN GESENIUS, HALLE ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY LINDNER Felix, 1877 1n ENGLISCHE STUDIEN 1, 502-503 1029 SHCHERBA G. M., 1972 Sur la morphologie de l'adverbe en ancien français et en ancien provençal (in Russian) in UCENYE ZAPISKI LENINGRADSKOGO UNIVERSITETA BALKANSKAJA FILOLOGIJA 350, 150-155 1030 SCETINKIN V. E., 1959 L'évolution des adverbes modaux en -MENT dans la langue française (in Russian) 1n VESTNIK LENINGRADSKOGO UNIVERSITETA SERIJA ISTORII, JAZYKA I LITERATURY 2, 129-141 1031 SCETINKIN V. E., 1961 Quelques particu1arités d'emploi d'HEUREUSEMENT in TRUDY SAMARKAND. GOS. UNIV. NOVAJA SER. 113, 131-140 1032 SCETINKIN V. E., 1970 Sinonimija ili variantnost ? - sinonimiJa (sur VRAIMENT et VERITABLEMENT ) 1n UBRJATOVA E. I., ET AL., (EDITORS), 1970 SIŃONIMIJA V JAZYKE I RECI SIBIRSKOE OTDELENIE, NOVOSIBIRSK, 276P, (164-169) 1033 SCHAFFNER-RIMANN Judith, 1958 Die lateinischen adverbien auf -TIM DISSERTATION, ZUERICH KELLER, WINTERTHUR, 79P 1034 SCHANK Roger Carl , 1972 Adverbs and belief COMPUTER SCIENCE DEPARTMENT, STANFORD UNIVERSITY, 34P

130

ADVERBS AND COMPARATIVES 1035

SCHANK Roger Carl , 1973 Adverbs and belief in LINGUA 33:1, 45-67 1036 SCHAPIRO Ben, 1974 Instead of and rather than THOMPSON"s INSTEAD OF and RATHER THAN in JOURNAL OF LINGUISTICS 10, 277-280 1037 SCHELSTRAETE G., 1973 review of NILSEN Don Lee Fred, 1972 in ENGLISH STUDIES 54, 199-200 1038 SCHIBSBYE Knud, 1951 review of LINDKVIST Karl Gunnar, 1950 in ENGLISH STUDIES 32, 181-183 1039 SCHLACHTER Wolfgang, 1935 Zur Stellung des Adverbs im Germanischen MAYER UND MUELLER, LEIPZIG, 248P 1040 SCHLEICHERT Hubert, 1971 (in German) Adverbial expressions within predicative logic in GRUNDLAGENSTUDIEN AUS KYBERNETIK UND GEISTESWISSENSCHAFT 12, 47-56 1041 SCHLYTER Suzanne, 1972 Une hiérarchie d'adverbes en français in RECHERCHES LINGUISTIQUES 1042 SCHLYTER Suzanne, 1974 Une hiérarchie d'adverbes et leurs distributions - par quelles transformations ? in ROHRER CHRISTIAN, RUWET NICOLAS, (EDITORS), 1974 ACTES DU COLLOQUE FRANCO-ALLEMAND DE GRAMMAIRE TRANSFORMATIONNELLE MAX NIEMEYER VERLAG, TUEBINGEN, 1043 SCHMID Gernot, 1962 Studien zum germanischen Adverb DISSERTATION, FREIE UNIVERSITAET, BERLIN, 395P

ADVERBS AND ADVERBIALS

131 1044

SCHMIDT-KNAEBEL Susanne, 1972 Die Syntax der -ANT Formen im modernen Franzoesich : ADJECTIF VERBAL, PARTICIPE PRESENT und GERONDIF SCHAEUBLE, BENSBERG, VIII+330P 1045 SCHMITT-JENSEN Jorgen, 1971 Quelques zones adverbiales dans la pnrase française contemporaine in ACTES DU 13E CONGRES INTERNATIONAL DE LINGUISTIQUE ET PHILOLOGIE ROMANES 1, 515-523 1046 SCHOPF Alfred, 1976 Lexikalische klassen als grundlage fuer die beschreibung des englischen verbalsystems in ANGLIA 94:1-2, 1-43 1047 SCHOEPS Hildegard, 1974 Pronominaladverbien vom typ DA + PRAEPOSITION (DAMIT, DAFÜR, DAZU, etc.) auf Satz- und Textebene und ihre Uebertragung ins Franzoesische DIPLOMARBEIT, UNIVERSITAET SAARBRUECKEN 1048 SCHOSLER Lene, 1973 Les temps du passé dans AUCASSIN ET NICOLETTE {= Etudes romanes de l'université d'Odense 5) ODENSE UNIVERSITY PRESS, ODENSE, 121P 1049 SCHREIBER Peter Anthony, 1968 English sentence adverbs : a transformational analysis PH.D. DISSERTATION, NEW YORK UNIVERSITY, 148P ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY SCHREIBER Peter Anthony, 1968 in DISSERTATION ABSTRACTS INTERNATIONAL 30:01~A, 307 1050 SCHREIBER Peter Anthony, 1970 Epithet adverbs in English READ AT SUMMER MEETING, L.S.A., COLUMBIA OHIO 1051 SCHREIBER Peter Anthony, 1971 Some constraints on the formation of English sentence adverbs in LINGUISTIC INQUIRY 2:1, 83-101

132

ADVERBS AND COMPARATIVES 1052

SCHREIBER Peter Anthony, 1972 review of GREENBAUM Sidney, 1969 in LINGUA 29, 347-359 1053 SCHREIBER Peter Anthony, 1972 review of HARTVIGSON Hans H., 1969 in LINGUA 29, 347-359 1054 SCHREIBER Peter Anthony, 1972 Style disjuncts and the performative analysis in LINGUISTIC INQUIRY 3:3, 321-347 1055 SCHUBIGER Maria, 1972 review of HARTVIGSON Hans H., 1969 in ENGLISH STUDIES 53:2, 175-179 1056 SCHUL2E Alfred, 1913 PEUT-ETRE in ARCHIV FUER DAS STUDIUM DER NEUEREN SPRACHEN UND LITERATUREN 130, 385-388 1057 SCHUPBACH Richard D., 1975 Russian desubstantiva1 derivation : a paradigmatic view (III - the desubstantiva1 adverb) (= Studia linguistica et philologica 2) ANMA LIBRI, SARATOGA, CALIFORNIA, 217P 1058 SCHWARTZ Thomas, 1975 The logic of modifiers in JOURNAL OF PHILOSOPHICAL LOGIC 4:3, 361-380 1059 SCHWARZE Christoph, 1976 review of BISCHOFF Heinrich, 1970 in ZEITSCHRIFT FUER ROMANISCHE PHILOLOGIE 92:1-2, 172-175 1060 SCHWEISTHAL Klaus Gunther, 1967 Semantically governed machine translation of be-clauses with adverbs and prepositional phrases in 2E CONFERENCE INTERNATIONALE SUR LE TRAITEMENT AUTOMATIQUE DES LANGUES, (GRENOBLE, AOUT 1967), SECTION 28, 11P

ADVERBS AND ADVERBIALS

133

1061 SCHWOERER Chantal, 1974 French adverbs : a classification and preliminary analysis PH.D. DISSERTATION, THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS AT AUSTIN, 234P ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY SCHWOERER Chantal, 1974 in DISSERTATION ABSTRACTS INTERNATIONAL 35:05-A, 2955 1062 SEBEOK Thomas Albert, 1945 Finnish adverbial nonce-forms in WORD 1, 281-283 1063 SECHE Luiza, 1958 Substantive sau adverbe ? in LIMBA ROMINA 7:6, 15-29 1064 SEHNERT James, SHARWOOD-SMITH Michael, 1973 The verbalization of Instrumentals 1n English in STUDIA ANGLICA POSNANIENSIA 5:1-2, 37-44 1065 SEUREN Pleter Albertus Maria, 1969 Operators and nucleus (section 4.3.3 - some adverbial operators, 141-145) CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS, CAMBRIDGE, 230P 1066 SEUTIN Emile, 1975 Description grammaticale du parler de 1'ILE-AUX-COUDRES, QUEBEC (1'adverbe, 307-333) LES PRESSES DE L'UNIVERSITE DE MONTREAL, MONTREAL, 459P 1067 SGALL Petr, 1975 review of MIKO Frantisek, 1972 1n LINGUA 35:4, 416-418 1068 SHANON Benny, 1974 Lateralization effects in reaction time to simple sentences in CORTEX 10:4, 360-365 1069 SHENDE Damodar Krishna, 1973 Some adverbial clauses 1n BULLETIN OF THE STATE INSTITUTE OF ENGLISH FOR MAHARASTRA BOMBAY 7, 13-14

134

ADVERBS AND COMPARATIVES 1070

SHOPEN Timothy, 1973 Main verb arguments vs. adverbs and adjuncts - a problem in defining the meaning of the sentences as the sum of its parts PRESENTED AT THE ANNUAL MEETING OF THE L.S.A., 1973 1071 SIBANOVA Α. Ε · , 1974 Semantіko-funkcional"naja charakteristika casticy DAZE (semantic function of the particle DAZE) in RUSSKIJ JAZYK V SKOLE 1, 64-67 1072 SIDDIQI Jawaid Α., VON KNOBLAUCH ZU HATZBACH Ludwig, 1974 CLIFF"s law : fact or artifact ? a critique of methodology and theoretical analysis in ZEITSCHRIFT FUER EXPERIMENTELLE UND ANGEWANDTE PSYCHOLOGIE 21:2, 275-298 1073 SIEGRIST Lesile Leroy, 1972 A syntactic analysis of German adverbials PH.D. DISSERTATION, UNIVERSITY OF WASHINGTON, 232P ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY SIEGRIST Leslie Leroy, 1972 in DISSERTATION ABSTRACTS INTERNATIONAL 33:07-A, 3623 1074 SIGAREVSKAJA Ν. Α., 1970 Ocerki po sintaksisu sovremennoj francuzskoj razgovornoj reci (les trois fonctions de SEULEMENT) IZDATEL"STVO LENINGRADSKOGO UNIVERSITETA, LENINGRAD, 215P 1075 SILBERLIGHT Alan L., 1965 The invariable LE in adverbial expressions in THE FRENCH REVIEW 39, 110-113 1076 SILVA Clare M., 1973 Adverbial -ING in OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY WORKING PAPERS IN LINGUISTICS 16, 90-94 1077 SILVA Clare M., 1975 Adverbial -ING in LINGUISTIC INQUIRY 6:2, 346-350

ADVERBS AND ADVERBIALS

135 1078

SIPEROVIC Z. V., 1955 Mesto sojuznych narecij v rjadu drugich svjazujuscich sredstv jazyka (na materiale razvitija sojuznych funkcij narecija AGAIN) in UCENYE ZAPISKI LENINGRADSKOGO PEDAGOGICESKOGO INSTITUTA IMENI A. I. GERCENA 261, 79-92 1079 SKULTETY Jozef, 1965 Apuntes sobre el complemento circunstancial en espanol moderno in SBORNIK PRACI FILOSOFICKE FAKULTY BRNENSKE UNIVERSITY 17, 217 1080 SMELEV D. N., 1960  voprosu o narecijach na myakhky znak v russkom jazyke in MATERIALY I ISSLEDOVANIJA PO ISTORII RUSSKOGO JAZYKA 1960, 279-286 1081 SMILAUER Vladimir, 1955 Rozlisovaní predmetu a prislovecneho urceni in CESKY JAZYK 5, 269-273 1082 SMITH Steven Bradley, 1970 Meaning and negation PH.D. DISSERTATION, UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA, LOS ANGELES, 118P 1083 SMITH Steven Bradley, 1975 Meaning and negation (= Janua linguarum, Series minor 206) MOUTON, THE HAGUE-PARIS, 92P 1084 SOEDERLIND Johannes, 1957 review of SANDHAGAN Harald, 1956 in STUDIA NEOPHILOLOGICA 29, 108-110 1085 SOEDERGARD Oesten, 1961 Flaubert et la place des adverbes in NEUPHILOLOGISCHE MITTEILUNGEN 62, 46-50 1086 SOEMARMO Marmo, 1976 The semantics of proximity time relations in FOUNDATIONS OF LANGUAGE 14:3, 359-367

136

ADVERBS AND COMPARATIVES 1087

SOIDA.E., 1969 Adverbs un adverbesanas musdienu latviesu valoda LATVIJAS VALSTS UNIVERSITATE, RIGA, 80P 1088 SPITELLER S., 1972 Zur Verwendung und Funktion der Pronominaladverbien im neuerem Deutsch DISSERTATION, INNSBRUCK 1089 SPITZBARDT Harry, 1954 Die modernen Gradadverbien DISSERTATION, JENA 1090 SPITZBARDT Harry, 1954-1955 Ueber die intensvierende Funktion von FAIRLY, PRETTY und RATHER in WISSENSCHAFTLICHE ZEITSCHRIFT DER FRIEDRICH-SCHILLERUNIVERSITAET 4, 543-546 1091 SPITZBARDT Harry, 1955-1955 FULL, RIGHT und VERY. Ihre Entwicklung und Verwendung im britischen und afrikanischen Englisch in WISSENSCHAFTLICHE ZEITSCHRIFT DER FRIEDRICH-SCHILLERUNIVERSITAET 5, 581-536 1092 SPITZBARDT Harry, 1956 Sprache contra Logik (EVER SO = NEVER SO ; Doppelte Demeinung ; NOT HALF ; NOT UNSELDOM = NOT SELDOM) in DIE NEUEREN SPRACHEN 5, 11-18 1093 SPITZBARDT Harry, 1965 English adverbs of degree and their semantic fields in PHILOLOGICA PRAGENSIA 8, 349-359 1094 SPITZER Leo, 1924 Franzoesisch PAR EXEMPLE - PEUT-ETRE in GERMANISCH-ROMANISCHE MONATSSCHRIFT 12, 50-56 1095 SPRANGER Ursula, 1969 Die Modalwoerter der Potentialitaet in der deutschen Gegenwartssprache DISSERTATION, HALLE, III+245P

ADVERBS AND ADVERBIALS

137 1096

SPRANGER Ursula, 1972 Modalwortprobleme (1) aus der Geschichte der Moda1wortforschung in DEUTSCH ALS FREMDSPRACHE 9:5, 288-294 1097 SPRANGER Ursula, 1972 Modalwortprobleme (2) die Modalwoerter der Potentialitaet : eine bedeutende Gruppe unter den Modalwoertern in DEUTSCH ALS FREMDSPRACHE 9:6, 348-352 1098 STAHLKE Herbert Frederic Walter, 1974 Serial verbs as adverbs : a reply to PAUL SCHACHTER 1n STUDIES IN AFRICAN LINGUISTICS 5<SUPP.), 271-277 1099 STALNAKER Robert Culp, 1970 Notes on adverbs in response to THOMASON and LAKOFF DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY, UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS, URBANA 1100 STALNAKER Robert Culp, 1970 Notes on a semantic theory of adverbs DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY, UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS, URBANA 1101 STANDOP E., 1960-1961 review of CHARLESTON Britta M., 1960 in ARCHIV FUER DAS STUDIUM DER NEUEREN SPRACHEN 197, 201 1102 STEINER Erich-Helmut, 1973 Zur Sprache der polnischen Facetlen (Wortbildung und Semantik der Substantive, Adjective, Adverbien und Verbien) DISSERTATION, FREIE UNIVERSITAET, 244P 1103 STEINITZ Renate, 1965 Zur Syntax des Adverbials im Deutschen DISSERTATION, DEUTSCHE AKADEMIE DER WISSENSCHAFTEN, BERLIN, 120P 1104 STEINITZ Renate, 1967 Probleme der adverbialen Subkategorisierung in ACTES DU 10E CONGRES INTERNATIONAL DES LINGUISTES 2, 977-984

138

ADVERBS AND COMPARATIVES 1105

STEINITZ Renate, 1969 Adverbial-Syntax (- Studia grammatica 10> AKADEMIE VERLAG, BERLIN, IV+206P ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY ABRAHAM Werner, 1969 in KRATYLOS 13, 213-215 BENES Eduard, 1971 (in Czech) in CASOPIS PRO MODERNI FILOLOGII 53:2, 98-99 CLEMENT Danièle, KANNGIESSER Siegfried, 1972 in INDOGERMANISCHE FORSCHUNGEN 77:2, 369-377 FAUCHER Eugène, 1971 1n LA LINGUISTIQUE 7:1, 115-126 HARTMANN Reinhard Rudolf Karl, 1972 in LINGUISTICS 83, 96-98 HELBIG Gerhard, 1971 in DEUTSCH ALS FREMDSPRACHE 7, 377-380 KOTTKE Ekkehard, 1972 in FOUNDATIONS OF LANGUAGE 9, 422-426 LAROCHETTE Joe, 1969 in LINGUISTICA ANTVERPIENSIA 3, 316-318 LEROT Jacques, 1970 in I.T.L., REVIEW FOR APPLIED LINGUISTICS 10, 35-46 1106 STEN Holger, 1962 review of KLUM Arne, 1961 in STUDIA NEOPHILOLOGICA 34, 345-348 1107 STEPANOVA T. I., 1960  voprosu  sintaksiceskoj funkcii narecij v sovremennom cesskom Jazvke in SLAVJANSKAJA FILOLOGIJA 3, 27-44 1108 STERN Gustaf, 1921 SWIFT, SWIFTLY, and their synonyms GOETEBORGS HOEGSKOLAS ARSSKRIFT 3, GOETEBORG

ADVERBS AND ADVERBIALS

139

1109 STEUBE Anita, 1969 Ueber die Beziehung der Zeitadverbien zum Satz und ihre Selektionsbeziehungen zu den relevanten Elementen in Satz in BERICHT NR. 3 DER ARBEITSSTELLE STRUKTURELLE GRAMMATIK AN DER DEUTSCHEN AKADEMIE DER WISSENSCHAFTEN ZU BERLIN, II-1 - II-28 1110 STOCK Roberta, 1973 On RECENTLY and LATELY in STUDIES IN THE LINGUISTIC SCIENCES 3:1, 231-248 1111 STOFFEL Cornelis, 1899 The intensive and depreciative functions of ANY in ENGLISCHE STUDIEN 26, 144-150 1112 STOFFEL Cornel is, 1901 Intensives and down-toners : a study in English adverbs {= Anglistische Forschungen 1) CARL WINTER, HEIDELBERG, 156P ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY KELLNER Leon, 1905 in ENGLISCHE STUDIEN 35, 90-91 1113 STOFFEL Cornelis, 1905 review of BORST Eugen, 1902 in ENGLISCHE STUDIEN 35, 383-395 1114 STOMATOSKI Tr., 1955 Okolicestvuvanje na nekoi nacinski prilozi in MAKEDONSKI JAZIK 6, 201-211 1115 STOWASSER 0. Μ., 1903 Kleine Beitraege zur lateinischen Grammatik (adverbs 1n -1m) in ZEITSCHRIFT FUER DIE DESTERRE ICHISCHEN GYMNASIEN 1903, 1-8 1116 STRANG Modern (ch. 9 EDWARD

Barbara Mary Hope, 1962 English structure - the spectrum of adverbs, 161-173) ARNOLD LIMITED, LONDON, X+201P

140

ADVERBS AND COMPARATIVES 1117

STRANG Barbara Mary Hope, 1964 review of JACOBSON Sven, 1964 in STUDIA NEOPHĪLOLOGICA 36, 376-378 1118 STREATFEILD H. D., 1948 Notes on the position of the adverb in ENGLISH LANGUAGE TEACHING 3, 40-47 1119 STUR Κ., 1914 De adverbiorum usu fortasse et forsitan earumque vocum, quibus compensantur DISSERTATION, WIEN 1120 STYKALO N. T., 1968 Semanticeskie priznaki obstojatel"stva priciny v russkom jazyke in NAUCNYE DOKLADY VYSSEJ SKOLY - EILOLOGICESKIE NAUKI 11, 35-42 1121 SUBA P. P., 1962 Narecie v belorusskom jazyke· Morfologicesklj ocerk IZDATEL"STVO AKADEMIJA NAUK BSSR, (INSTITUTA JAZYKOZNANIJA IMENI JAKUBA KOLASKA), 194P 1122 SUKJUROV A. D., 1970 De la catégorie de l'adverbe dans les langues turques { i n Russian) in ISTORIJA KUL"TURA, JAZYKI NARODOV VOSTOKA MOSKVA, IZDATEL"STVO nauka, 197-200 1123 SUKYS J., 1970 L'expression de l'actif par des adverbes à la voix passive (in Latvian) in KALBOS KULTURA 19, 20-21 1124 SUNER Margarita, 1975 Spanish adverbs : support for the phonological cycle ? in LINGUISTIC INQUIRY 6:4, 602-605 1125 SVEDOVA Natalia Jul"evna, 1964 Determinirujuscіj ob""ekt і determinirujuscee obstojatel"stvo  samostojatel"nye rasprostraniteli predlozenija in VOPROSY JAZYKOZNANIJA 1964:6, 77-93

ADVERBS AND ADVERBIALS

141 1126

SWAEN Adriaan E. Hugo, 1902 ALWAYS = AT ANV RATE, HOWEVER, STILL in ENGLISCHE STUDIEN 31, 157-159 1127 SWAEN Adrlaan E. Hugo, 1911 Once more ALWAYS = AT ANY RATE, HOWEVER, STILL 1n ENGLISCHE STUDIEN 41, 453-458 1128 SWAEN Adrlaan E. Hugo, 1916 ENTIRELY, WHOLLY, LARGELY, FRANKLY 1n ARCHIV FUER DAS STUDIUM DIE NEUEREN SPRACHEN 134, 48-58 1129 SWEENEY Michael J., 1975 On time prepositions in English in PAPERS FROM THE 11TH REGIONAL MEETING OF THE CHICAGO LINGUISTIC SOCIETY, 558-570 11 TAI James Hau-Y, 1973 A derivational constraint on adverbial placement in Mandarin Chinese 1n JOURNAL OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 1:3, 397-413 1131 TAI Oames Hau-Y, 1975 On two functions of place adverbials in Mandarin Chinese in JOURNAL OF CHINESE LINGUISTICS 3:2-3, 154-179 1132 TAUBENBERG L., 1958 Immenye priglagol"nye konstrukcii s vremennym znaceniem v russkom jazyke konca XVII -- nacala XVIII veka in UCENYE ZAPISKI RIZSKOGO PEDAGOGICESKOGO INSTITUTA 9, 45-62 1133 TAYLOR Archer, 1948 Locutions for NEVER in ROMANCE PHILOLOGY 2:2, 103-133 1134 TELLIER André R., 1971 review of GREENBAUM Sidney, 1969 1n BULLETIN DE LA SOCIETE DE LINGUISTIQUE DE PARIS 66:2, 169-170 1135 TELLIER André R., 1974 review of LINDKVIST Karl Gunnar, 1972 in BULLETIN DE LA SOCIETE DE LINGUISTIQUE DE PARIS 69:2, 258-259

142

ADVERBS AND COMPARATIVES 1136

TENG Shou-Hsin, 1975 On location and movement in Chinese in GENGO KENKYU 67, 30-57 1137 TEODORESCU Ecaterina, 1964 Adverbe predicative ? in LIMBA ROMINA 13, 423-436 1138 TESNIERE Lucien, 1959 Eléments de syntaxe structurale (chapitre 76 - le noeud adverbial, 186-183) {chapitre 77 - la phrase adverbiale, 188-190) LIBRAIRIE  KLINCKSIECK, PARIS, 704P 1139 THIEL Manfred, 1973 Satzadverbien in LINGUISTISCHE ARBEITEN DES GERMANITISCHEN INSTITUTS DER UNIVERSITAET DES SAARLANDES 13, 49-71 1140 THIELE Wolfgang, 1974 Zur Beschreibung englischer Adverbiale in ZEITSCHRIFT FUER ANGLISTIK UND AMERIKANISTIK 22:4, 392-413 1141 THIELKE Karl, 1956 Noch einmal  und NOT .... EITHER in DIE NEUEREN SPRACHEN 5, 404-405 1142 THIELMANN hi1ipp, 1888 Usque als selbstaendiges Adverb in ARCHIV FUER LATEINISCHE LEXICOGRAPHIE UND GRAMMATIK 5, 438-452 1143 THIELMANN Phi1ipp, 1889 Usque mit Konjunktionen und Adverbien. Usque ex, ab, de in ARCHIV FUER LATEINISCHE LEXICOGRAPHIE UND GRAMMATIK 6, 59-84, 469-507 ; 7, (1892), 103-113 1144 THOMANECK Jurgen Κ. Α., 1968 A sociolіnguіstic study of adjective and adverb M.ED. THESIS, UNIVERSITY OF ABERDEEN, ENGLAND

ADVERBS AND ADVERBIALS

143 1145

THOMANECK Jurgen Κ. Α., 1972 Α sociolinguistic study of adjective and adverb in LANGUAGE AND SPEECH 15:1, 8-13 1146 THOMASON Richmond Hunt, 1970 A semantic theory of adverbs YALE UNIVERSITY 1147 THOMASON Richmond Hunt, 1971 Logic and adverbs in THE JOURNAL OF PHILOSOPHY 68:20, 715-716 1148 THOMASON Richmond Hunt, STALNAKER Robert Culp, 1973 A semantic theory of adverbs in LINGUISTIC INQUIRY 4:2, 195-220 ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY HENY Frank Warrington, 1973 in INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF DRAVIDIAN LINGUISTICS 2:1, 64-93 1149 THOMPSON David Loren, 1973 The order of adverbal modifiers in genesis and proverbs : a study in the syntax of Hebrew poetry PH.D. DISSERTATION, THE JOHN HOPKINS UNIVERSITY, 441P 1150 THUEMMEL Wolf, 1967 (in German) review of ROOSE Herman, 1964 in LINGUISTICS 32, 96-105 1151 THURNEYSEN Rudolf, 1888 Zu den Zahladverbien auf -iens in ARCHIV FUER LATEINISCHE LEXICOGRAPHIE UND GRAMMATIK 5, 576 1152 THURNEYSEN Rudolf, 1901 Altirische adverbien in MISCELLANEA LINGUISTICA IN ONORE DI GRAZIADIO ASCOLI SLATKINE REPRINTS, GENEVE, <1973), 626P, (37-40) 1153 TILANDER Gunnar, 1966 Pourquoi 1'ordre réciproque des adverbes EN Y a-t-11 été changé en Y EN ? in DESONAY FERNAND, (EDITOR), 1966 MELANGES DE GRAMMAIRE FRANCAISE OFFERTS A MAURICE GREVISSE POUR LE TRENTIEME ANNIVERSAIRE DU bon usage EDITIONS J. DUCULOT, S.A., GEMBLOUX, 380P, (327-333)

144

ADVERBS AND COMPARATIVES 1154

TOGEBY Knud, 1954 Les temps du français in L Ì N G U A

4, 379-393

1155 TOGEBY Knud, 1974 review of PINCHON Jacqueline, 1972 1n ROMANCE PHILOLOGY 28:2, 264-265 1156 TOMMOLA Marja-Liisa, 1970 Zur Problematik des deutschen Artwortes M.A. THESIS, HELSINKI 1157 TONISSON Ivar Jaan, 1976 A formal semantics for adjectivais and adverbials PH.D. DISSERTATION, STANFORD UNIVERSITY, 291P ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY TONISSON Ivar Jaan, 1976 in DISSERTATION ABSTRACTS INTERNATIONAL 37:05-A, 2952 1158 TOURBIER Richard, 1928 Das Adverb als attributives Adjektiv 1m Neuenglischen PH.D. DISSERTATION, FRIEDRICH-WILHELMS UNIVERSITAET, BERLIN 1159 TRANSLATORS X., 1963 Adjectivais and adverbials in TRANSLATIONS OF WORKS ON CHINESE GRAMMAR PROJECT ON LINGUISTIC ANALYSIS, REPORT NO. 4 RESEARCH FOUNDATION, THE OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY 1160 TRAUGOTT-CLOSS Elizabeth, WATERHOUSE John, 1969 ALREADY and YET : a suppletive set of aspect markers ? in JOURNAL OF LINGUISTICS 5:2, 287-304 1161 TRNKA Bohumil, 1961 review of DIETRICH Gerhard, 1960 in ZEITSCHRIFT FUER ANGLISTIK UND AMERICANISTIK 9, 89-91 1162 TRNKA Karla, 1973 A generative description of temporal adverbial constructions 1n contemporary Russian and Czech PH.D. DISSERTATION, BROWN UNIVERSITY, 124P

ADVERBS AND ADVERBIALS

145

ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY TRNKA Karla, 1973 in DISSERTATION ABSTRACTS INTERNATIONAL 34:10-A, 6620 1163 TROFIMOV Vladimir Aleksandrovich, 1960  nekotorych slovosocetanіjach narecnogo tipa v sovremennom russkom jazyke in VOPROSV JAZYKOZNANIJA 4, 81-84 1164 TUTESCU Mariana, 1976 review of PINKSTER Harm, 1972 in LINGUISTICS 176, 79-35 1165 UHLENBECK Eugenius Marius, 1970 Facts and theory in the study of so-called adverbs and adverbials in present-day English in DIERICKX JEAN, LEBRUN W A N , (EDITORS), 1970 LINGUISTIQUE CONTEMPORAINE : HOMMAGE A ERIC BUYSSENS EDITIONS DE L'INSTITUT DE SOCIOLOGIE, BRUXELLES, (253-260) 1166 UHLER Karl, 1926 Die Bedeutungsgleichheit dert altenglischen Adjektiva und Adverbia mit und ohne -LIC(-LICE) in ANGLISTISCHE FORSCHUNGEN 62, 68P 1167 UHLIROVA Ludmilla, 1974 Sémantique des adverbes et son rôle dans la perspective fonctionnelle de la phrase (1n Czech) 1n SLOVO A SLOVESNOST 35:2, 99-106 1168 ULVYDAS K., 1959 Del vienaskaitos galininko prieveiksmejimo dabartineje lietuviu ka1boje in LIETUVIU KALBOTYROS KLAUSIMAI 2, 75-89 1169 VAEAENAENEN Veikko, 1973 De QUO/QUANTO MAGIS... /TANTO MAGIS... à PLUS... ET PLUS in REVUE DE LINGUISTIQUE ROMANE 37:145/146, 100-109 1170 VAGANAY Hugues, 1903 De RABELAIS à MONTAIGNE : les adverbes terminés en -MENT in REVUE DES ETUDES RABELAISIENNES 1(1903) A 5(1907)

146

ADVERBS AND COMPARATIVES 1171

VAGANAY Hugues, 1904 Deux mille adverbes en -HENT de RABELAIS à MONTAIGNE in REVUE DES ETUDES RABELAISIENNES 1 ET 2 1172 VAN DONGEN W. A., 1919 Adverbs formed from monosyllabic words in -Y in ENGLISH STUDIES 1, 75-77 1173 VAN DONGEN W. Α., 1921 ALMOST and NEARLY in NEOPHILOLOGUS 6, 184-207 1174 VAN EK Jan Ate, 1961 review of DIETRICH Gerhard, 1960 in ENGLISH STUDIES 42, 327-331 1175 VAN EK Jan Ate, 1967 review of JACOBSON Sven, 1964 in NEOPHILOLOGUS 51, 419-420 1176 VAN ES G. Α., 1956 Concurrenten van DOE en ALS in de functie van aspectische voegwoorden in TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR NEDERLANDSE TAAL- EN LETTERKUNDE 74, 20-43, 189-212 1177 VAN ES G. Α., 1957 HIER en DAAR in de Saksische volkstaten in TAAL EN TONGVAL 9, 44-59 1178 VAN ES G. A., 1958 VOT en WEG in de Saksische streektalen in ALBUM EDGARD BLANCQUAERT MICHIELS, TONGEREN, 438P, (349-358) 1179 VAN LANGENDONCK Willy, 1974 Internally referring prepositions and the subcategorizat1on of space and time denominations 1n a Netherlandic case grammar in LEUVENSE BIJDRAGEN 63:1, 1-42 1180 VANDENBERGEN Α.-Μ., 1974 review of EDGREN Eva, 1971 in ENGLISH STUDIES 55, 171-173

ADVERBS AND ADVERBIALS

147 1181

VASEVA Ivanka, 1965 Za cestotata v upotrebata na deepricastijata va savremennija balgarskija ezik in BALGARSKI EZIK 15, 127-138 1182 VASILESCU Lucretia, 1973 L'adjectif adverbialisé en français contemporain 1n REVUE ROUMAINE DE LINGUISTIQUE 18:1, 79-91 1183 VASIL"EVA N. M., 1959 Les propositions temporelles avec la conjonction TANT QUE dans l'ancien français (in Russian) in UCENYE ZAPISKI 4, 10-35 1184 VASILEVSKAJA Evgeniia Alekseevna, 1963 review of PROPOVIC Nikolaj N1kolaev1c, 1962 in RUSSKIJ JAZYK V SKOLE 24:45, 119-120 1185 VASILIU Laura, 1968 Some methodological remarks concerning a semantic of time prepositions in REVUE ROUMAINE DE LINGUISTIQUE 13:5, 541-549 1186 VELCHEVA Borjana, 1970 Narecieto kato cast na recta in IZVESTIJA NA INSTITUTA ZA BALGARSKI EZIK 19, 171-176 1187 VERHAGE Jan Anton, 1965 "n Nederlandse adverbiale doeblet en die Afrikaanse taalsisteem in DIETSE STUDIES : BUNDEL AANGEBIED AAN PROFESSOR 0· DU P. SCHOLTZ BY GELEENTHEID VAN SY VYF-ENSESTIGSTE VERJAARDAG, 14 MEI 1965 VAN GORCUM, ASSEN, VII+221P, (173-183) 1188 VERKUYEL Henk J., 1971 Compositional theory of the aspects DOCTORAL DISSERTATION, UNIVERSITY OF UTRECHT (- Foundations of language supplementary series 15 (1972)) D. REIDEL PUBLISHING COMPANY, DORDRECHT, 185P ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY DAHL Oesten, 1975 1n FOUNDATIONS OF LANGUAGE 12:3, 451-454

148

ADVERBS AND COMPARATIVES 1189

VERKUYEL Henk J., 1973 Temporal prepositions as quantifiers 1n KIEFER FERENC, RUWET NICOLAS, (EDITORS), 1973 GENERATIVE GRAMMAR IN EUROPE D. REIDEL PUBLISHING COMPANY, DORDRECHT, (582-615) 1190 VESTERGAARD Torben, 1973 A note on objective, instrumental, and affected 1n English in STUDIA LINGUISTICA 27, 85-89 1191 VIEGAS Ana Maria, 1962 L'expression adverbiale en portugais 1n BULLETIN DES JEUNES ROMANISTES 5, 11-15 1192 VILDE-LOT I., 1959 review of REPINA Tamara Aleksandrovna, 1958 1n LE FRANCAIS MODERNE 27, 143 1193 VINOGRADOVA Viktor Vladimirovich, SVEDOVOJ Natalia J u l " e v n , (editors), 1964 Glagol, narecie, predlogi 1 sojuzy v russkom literaturnom Jazyke XIX veka IZDATEL"STVO NAUKA, (AKEDEMIJA NAUK SSSR INSTITUTA RUSSKOGO JAZYKA), 320P 1194 VIRSU Veijo, 1969 Denotative meaning of QUANTITATIVE adjectives and adverbs in JOURNAL OF GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY 81:1, 35-44 1195 VITEK Alexander Joseph, 1967 Functions of Russian adverbs : a preliminary transform analys 1 s PH.D. DISSERTATION, UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN, 172P ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY VITEK Alexander Joseph, 1967 1n DISSERTATION ABSTRACTS INTERNATIONAL 28:06-A, 2235 1196 VITEK Alexander Joseph, 1968 Grammar and lexicon : the word class of adverbs in Russian lexicons 1n CAHIERS DE LEXICOLOGIE 12, 59-69

ADVERBS AND ADVERBIALS

149 1197

VLADUT-CUNITA Alexandra, 1968 La valeur aspectuelle des ADVERBES DE TEMPS dans le français contemporain in REVUE ROUMAINE DE LINGUISTIQUE 13:4, 343-356 1198 VLADUT-CUNITA Alexandra, 1973 Les relations des adverbes temporels français et roumains avec le verbe fini régissant in BULLETIN DE LA SOCIETE ROUMAINE DE LINGUISTIQUE ROMANE 9, 39-51 1199 VLADUT-CUNITA Alexandra, 1973 Pentru o sistematica a adverbelor temporale din franceza si romana contemporana standard in ANALELE UNIVERSITATII BUCURESTI LIMBI ROMANICE 22, 49-59 1200 VLATKOVIC Mira, 1972 Expressions of simultaneity in English and Serbo-Croatian in THE YUGOSLAV SERBO-CROATIAN-ENGLISH CONTRASTIVE PROJECT REPORTS 6, 113-124 1201 VOGT C., 1921 Zur Biologie der lateinischen Adverbia in NEUE JAHRBUECHER FUER DAS KLASSISCHE ALTERTUM, GESCHICHTE UND DEUTSCHE LITERATUR UND FUER PAEDAGOGIK 1921, 40-44 1202 VOJNOVIC Ljubica, 197x Adverbial modifiers in Intransitive sentences 1n English and Serbo-Croatian in THE YUGOSLAV SERBO-CROATIAN-ENGLISH CONTRASTIVE PROJECT, UNIVERSITY OF SARAJEVO, REPORT 4, 125-147 1203 VOLBEDA R., 1926 On the place of prepositions (prepositional adjuncts and adverb adjuncts) in ENGLISH STUDIES 8, 143-152 AND 169-181 1204 VOLOBRINSKAJA T. S., 1959 The adverbial complement in contemporary French (in Russian) TEZISY DOKLADOV, ROSTOW, 39P

150

ADVERBS AND COMPARATIVES 1205

VON GROSS Erna, 1921 Bildung des Adverbs bei CHAUCER DISSERTATION, BERLIN, 48? 1206 VON WARTBURG Walther, ZUMTHOR Paul, 1958 Précis de syntaxe du français contemporain (les adverbiales, 85-120, les adverbes, 343-358) EDITIONS A. FRANCKE S. A,, BERNE, 400P 1207 VOORHOEVE Jan, 1974 Locatives in Bangangte-Bamileke in STUDIES IN AFRICAN LINGUISTICS 5:2, 205-221 1208 WAGNER Robert-Léon, 1945 Verbe, préfixes et adverbes complémentaires en ancien français in ETUDES ROMANES DEDIEES A MARIO ROQUES DROZ, PARIS, 207-216 ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY ROQUES Mario, 1946 in ROMANIA 69, 415-415 1209 WAGNER Robert-Léon, 1963 review of KLUM Arne, 1961 in MERCURE 347, 354-360 1210 WAGNER Robert-Léon, 1963 review of MOIGNET Gérard, 1961 1n BULLETIN DE LA SOCIETE DE LINGUISTIQUE DE PARIS 58:2, 137-138 1211 WAGNER Robert-Léon, 1971 review of BISCHOFF Heinrich, 1970 in BULLETIN DE LA SOCIETE DE LINGUISTIQUE DE PARIS 66, 130-131 1212 WAHLGREN Erik, 1960 review of BLAISDELL Foster V/arren Junior, 1959 in SCANDINAVIAN STUDIES 32, 223-224 1213 WALLACE John, 1971 Some logical roles of adverbs in THE JOURNAL OF PHILOSOPHY 68:20, 690-714

ADVERBS AND ADVERBIALS

151 1214

WATANABE Toichi, 1958 ALSO or TOO in a negative sentence in ARAKI KAZUO, EGAWAT TAI ICHIRO, OYAMA TOSHIKO, YASUI MINORU, (EDITORS), 1958 STUDIES IN ENGLISH GRAMMAR AND LINGUISTICS KENKYUSHA LIMITED, TOKYO, 419P, (171-174) 1215 WATTS Richard James, 1975 Lokative Praepositionen in Deutschen, Englischen und Zuerichdeutschen : eine generativetransformationelle analyse (= Schweizer angl Istische Arbeiten 87) FRANCKE VERLAG, BERN, 173P 1216 WAUGH Linda R., 1976 Lexical meaning : the prepositions EN and DANS in French in LINGUA 39:1, 69-118 1217 WEINRICH Harald, 1964 Le temps (section 9.2 - temps et adverbe, 263-280) EDITIONS DU SEUIL, PARIS, 334P 1218 WEINRICH Harald, 1967 Die Stellung des Adjektivs im Franzoesischen mit einer Skizze zur Stellung des Adjektivs und Adverbs im Deutschen in SATZ UND WORT IM HEUTIGEN DEUTSCH JAHRBUCH DES INSTITUTS FUER DEUTSCHE SPRACHE 1965/66, 115-127 1219 WEINRICH Harald, 1968 Zur Stellung des adverbs in der franzoesischen sprache in SERTA ROMANICA. FESTSCHRIFT FUER GERHARD ROHLFS ZUM 75. GEBURTSTAG MAX NIEMEYER VERLAG, TUEBINGEN, 59-72 1220 WELTE Werner, 1974 Moderne Linguistik : Terminologie / Bibliographie (Adverbial / adverbial, 34-44) HUEBER, MUENCHEN, TEILBAND 1, 398P 1221 WERBOW Stanley Newman, 1953 Konjunctionale Adverbia1saetze in oberdeutscher Unterhaltungsprosa des xv-xvi Jahrhunderts : ein Beitrag zur stilistischen Syntax PH.D. DISSERTATION, THE JOHN HOPKINS UNIVERSITY, 241P

152

ADVERBS AND COMPARATIVES 1222

WESTERN August A., 1906 Some remarks on the use of English adverbs in ENGLISCHE STUDIEN 36, 75-99 1223 WEYDT Harald, 1973 review of LAKOFF George, 1968 in FOUNDATIONS OF LANGUAGE 10:4, 569-578 1224 WHEELER Samuel Crane, 1972 Attributives and their modifiers in NOUS 6, 311-334 1225 WILBUR Terence Harrisson, 1963 The Germanic Interrogatives of the HOW type in WORD 19, 328-334 1226 WILKINSON Robert Webster, 1976 Modes of predication and implied adverbial complements in FOUNDATIONS OF LANGUAGE 14:2, 153-194 1227 WILMET Marc, 1976 OUI, SI et NON en français moderne in LE FRANCAIS MODERNE 44:3, 229-253 1228 WIMMER Christine, 1974 Présupposé et théorie gui1laumienne à propos de PEU et de UN PEU in TRAVAUX DE LINGUISTIQUE ET DE LITTERATURE 12:1, 249-279 1229 WINDROSS Michael, 1974 Some preliminary remarks on the use of QUITE in LINGUISTICA ANTVERPIENSIA 8, 61-69 1230 WODE Henning, 1972 review of HARTVIGSON Hans H., 1969 in ANGLIA 90, 191-194 1231 WOLF Lothar, 1973 review of BISCHOFF Heinrich, 1970 in LE FRANCAIS MODERNE 41:2, 195-196

ADVERBS AND ADVERBIALS

153 1232

WOELFFLIN Eduard, 1885 Das adverbielle CETERA, ALIA, OMNIA in ARCHIV FUER LATEINISCHE LEXICOGRAPHIE UND GRAMMATIK 2, 90-99 1233 WOELFFLIN Eduard, 1893 Zur Adverbial bildung im Lateinischen in ARCHIV FUER LATEINISCHE LEXICOGRAPHIE UND GRAMMATIK 8, 143 1234 WOOD Frederick Turnbull, 1955 Verb-adverb combinations : the position of the adverb in ENGLISH LANGUAGE TEACHING 10, 18-27 1235 WOOD Frederick Turnbull, 1959 FAIRLY, RATHER and PRETTY as adverbs of degree 1n MODERNA SPRAK 53, 372-381 1236 WROBEL Henryk, 1969 Slowotworstwo przyslowkow odprzymiotnikowych w jezykach 1uzyckich OSSOLINEUM, WROCLAW, 139P ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY MUDRA Jiri, 1971 in SLAVIA. CASOPIS PRO SLOVANSKOU FILOLOGII 40:1, 150-152 1237 WUNDERLI Peter, 1965 review of ANDERSSON Sven, 1961 in VOX ROMANICA 24, 150-157 1238 WUNDERLI Peter, 1970 Fortschritte des Konjunktivs im modernfranzoesischen Adverbialsatz in ZEITSCHRIFT FUER FRANZOESISCHE SPRACHE UND LITERATUR 80, 154-182, 268-284 1239 WUNDERLI Peter, 1974 Syntaxe transphrastique : français NON in STUDII SI CERCETARI LINGUISTICE 25:5, 467-487

154

ADVERBS AND COMPARATIVES 1240

WUNDERLI Peter, 1975 Der Prosatz NON - Substitutionsprobleme im Rahmen der Transphrastischen Syntax in WUNDERLI PETER, SCHECKER Μ., (EDITORS), 1975 TEXTGRAMMATIK MAX NIEMEYER VERLAG, TUEBINGEN, (43-75) 1241 WUNDERLI Peter, 1976 Die Prosaetze OUI und SI in ZEITSCHRIFT FUER FRANZOESISCHE SPRACHE UND LITERATUR 86:3, 193-220 1242 WUNDERLICH Dieter, 1970 Tempus und Zeitreferenz im Deutschen (= Linguistische Reihe 5) HUEBER, MUENCHEN, 358P 1243 WUNDERLICH Dieter, 1970 Tempus und Zeitreferenz im Deutschen in LINGUISTISCHE BERICHTE 6, 1-20 1244 WUESTENECK Helga, 1971 Die bilingualen Aequіvalenzbeziehungen des russischen und deutschen Adverbs : dargestellt an der Sprache medizinischer Fachtexte DISSERTATION, HUMBOLDT-UNIVERSITAET, BERLIN, 260P 1245 YVON Henry, 1948 PAS et POINT dans les propositions négatives in LE FRANCAIS MODERNE 15, 19-35 1246 ZABROCKI Tadeusz, 1973 Some grammatical implications of the contrastive analysis of English sentence adverbs and their equivalents in Polish in PAPERS AND STUDIES IN CONTRASTIVE LINGUISTICS 1, 23-29 1247 ZABROCKI Tadeusz, (1n press) Attitudinal sentence adverbs 1n English and Polish LINGUISTIC RESEARCH INC., EDMONTON, 124Ց ZADEH Lotfi Asker, 1975 Fuzzy logic and approximate reasoning in SYNTHESE 30:4, 407-428

ADVERBS AND ADVERBIALS

155 1249

ZANDVOORT Reinard Willem, 1975 review of LINDKVIST Karl Gunnar, 1972 in ENGLISH STUDIES 56:3, 272-273 1250 ZANT Ζ., 1914 Usum adverbii quatenus fugerint T. Lucretius Carus, . Valerius Catullus, . Horatius Flaccus DISSERTATION, WIEN 1251 ZAVGORODNJAJA V. L., 1972 Dvuchelementnye gruppy podcinitel"nych adverbial"nych socetanij v sovremennom anglijskom jazyke in VESTNIK LENINGRADSKOGO GOSUDARSTVENNOGO UNIVERSITETA 27, 137-141 1252 ZDRENGHEA Mircea, 1964 Au sujet du numéral et des adverbes quantitatifs (in Rumanian> in STUDIA UNIVERSITATIS BABES-BOLYAI, SERIES PHILOLOGICA, 117-119 1253 ZEITLIN William, 1882 D1e altfranzoesischen Adverbien der Zeit 1n ZEITSCHRIFT FUER ROMANISCHE PHILOLOGIE 6, 256-289 ; 7, 1-22 1254 ZEMACH Eddy Mordechai, 1972 HERE and NOW in MIND 81, 251-255 1255 ZIEGLER Janet Delong, 1975 An aspect of the lexicon : semantic distinctive features of some Spanish adverbs of time PH.D. DISSERTATION, GEORGETOWN UNIVERSITY, 202P ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY ZIEGLER Oanet Delong, 1975 in DISSERTATION ABSTRACTS INTERNATIONAL 36:05-A, 2787 1256 ZIERER Ernesto Β · , 1970 A note on adverbs and modal expressions 1n English and Span і sh in LENGUAJE Y CIENCIAS 37, 26-29

156

ADVERBS AND COMPARATIVES 1257

2IERER Ernesto ., 1971 Sobre la convertibilidad de ciertos adjetivos en adverbios en el idioma espanol in LENGUAJE Y CIENCIAS 11:4, 97-107 1258 ZLATANOVA Rumjana, 1972 Adverb1aln1 formi - komponent na sastavno skazuemo v starobalgarski in BALGARSKI EZIK 22:1-2, 47-54 1259 ZUMTHOR Paul , 1964 review of MOIGNET Gérard, 1961 in LINGUA 13, 319-334 1260 ZURINSKAJA Μ. Α., 1971 Socetanija NARECIE+GLAGOL v chettskom jazyke (material i problemy) in SINHRONNO-SOPOSTAVITEL-NYJ ANALIZ JAZYKOV RAZNYH SISTEM NAUKA, MOSKVA, 98-107 1261 ZWANENBURG Wiecher, 1967 VOICI, VOILA en OUI, SI, NON N00RDH0FF, GRONINGEN ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY NIENHUIS L. 0. Α., 1968 in LEVENDE TALEN 243-253, 232-233 1262 ZWANENBURG Wiecher, 1972 review of BISCHOFF Heinrich, 1970 in NEOPHILOLOGUS 56, 368-370 1263 ZWICKY Arnold Melchior, 1970 USUALLY and UNUSUALLY in LINGUISTIC INQUIRY 1:1, 145

COMPARATIVES AND SUPERLATIVES

1264 ADAMEC remsyl, 1962  nekterym otazkam srovnavaci syntaxe bezne mluvenych projevu in OTAZKY SLOVANSKE SYNTAXE SBORNIK BRNENSKE SYNTAKTICKE KONFERENCE 17-21 IV 1961 STATNI PEDAGOGICKE NAKLADATELSTVI, PRAHA, 465P, (339-341) 1265 ANDERSSON Sven, 1972 L'emploi du subjonctif après un superlatif in MODERNA SPRAK 66, 156-162 1266 ANDERSSON Sven, 1975 review of WESTRIN Maibrit, 1973 in STUDIA NEOPHILOLOGICA 47:2, 376-384 1267 ANDREWS Avery Delano, 1975 Studies 1n the syntax of comparative and relative clauses PH.D. DISSERTATION, MASSACHUSETTS INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY 1263 ANDREWS Avery Delano, 1975 ONE(S) deletion 1n the comparative clause in PAPERS FROM THE 5TH ANNUAL MEETING OF THE NORTH EASTERN LINGUISTIC SOCIETY, HARVARD UNIVERSITY

15Ց

ADVERBS AND COMPARATIVES 1269

ANNEAR-THOMPSON Sandra S., 1964 English and Mandarin Chinese : the comparative construction UNPUBLISHED PAPER, OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY 1270 ARLOTTO Anthony, 1975 Two Mandarin comparative constructions in PAPERS IN LINGUISTICS 8:1-2, 89-100 1271 BAL Willy, 1958 La comparaison - son emploi dans GASPARD DES MONTAGNES d'HENRI POURRAT in STUDIA UNIVERSITATIS LOVANIUM 4 EDITIONS DE L'UNIVERSITE, LEOPOLDVILLE, 59P ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY HARRIS Marvyn Roy, 1962 in ROMANCE PHILOLOGY 15:4, 481-483 1272 BAR Francis, 1952 Superlatifs et intensifs dans le français in LE FRANCAIS MODERNE 20, 21-28

d'aujourd"hui 1273

BARBAUD hi1ippe, 1974 Constructions superlatives et structures apparentées ( chapitre 2, section 2.1 - quelques propriétés des constructions superlatives adverbiales, 88-126 ) THESE DE DOCTORAT DE 3E CYCLE, UNIVERSITE DE PARIS, 508P 1274 BARBAUD hilippe, 1974 Sur une contrainte de focalisation préalable in LINGUA 33:1, 1-43 1275 BARBAUD hilippe, 1976 Constructions superlatives et structures apparentées in LINGUISTIC ANALYSIS 2:2, 125-174 1276 BARTONEK Antonin, 1955 K problematice latinskeho superlativu na -ISSIMUS in LISTY FILOLOGICKE 3, 1 -  1277 BARTSCH Renate, VENNEMANN Theo, 1972 Semantic structures ATHENAEUM VERLAG, FRANKFURT AM MAIN, 186P

COMPARATIVES AND SUPERLATIVES

159 1278

BARTSCH Renate, VENNEMANN Theo, 1972 The grammar of relative adjectives and comparison 1n LINGUISTISCHE BERICHTE 20, 19-32 1279 BEAUPIED Mireille, 1973 De l'emploi des formes simples et complexes du comparatif de supériorité de l'adverbe en russe moderne 1n COMMUNICATIONS DE LA DELEGATION FRANCAISE, VIIE CONGRES INTERNATIONAL DES SLAVISTES, VARSOVIE 1973 INSTITUT D'ETUDES SLAVES, PARIS, 374P, (27-33) 1280 BENJAFIELD John Grant, GIESBRECHT L., 1973 Context effects and the recall of comparative sentences in MEMORY AND COGNITION 1, 133-136 1281 BERTHELON-SCHWEIZER Christiane, 1955 L'expression du haut degré en français contemporain : essai de syntaxe affective in ROMANICA HELVETICA 50, 191P ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY VERGNAUD S. Μ., 1960 in REVISTA PORTUGUESA DE FILOLOGIA 1958-1959:9, 369-371 1282 BIERWISCH Manfred, 1967 Some semantic universals of German adjectivais 1n FOUNDATIONS OF LANGUAGE 3:1, 1-36 1283 BLADON R. A. W., 1969 review of JOLY André, 1967 in REVUE DES LANGUES VIVANTES 35, 313-318 1284 BOLINGER Dwight Le Merton, 1946 Analogical correlatives of THAN 1n AMERICAN SPEECH 21:3, 199-203 1285 BOLINGER Dwight Le Merton, 1950 The comparison of inequality in Spanish in LANGUAGE 26., 28-62 1286 BOLINGER Dwight Le Merton, 1953 Addenda to the comparison of inequality in Spanish 1n LANGUAGE 29, 62-66

160

ADVERBS AND COMPARATIVES 1287

BOLINGER Dwight Le Merton, 1967 Adjective comparison : a semantic scale In JOURNAL OF ENGLISH LINGUISTICS 1, 2-10 1288 BOSAK Ctirad, 1961 Opisný y komparativ v současné rustine In HORALEK KAREL, (EDITOR), 1961 KAPITOLY ZE. ZROVNAVACI MLUVNICE RUSKE A CESKE. II -- STUDIE SYNTACTICKE (= ČSAV, SEKCE JAZYKA A LITERATURY, STUDIE A PRAMENY NAKLADATELSTVÍ ČSAV, PRAHA, 456P, (7-152)

16) 1289

BOWERS John S · , 1969 Surface structure interpretation 1n English superlatives UNPUBLISHED PAPER, MASSACHUSETTS INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY 1290 BRESNAN Joan Wanda, 1971 On A NON-SOURCE FOR COMPARATIVES In LINGUISTIC INQUIRY 2, 117-125 1291 BRESNAN Joan Wanda, 1973 Syntax of the comparative clause construction In LINGUISTIC INQUIRY 4:3, 275-343

in English 1292

BRESNAN Joan Wanda, 1975 Comparative deletion and constraints on transformations In LINGUISTIC ANALYSIS 1:1, 25-74 1293 BRESNAN Joan Wanda, 1976 On the form and functioning of transformations In LINGUISTIC INQUIRY 7:1, 3-40 1294 BROMILEJ Sofia Vlad1m1rovna, 1955  1 storiji mesta udaren Ija v fo/rnach sravn1 tel"noj stepeni v russkom jazyke 1n DOCKLADY I SOOBSCENIJA INSTITUTA JAZYKOZNANIJA AKADEMIJI NAUK SSSR 8, 24-41 1295 BROMILEJ Sofla Vlad1m1rovna, 1957 K Istorii obrazovanija form sravnite!"noj stepeni v russkom jazyke (Istorija vza1modejstv1ja dvuch tipov obrazovanija form sravn 1 tel "noj stepeni : s stiff Iksom "-JIS 1 s sufflksom "-EJIS) 1n TRUDY INSTITUTA JAZYKOZNANIJA, AKADEMIJA NAUK SSSR 8, 350-470

COMPARATIVES AND SUPERLATIVES

161 1296

BROWNE Way les E., 1964 On adjectival comparisons and reduplication in English UNPUBLISHED PAPER, MASSACHUSETTS INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY 1297 BROWNE Way les Ε., 1974 A note on modifiers of comparatives in English and Serbo-Croatian in THE YUGOSLAV SERBO-CROATIAN-ENGLISH CONTRASTIVE PROJECT REPORTS 9, 3-4 1298 BRUECK Ferdinand, 1886 Die Konsonantenverdoppelung 1n den mittelenglischen Komparativen und Superlativen DISSERTATION, BONN CARL GEORGI, BONN, 52P 1299 BRUCKER Charles, 1975 Le renforcement des adjectifs par la comparaison EXEMPLAIRE dans la poésie lyrique d'oc et d'oïl du XIIe siècle in REVUE DES LANGUES ROMANES 81:1, 23-37 1300 CABALA Michal, 1973 Tvorenie syntetickeho komparativu adjektiv v soucasnej rustine 1n SLAVICA SLOVACA 8, 60-74 1301 CAMPBELL Robin N., WALES Roger 0., 1969 Comparative structures in English in JOURNAL OF LINGUISTICS 5, 215-251 1302 CANTRALL William Randolf, 1970 The deletion of indefinite verb phrases which are in comparison with definite ones LINGUISTIC SOCIETY OF AMERICA 1303 CANTRALL William Randolf, 1971 Comparison and presupposition in LINGUISTIC INQUIRY 2, 573-575 1304 CARABULEA Elena, 1957 Unele observaţii asupra termenilor comparativului si superlativului relativ In limba romina 1n STUDII DE GRAMATICA 2, 19-27

162

ADVERBS AND COMPARATIVES 1305

CARDEN Guy, 1977 Comparatives and factives in LINGUISTIC INQUIRY 8:3, 586-590 1306 CARROL John M., HENNESSEY john S., 1975 Coordination reduction and the English comparative/super lative : a psycholinguistic perspective in PROCEEDINGS OF THE FIRST ANNUAL MEETING OF THE BERKELEY LINGUISTICS SOCIETY, 485P, (25-36) 1307 CELCE-MURCIA Marianne, 1970 The English comparative re-examined SYSTEMS DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION, SANTA MONICA, CALIFORNIA 1308 CELCE-MURCIA Marianne, 1972 A syntactic and psycholinguistic study of comparison 1n Engl і sh PH.D, DISSERTATION, UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA, LOS ANGELES, 198P 1309 CIOMPEC Georgeta, 1965 Observatii privind sistemul comparatiei adverbiale 1n secolul al xvi-lea in FESTSCHRIFT ALEXANDRU ROSETTI, 123-127 1310 CLARK Herbert Horace, 1969 Linguistic processes 1n deductive reasoning in PSYCHOLOGICAL REVIEW 76, 387-404 1311 CLARK Herbert Horace, 1969 The Influence of language in solving three-term series problems in JOURNAL OF EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY 82, 205-215 1312 CLARK Herbert Horace, CARD S. Κ., 1969 Role of semantics in remembering comparative sentences in JOURNAL OF EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY 82, 545-553 1313 CLARK Herbert Horace, 1970 Comprehending comparatives in FLORAIS-D"ARCAIS GIOVANNI ., LEVELT WILLEM J. M., (EDITORS), 1970 ADVANCES IN PSYCHOLINGUISTICS NORTH-HOLLAND PUBLISHING COMPANY, AMSTERDAM, X+454P, (294-306)

COMPARATIVES AND SUPERLATIVES

163 1314

CLARK Herbert Horace, 1971 More about ADJECTIVES, COMPARATIVES, AND SYLLOGISMS : A reply to Huttenlocher and Higgins in PSYCHOLOGICAL REVIEW 78, 505-514 1315 CLARK Herbert Horace, 1973 Semantics and comprehension in SEBEOK THOMAS ALBERT, 1973 LINGUISTICS AND ADJACENT ARTS AND SCIENCES (= CURRENT TRENDS IN LINGUISTICS 12) MOUTON, THE HAGUE, XXIII+3037P, (1291-1428) 1316 CLARK Herbert Horace, 1976 Semantics and comprehension (= Janua linguarum, Series minor 187) (section 3 - locatives, 57-78) (section 4 - comparatives, 79-110) MOUTON, THE HAGUE-PARIS, 148P 1317 CLARK Herbert Horace, PETERSON T.,.(forthcoming) Comprehension of the comparative as an instruction 1318 CURRIE M · , 1973 Un dialectalisme controversé du français médiéval : le mode subjonctif, employé au second terme d'une comparaison d'Inégalité in ROMANIA 94:3, 386-398 1319 CYGAN Jan, 1975 Synthetical comparatives in English in BIULETYN POLSKIEGO TOWARZYSTWA JEZYKOZNAWCZEGO 33, 53-57 1320 DAUZAT Albert, 1945 L'expression de l'Intensité par la comparaison in LE FRANCAIS MODERNE 13, 169-186 1321 DAUZAT Albert, 1948 review of TILANDER Gunnar, 1946 in LE FRANCAIS MODERNE 16, 75 1322 DAVIS  · , HELLAN L., 1975 The syntax and semantics of comparative constructions NOTRE DAME UNIVERSITY, NOTRE DAME, INDIANA

164

ADVERBS AND COMPARATIVES 1323

DELIBES L., 1920 Le subjonctif dans la phrase adjective après un superlatif relatif ou autres tournures exprimant une idée de relativité in NE0PHILOL0GUS 5, 97-104 1324 DEMBROWSKI Peter Florian, 1976 review of JONAS Pol, 1971 in ROMANCE PHILOLOGY 30:1, 200-210 1325 DE SAUSSURE Ferdinand, 1887 Comparatifs et superlatifs germaniques de la forme INFERUS, INFIMUS in MELANGES RENIER F. VIEWEG, LIBRAIRE-EDITEUR, PARIS, 465P, (385-393) 1326 DICK John Henry, 1973 Comparison of the adjective and adverb in modern PH.D. DISSERTATION, UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA, 243P ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY DICK John Henry, 1973 in DISSERTATION ABSTRACTS INTERNATIONAL 34:12-, 7730 1327 DOHERTY Monika, 1970 Zur comparation antonymer adjektive in ARBEITSGRUPPE STRUKTURELLE GRAMMATIK 6, 2..1-2.33 1328 DOHERTY Paul Colman, SCHWARTZ Arthur, 1967 The syntax of the compared adjective in English in LANGUAGE 43, 903-936 1329 DOMINTE C., 1972 review of OONAS Pol, 1971 in REVUE ROUMAINE DE LINGUISTIQUE 17, 591-592 1330 DONALDSON .  , WALES Roger 0., 1968 On the acquisition of some relational terms in HAYES M. 0. R., (EDITOR), 1968 PROCEEDINGS OF THE 4TH CARNEGIE SYMPOSIUM ON COGNITION WILEY AND SONS, NEW YORK

COMPARATIVES AND SUPERLATIVES

165 1331

DRAGOS E., 1963 Quelques procédés d'expression de l'Idée de superlatif en roumain in STUDIA UNIVERSITATIS BABES-BOLYAI 8:2, 93-98 1332 ELSASS Annie, 1974 review of WESTRIN Maibrit, 1973 1n ZEITSCHRIFT FUER ROMANISCHE PHILOLOGIE 90, 630-631 1 333 ERELT Mati, 1973 Some remarks on comparative and superlative sentences in Estonian 1n KIEFER FERENC, (EDITOR), 1973 TRENDS IN SOVIET THEORETICAL LINGUISTICS ( = FOUNDATIONS OF LANGUAGE SUPPLEMENTARY SERIES 18) D. REIDEL PUBLISHING COMPANY, DORDRECHT, (135-148) 1334 ESKENAZI André, 1975 review of WESTRIN Maibrit, 1973 in BULLETIN DE LA SOCIETE DE LINGUISTIQUE DE PARIS 70:2, 182-183 1335 ES"KOVA N. A., 1963  forme sravnitel"noj stepeni ot prilagatel"nogo CHLEESTKIJ in VOPROSY KUL "TURY RECI 4, 179-183 1336 ES"KOVA N. Α., 1964 Obrazovanie sinteticeskich form stepenej sravnenija v sovremennom russkom literaturnom jazyke 1n MUCNIKA IOSIF PAVLOVICH, PANOVA MIKHAIL VIKTOROVICH, (EDITORS), 1964 RAZVITIE GRAMMATIKI I LEKSIKI SOVREMENNOGO RUSSKOGO JAZYKA IZDATEĽ'STVO nauka, (INSTITUT, RUSSKOGO JAZYKA AKADEMIJA NAUK SSSR), 364P, (235-255) 1337 FAHLIN Carin, 1943 Catalan COM et COM A dans les subordonnées comparatives in MELANGES DE PHILOLOGIE OFFERTS A M. JOHAN MELANDER A.-. LUNDEQUISTSKA BOKHANDELN, UPPSALA, (235-246) 1338 FALK Paul, 1940 Comment TRANS est devenu la marque du superlatif absolu en français in STUDIA NEOPHILOLOGICA 13, 11-44

166

ADVERBS AND COMPARATIVES 1339

FARMER Judith Ο., 1973 A transformational analysis of comparison 1n Spanish PH.D. DISSERTATION, GEORGETOWN UNIVERSITY, 148P ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY FARMER Judith 0., 1973 in DISSERTATION ABSTRACTS INTERNATIONAL 34:05-A, 2594 1340 FAUCONNIER Gilles, 1973 Superlatives with scope ambiguities PRESENTED AT THE ANNUAL MEETING OF THE LSA, 1973 1341 FEHR Bernhard, 1910 review of ROSSMANN Bernhard, 1908 in ENGLISCHE STUDIEN 43, 438-441 1342 FEIDER Helga, 1973 Comparatives in early child in GLOSSA 7:1, 3-17

language 1343

FERNANDES I· Χ., 1934 Superlativos intensivos 1n A LINGUA PORTUGUESA 3, 419-422 1344 FICSINESCU Florica, 1963 Un fals comparativ de superioritate in LIMBA ROMINA, 12, 507-513 1345 FIJN VAN DRAAT Pleter, 1920 The article before superlatives in NEOPHILOLOGUS 5, 348-351 1346 FLORES D"ARCAIS Giovanni ., 1966 On handling comparative sentences CENTER FOR COGNITIVE STUDIES, HARVARD UNIVERSITY 1347 FLORES-D"ARCAIS Giovanni ., 1970 Linguistic structure and focus of comparison 1n processing comparative sentences in FLORAIS-D"ARCAIS GIOVANNI ., LEVELT WILLEM J· M., (EDITORS), 1970 ADVANCES IN PSYCHOLINGUISTICS NORTH-HOLLAND PUBLISHING COMPANY, AMSTERDAM, X+454P, (307-321 )

COMPARATIVES AND SUPERLATIVES

167 1348

FLUTRE L. F · , 1974 review of WESTRIN Malbrit, 1973 in REVUE DE LINGUISTIQUE ROMANE 38, 590-592 1349 FREUND Robert Β., 1970 Some aspects of the comparative construction 1n English LECTURE, UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS 1350 FUGIER Η., 1971 Le superlatif latin ; étude fonctionnelle in REVUE DES ETUDES LATINES 49, 314-330 1351 FUGIER H., 1972 Le système latin des comparatifs et superlatifs in REVUE DES ETUDES LATINES 50, 272-294 1352 GEIS Michael Lorenz, 1973 Comparative simplification in O.S.U. WORKING PAPERS IN LINGUISTICS 16, 35-46 1353 GEIS Michael Lorenz, 1973 A derivational constraint on the simplification of certain comparative constructions UNPUBLISHED PAPER, UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS, 1354 GENIN François, 1845 Des variations du langage français depuis le x11e siècle (DE après le comparatif, 354-356) FIRMIN DIDOT FRERES, PARIS, XL+553P 1355 GILMAN Charles, 1972 The comparative structure 1n French, English, and Cameroonian pidgin English : an exercise in linguistic comparison PH.D. DISSERTATION, NORTHWESTERN UNIVERSITY 1356 GINET Sally McConnell, 1973 Semantic structure of comparative constructions READ AT THE 1973 SUMMER MEETING OF THE L.S.A. 1357 GINET Sally McConnell, 1973 Comparative constructions in English : a syntactic and semantic analysis PH.D. DISSERTATION, THE UNIVERSITY OF ROCHESTER, 271P

168

ADVERBS AND COMPARATIVES

ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY GINET Sally McConnell, 1973 in DISSERTATION ABSTRACTS INTERNATIONAL 34:09-A, 5944 1358 GNUTZMANN Claus, 1971 Semantic and syntactic aspects of the compared adjective i n English M.A. THESIS, UNIVERSITY OF LONDON 1359 GNUTZMANN Claus, ILSON Robert, WEBSTER Joy, 1973 Comparative constructions in contemporary English in ENGLISH STUDIES 54:5, 417-438 1360 GREEN Georgia Marks, 1970 More χ than not χ in LINGUISTIC INQUIRY 1:1, 126 1361 HABECK Paul , 1913 De partícula QUAM post comparativos PLUS AMPLIUS MINUS LONGIUS PROPIUS omissa DISSERTATION, JENA, 47P 1362 HALE Austin, 1964 Quantification and English comparative in WANG WILLIAM S.-Y., (EDITOR), 1964 MONOGRAPHS ON LINGUISTIC ANALYSIS 1363 HALE Austin, 1970 Conditions on English comparatives clause pairing in JACOBS RODERICK Α., ROSENBAUM PETER STEVEN, (EDITORS), 1970 READINGS IN ENGLISH TRANSFORMATIONAL GRAMMAR GINN AND COMPANY, TORONTO, X+277P 1364 HAMMESFAHR Alexander, 1881 Zur Comparation im Altfranzoesischen DISSERTATION, STRASSBURG, 40P 1365 HARASYM Carolyn R., BOERSMA Frederick J., MAGUIRE Thomas ., 1971 Semantic differential analysis of relational terms used in conservation in CHILD DEVELOPMENT 42:3, 767-779

COMPARATIVES AND SUPERLATIVES

169 1366

HARRIS Marvyn Roy, 1962 review of BAL Willy, 1958 in ROMANCE PHILOLOGY 15:4, 481-483 1367 HENDRUP Svend, 1975 review of WESTRIN Maibrit, 1973 in REVUE ROMANE 10:1, 187-192 1368 HENRY Albert, 1952 Le commensuratif en ancien français et en ancien italien in ROMANIA 73, 1-15 1369 HENRY Albert, 1966 A propos de certains NOMBRANTS selon BERNARD POTTIER in TRAVAUX DE LINGUISTIQUE ET DE LITTERATURE 4:1, 245-251 in MELANGES DE LINGUISTIQUE ET DE PHILOLOGIE OFFERTS A MONSEIGNEUR PIERRE GARDETTE LIBRARIE . KLINCKSIECK, PARIS, 527P, (245-251) 1370 HIGGINS Edward Tory, 1977 The varying presuppositional nature of comparatives in JOURNAL OF PSYCHOLINGUISTIC RESEARCH 6:3, 203-222 1371 HJELMSLEV Louis, 1944 La comparaison en linguistique structurale in ACTA LINGUISTICA 4, 144-147 1372 HOLTHAUSEN Ferdinand, 1905 EIN + Superlativ in ENGLISCHE STUDIEN 35, 186-187 1373 HOLTHAUSEN Ferdinand, 1913 Negation statt Vergleichungspartikel beim Komparativ in INDOGERMANISCHE FORSCHUNGEN 32, 339-340 1374 HORBACH Arthur, 1902 Die begriffliche Entwicklung des lateinischen TRANS und ULTRA auf romanischem, speziell auf franzoesischem Sprachgebiete DISSERTATION, LEIPZIG  Α. KAEMMERER, LEIPZIG, XXXI+198P

170

ADVERBS AND COMPARATIVES 1375

HORNING Adolf, 1881 Ueber den Conjunctiv in Comparativsaetzen im Altfranzoesischen in ZEITSCHRIFT FUER ROMANISCHE PHILOLOGIE 5, 386-391 1376 HUCKIN Tom, 1974 Abstract negation 1n the English comparative sentence in PAPERS PRESENTED AT THE 4TH WESTERN CONFERENCE ON LINGUISTICS 1377 HUDDLESTON Rodney, 1967 More on the English comparative in JOURNAL OF LINGUISTICS 3:1, 91-102 1378 HUDDLESTON Rodney, 1971 A comparative tautology in LINGUISTIC INQUIRY 2:2, 252-254 1379 HUGHES John Paul, 1973 review of JOLY André, 1967 in WORD 26, 297-300 1380 HUPET-WEBER A · , 1973 Aspects psycholinguistiques de Ta comparaison d'Inégalité CENTRE DE PSYCHOLOGIE EXPERIMENTALE, PELLENBERG 1381 HUTTENLOCHER Janellen, HIGGINS Edward Tory, 1971 Adjectives, comparatives, and syllogisms in PSYCHOLOGICAL REVIEW 78, 487-504 ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY CLARK Herbert Horace, 1971 in PSYCHOLOGICAL REVIEW 78, 505-514 1382 HUTTENLOCHER Janellen, HIGGINS Edawrd Tory, MILLIGAN KAUFFMAN ., 1970 The mystery of the NEGATIVE EQUATIVE construction in JOURNAL OF VERBAL LEARNING AND VERBAL BEHAVIOR 9, 334-341

C,

1383 IONASCU Alexandru, 1960 Cu privire la constructia comparativa in limba romina in STUDII SI CERCETARI LINGVISTICE 11, 513-517

COMPARATIVES AND SUPERLATIVES

171

1384 IVIR Vladimir, 1974 Superlative structures in English and their correspondents 1n Serbo-Croatian in THE YUGOSLAV SERBO-CROATIAN-ENGLISH CONTRASTIVE PROJECT REPORTS 9, 5-18 1385 IVIR Vladimir, 1974 Semantic aspects of adjective comparison in English and Serbo-Croatian in THE YUGOSLAV SERBO-CROATIAN-ENGLISH CONTRASTIVE PROJECT REPORTS 9, 19-31 1386 JABERG Karl , 1947 Elation und Komparation in FESTSCHRIFT FUER EDOUARD TIECHE., EHEMALINGEN PROFESSOR AN DER UNIVERSITAET BERN, ZUM 70. GEBURSTAG LANG ET COMPAGNIE, BERN, XV+190P, (41-60) 1387 JANNER Hans, 1947 review of TILANDER Gunnar, 1946 in REVISTA DE FILOLOGIA ESPANOLA 31, 319 1388 JOHNSEN Olaf, 1912 On the use of instrumental THE with the comparative in ENGLISCHE STUDIEN 44, 212-239 1389 JOHNSTON Oliver Martin, 1906 Use of DE and QUE after the comparative 1n Old French in ZEITSCHRIFT FUER ROMANISCHE PHILOLOGIE 30, 641-647 1390 JOLY André, 1967 Negation and the comparative particle 1n English (= Cahier de psychomécanique du langage 9) LES PRESSES DE L'UNIVERSITE LAVAL, QUEBEC, 44P ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY BLADON R. A. W., 1969 in REVUE DES LANGUES VIVANTES 35, 313-318 HUGHES John Paul , 1973 in WORD 26, 297-300 KUEHLWEIN H. A. Wolfgang, 1968 in INTERNATIONAL REVIEW OF APPLIED LINGUISTICS IN LANGUAGE TEACHING 6, 291-294

172

ADVERBS AND COMPARATIVES SEUREN Pieter Albertus Marla, 1968 in NEOPHILOLOGUS 52, 337-338

1391 JONAS Pol, 1971 Les systèmes comparatifs å deux termes en ancien français EDITIONS DE L'UNIVERSITE DE BRUXELLES, BRUXELLES, 512P ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY DEMBROWSKI Peter Florian, 1976 in ROMANCE PHILOLOGY 30:1, 200-210 DOMINTE ., 1972 in REVUE ROUMAINE DE LINGUISTIQUE 17, 591-592 MARTIN Robert, 1972 in ROMANIA 93:2, 276-280 OSWALD Werner, 1975 in ZEITSCHRIFT FUER FRANZOESISCHE SPRACHE UND LITERATUR 85:3, 280-284 STEFANINI Jean, 1973 1n BULLETIN DE LA SOCIETE DE LINGUISTIQUE DE PARIS 67, 126-130 1392 OONAS Pol, 1973 SI et AUSSI dans les systèmes comparatifs d'égalité niée à deux termes en français contemporain in REVUE DE LINGUISTIQUE ROMANE 37:147, 292-341 1393 JUCHAS Janos, 1958 Forma sravnіtel"noj stepeni s pristavkoj PO- v sovremennom russkom 1iteraturnom jazyke in STUDIA SLAVICA ACADEMIAE SCIENTIARUM HUNGARICAE 4, 97-111 1394 KAFKOVA Olga, 1960  semantice ruskych superlativnich tvaru in SBORNIK VYSOKE SKOLY PEDAGOGICKE V PRAZE, JAZYK A LITERATURA 2, 113-121 1395 KARPOVICH L. Τ., 1969 Spaluchenni jakasnych prymetnikau z prysloujaml stipeni (na materyjale belaruska.j i anhlijskaj mou) in VESCI AKADEMII NAVUK BELARUSKOJ S. S. R. 5, 111-116

COMPARATIVES AND SUPERLATIVES

173 1395

KAUFMANN Gerhard, 1973 Zu den durch ALS, ALS OB, WIE WENN, ALS WENN eingeleiteten Komparativsaetzen in ZIELSPRACHE DEUTSCH 1973:4, 91-111 1397 KAUTZMANN Һilipp, 1884 review of ZIEMER Hermann, 1884 in WOCHENSCHRIFT FUER KLASSISCHE PHILOLOGIE 1:16, 490-496 1398 KEJVANOVA Antonie, 1973 Zur Komparation In der Fachsprache in DEUTSCH ALS FREMDSPRACHE 10:3, 183-185 1399 KINNE Thorolf-Michael, 1973 Untersuchungen zur positiven und superlativischen Lexik 1n nationalsozialistischen und sozialistischen Texten DISSERTATION, BONN, PHILOS. FAK., 287P 1400 KIRILLOVA V. Α., 1964 Sintaksiceskie funkcii stepenej sravnenija prilagatel"nych in RUSSKIJ JAZYK V SKOLE 5, 52-55 1401 KLAPPERICH Joseph, 1892 Die Steigerung des Adjektivs im Neuenglischen in ENGLISCHE STUDIEN 17, 225-229 1402 KLEIBER Georges, 1976 Adjectifs antonymes : comparaison implicite et comparaison explicite in TRAVAUX DE LINGUISTIQUE ET DE LITTERATURE 14:1, 277-326 1403 KLOOSTER Willem Gerrit, 1972 The structure underlying measure phrase sentences (section 3.2 - objective and subjective gradables) (= Foundations of language, supplementary series 17) D. REIDEL PUBLISHING COMPANY, DORDRECHT, 247P 1404 KOEPPEL Emil , 1902 Ellipse des Komparativs vor THAN 1n ENGLISCHE STUDIEN 30, 376-377 1405 KONEVECKIJ A., 1970 0 narecijach mery i stepeni v russkom jazyke in KALBOTYRA 21, 165-181

174

ADVERBS AND COMPARATIVES 1406

KOENIG Ekkehard, 1971 Kumulative Komparative in VON STECHOW ARNIM, (EDITOR), 1971 BEITRAEGE ZUR GENERATIVEN GRAMMATIK VIEWEG, BRAUNSCHWEIG, 295P, (100-111) 1407 KONSTANTINOVA Τ. Ι · , 1963 Ο strukturnoj 1 semanticeskoj soonositel"nosti form sravenitel"noj i polozitel"noj stepeni narecij v sovremennom cesskom jazyke in SIR0K0V0J A. G-, (EDITOR), 1963 ISSLEDOVANIJA PO CESSKOMU JAZYKU IZDATEĽ'STVO AKADEMIJA NAUK SSSR, (INSTITUTA SLAVJANOVEDENIJA), 190P, (159-171 ) 1408 KRIZKOVA Helena, 1963-1954 K absolutnímu uziti komparativu v rustine a v cestine in RUSKY JAZYK 14, 377-382 1409 KRIZKOVA Helena, 1969 Stupnovaní adjektiv a jmenny predikat v rustine in FILOLOGICKE STUDIE 2, 51-61 1410 KROELL Heinz, 1963 Zum ABSOLUTEN SUPERLATIV auf -ISSIMO im Portugiesischen in ROMANISTISCHES JAHRBUCH 14, 245-254 1411 KRUMOVA Jordanka, 1973 Comparaisons stéréotypées dans la langue française, formées à l'aide de la conjonction COMME (essai d'aperçu général, de  lass if ication et d'analyse) in TRUDOVE NA VELIKOTARNOVSKIJA UNIVERSITET : KIRIL I M E T O D U 9, 193-216 1412 KUEHLWEIN H. A. Wolfgang, 1968 review of JOLY André, 1957 in INTERNATIONAL REVIEW OF APPLIED LINGUISTICS IN LANGUAGE TEACHING 6, 291-294 1413 KULAGIN A. F., 1956 Castica NE 1 odnoimennaja pristavka v ich otnosenii  stepenjam sravnenija imen prilagatel"nych in RUSSKIJ JAZYK V SKOLE 17:1, 13-16

COMPARATIVES AND SUPERLATIVES

175

1414 KULAGIN A. F,, 1963 Smyslovye funkc 11 sravnitel"nych oborotov in MALACHOVSKIJ V. Α., (EDITOR), 1963 VOPROSY SINTAKSISA I STILISTIKI RUSSKOGO LITERATURNOGO JAZYKA TRUDY III-IV KONFERENCIU KAFEDR RUSSKOGO JAZYKA PEDAGOGICESKOGO INSTITUTOV POVOLZ'JA (1959-1960) KUJBYSEV, 315P, (78-37) 1415 KURYLOWICZ Jerzy, 1954 Remarques sur le comparatif In ESQUISSES LINGUISTIQUES 1, 164-171, WILHELM FINK VERLAG, MUENCHEN, 298P, (1973) 1416 LAKOFF George, ROSS John Robert, 1970 Comparatives and (N)EVER in LINGUISTIC INQUIRY 1:1, 126 1417 LAKOFF Robin, 1970 Another non-source for comparatives 1n LINGUISTIC INQUIRY 1:1, 128-129 1418 LAMBERT Pierre-Yves, 1975 Emplois dissymétriques de la coordination I - le complément de l'équatif, et emplois dérivés in ETUDES CELTIQUES 14:2, 479-502 1419 LAMIQUIZ Vidal, 1971 El superlativo iterativo 1n BOLETIN DE FILOLOGIA ESPANOLA 11:38-39, 15-22 1420 LAUSBERG Heinrich, 1975 revtew of WESTRIN Maibrit, 1973 1n ROMANISCHE FORSCHUNGEN 87:2, 356-357 1421 LE BIDOIS Robert, 1956 A propos de l'implication du verbe dans les propositions comparatives 1n LE FRANCAIS MODERNE 24:2, 81-89 1422 LE BIDOIS Robert, 1956 Le zeugme dans les propositions non comparatives in FRANCAIS MODERNE 24, 259-270

176

ADVERBS AND COMPARATIVES 1423

LEES Robert Benjamin, 1951 Grammatical analysis of the English comparative construction in WORD 17, 171-185 1424 LEFLEM Daniel  , 1975 Système des degrés de comparaison en français contemporain et statut du morphème LE dans l'expression du superlatif in VOX ROMANICA 34, 140-159 1425 LEHMAN Winfred Philip, 1972 Comparative constructions in Germanic of the OV type 1n SCHERABON-FIRCHQW EVELYN, GRIMSTAD KAAREN, HASSELMO NILS, 0"NEIL WAYNE Α., (EDITORS), 1972 STUDIES FOR EINAR HAUGEN MOUTON, THE HAGUE-PARIS, 573P, 323-330 1426 LENTIN Laurence, 1975 Notes sur l'apparition et l'emploi du comparatif (enfants de 2 à 7 ans) in LANGUE FRANCAISE 27, 55-64 1427 LILLY Roy Sherman, RAJECKI Donald W., 1969 Scale value of the comparative and superlative forms of adjectives as a function of the basic form scale values in PSYCHOLOGICAL REPORTS 24:2, 399-403 1428 LOEFSTEDT Leena, 1975 Etude sur la traduction des expressions de comparaison latines en ancien français in ZEITSCHRIFT FUER ROMANISCHE PHILOLOGIE 91:3-4, 223-242 1429 LUMSDEN Ernest Asbury Junior, POTEAT Barbara W., 1968 The salience of the vertical dimension in the concept of BIGGER 1n five- and six-year-olds in JOURNAL OF VERBAL LEARNING AND VERBAL BEHAVIOR 7:2,. 404-408 1430 MARTIN Robert, 1972 review of JONAS Pol , 1971 in ROMANIA 93:2, 276-280 1431 MARUTA Toma, 1955 Idee de superlativ 1n limba romina in LIMBA ROMANA 5:6, 188-212

COMPARATIVES AND SUPERLATIVES

177 1432

MATTHES Heinrich Christoph, 1931 review of SEELING Fritz, 1930 In ENGLISCHE STUDIEN 66, 402-404 1433 MCCAWLEY James David, 1954 Quantitative and qualitative comparison 1n English PRESENTED AT THE ANNUAL MEETING OF THE L.S.A. 1434 MCNAIR Adrienne Jean, 1973 The acquisition of the comparative in children from three to six PH.D. DISSERTATION, NEW VORK UNIVERSITY, 234P ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY MCNAIR Adrienne Jean, 1973 in DISSERTATION ABSTRACTS INTERNATIONAL 34:12-, 7733 1435 MEDICI Mario, 1959 Superlativo di sostantivi in LINGUA NOSTRA 20, 120-122 1436 MEIDEN Walter, 1969 The negative of the comparison of equality in THE FRENCH REVIEW 43:2, 273-275 1437 MEIDEN Walter, 1969-1970 The negative of the comparison of equality (pas si/auss1 + adjective + que) in THE FRENCH REVIEW 43, 273-275 1438 MELIS Ludo, 1971 La concurrence de QUE et DE après un comparatif en ancien français 1n ZEITSCHRIFT FUER ROMANISCHE PHILOLOGIE 87, 258-268 1439 MERKUR"EV I. S., 1971 0 stepenjach kacestva prіlagatel"nycn v russkich govorach (na materiale pomorskogo dialekta murmanskov oblasti) in FILOLOGICESKIE NAUKI 3, 98-105 1440 MILNER Jean-Claude, 1973 Arguments linguistiques (chapitre і - comparatives et relatives, 29-92) MAME, FRANCE, 238P

178

ADVERBS AND COMPARATIVES 1441

MITTWOCH Anita, 1974 Is there an underlying negative element in comparative clauses ? in LINGUISTICS 122, 39-45 1442 MOIGNET Gérard, 1970 La place en système de QUE comparatif in COMBE T. G. S., RICKARD PETER, (EDITORS), 1970 THE FRENCH LANGUAGE : STUDIES PRESENTED TO LEWIS CHARLES HARMER GEORGE G. HARRAP AND CO· LTD., LONDON, 237P, (103-114) 1443 MORDRUP Ole, 1971 Quelques observations sur COMME in REVUE ROMANE 6:2, 203-218 1444 MOROZOVA M. I., 1964 Razvitie analiticeskich konstrukcij stepenej sravnenija v russkom jazyke in UCENYE ZAPISKI VOLOGODSKOGO GOSUDARSTVENNOGO PEDAGOGICESKOGO INSTITUTA 28, 27-58 1445 MORREALE Margherita, 1955 El superlativo en -ISSIMO y la version castellana del CORTESANO in REVISTA DE FILOLOGIA ESPANOLA 39, 46-60 1446 MORRIS David R., 1971 Analyse fonctionnelle et structurale du système de comparaison du français et des autres langues romanes M.A. THESIS, UNIVERSITY OF OTTAWA, 91P 1447 MOSTOFSKY David Isaac, 1960 The effect of certain contexts on the denotative meaning of some adverbs of frequency PH.D. DISSERTATION, BOSTON UNIVERSITY GRADUATE SCHOOL, 105P ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY MOSTOFSKY David Isaac, 1960 in DISSERTATION ABSTRACTS INTERNATIONAL 21:04-B, 970 144Ց MOUSSALLI Cécile, 1954 Comparaison et degrés de comparaison THESE DE MAITRISE, UNIVERSITE DE MONTREAL

COMPARATIVES AND SUPERLATIVES

179 1449

MUELLER Erich, 1900 Die Vergleichungssaetze im Franzoesischen DISSERTATION, GOETTINGEN, XIV+130P 1450 MURASKA A. R., 1961 Stupeni" paraunannja jakasnych prymetnikau (Pa materyjalach Dyjalektalagicnaga atlasa belaruskaj movy) in PRACY INSTYTUTA MOVAZNAUSTVA AKADEMII NAUK BELARUSKAY SSR 8, 206-212 1451 NAPOLI Donna Oo, NESPOR Marina, 1976 Negatives in comparatives in LANGUAGE 52:4, 811-838 1452 NEAMTU G. G., 1972 On adverbial CEL in STUDIA UNIVERSITATIS BABES-BOLYAI, SERIES PHILOLOGIA, 117-121 1453 NELSON Katherine, BENEDICT Helen, 1974 The comprehension of relative, absolute, and contrastive adjectives by young children in JOURNAL OF PSYCHOLINGUISTIC RESEARCH 3:4, 333-342 1454 NESPOR Marina, 1975 The head of the comparative construction in Italian UNIVERSITEIT VAN AMSTERDAM 1455 NEVILLE Kenneth Percival Rutherford, 1901 The case-construction after the comparative in Latin PH.D. DISSERTATION, CORNELL UNIVERSITY (= Cornell studies in classical philology 1) THE MACMILLAN COMPANY, NEW YORK, 86P 1456 OCHESEANU Rodica, 1959 Profixele superlative 1n limba romina in STUDII SI MATERIALE PRIVITOARE LA FORMAREA CUVINTELOR IN LIMBA ROMINA 1, 29-50 1457 0"DOWD Sarah Christian, 1976 Children"s acquisition of comparative and superlative adject i ves PH.D. DISSERTATION, BROWN UNIVERSITY, 565P

180

ADVERBS AND COMPARATIVES

ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY O"DOWD Sarah Christian, 1976 in DISSERTATION ABSTRACTS INTERNATIONAL 38:1-, 232 1458 OSKOTSKAYA B. L., 1972  znachenii form kategorii stepenei sravneniya v sovremennom anglilskom yazyke in FILOLOGICHESKIE NAUKI 1.5:5, 88-94 1459 OSWALD Werner, 1975 review of JONAS Pol, 1971 in ZEITSCHRIFT FUER FRANZOESISCHE SPRACHE UND LITERATUR 85:3, 280-284 1460 PARKER Eugene Frederick, 1926 The Spanish superlative, an illusion in HISPANIA 1926, 353-356 1461 PELOSI Angelo G., 1974 Comparative structures of inequality between Italian and English : the role of the particles PH.D. DISSERTATION, NEW YORK UNIVERSITY, 221P ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY PELOSI Angelo G., 1974 in DISSERTATION ABSTRACTS INTERNATIONAL 35:07-A, 4486 1462 PERPILLOU Jean-Louis, 1974 Comparatifs primaires et loi de SIEVERS in BULLETIN DE LA SOCIETE DE LINGUISTIQUE DE PARIS 69:1, 99-107 1463 PFENNIG Friedrich, 1908 Die Comparation des Adjectivs 1m Franzoesisehen DISSERTATION, GOETTINGEN  HINSTORFF, ROSTOCK, XXII+127P 1464 PIAGET Jean, 1921 Une forme verbale de la comparaison chez l'enfant in ARCHIVES DE PSYCHOLOGIE 18, 141-172 1465 PILCH Herbert, 1965 Comparative constructions in English in LANGUAGE 41, 37-58

COMPARATIVES AND SUPERLATIVES

181 1466

PISCOLLA Vittorio, 1962 Il superlativo assoluto nel francese moderno LIBRERIA ED. TREVES DI L. LUPI, NAPOLI, 36P 1467 POBOZNIAK Tadeusz, 1969 The origin of comparison of adjectives 1n Hindi in FOLIA ORIENTALIA 11, 235-238 1468 PORTO-DAPENA Jose-Alvaro, 1973 A proposito de los grados del adjetivo : aportacion al estudio del sistema de cuantificacion en el adjetivo espanol in THESAVRVS 28, 344-357 1469 POSTAL Paul Martín, 1972 A few factive facts in LINGUISTIC INQUIRY 3:3, 396-400 1470 POTEAT Barbara. W · , HULSE3US Robert Clary, 1968 The vertical dimension : a significant cue in the preschool chilď's concept of BIGGER in PSYCHONOMIC SCIENCE 12:8, 369-370 1471 POTTIER Bernard, 1966 Comparatifs et superlatifs in ACTA LINGUISTICA HAFNIENSIA 9, 123-129 1472 POUND Louise, 1901 The comparison of adjectives in English 1n the xv and the xvi century DISSERTATION, HEIDELBERG, X + 82P (= Anglistische Forschungen 7) CARL WINTER, HEIDELBERG, X+82P ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY STOFFEL Cornelis, 1902 in ENGLISCHE STUDIEN 31, 259-266 1473 POYATOS Fernando, 1973 La comparacion inglesa con AS-AS en la lengua hablada in FILOLOGIA MODERNA 46, 31-61

182

ADVERBS AND COMPARATIVES 1474

REES Garnet Ο., 1971 COMME dans les phrases du type IL ETAIT COMME FOU in NEUPHILOLOGISCHE MITTEILUNGEN 72:1, 20-29 1475 REES Garnet O., 1975 Contemporary French syntax, especially the expression of comparison DEPARTMENT OF LINGUISTICS, LEEDS UNIVERSITY 1476 REES Garnet 0., 1975 Contemporary French syntax, further studies 1n the expression of comparison DEPARTMENT OF LINGUISTICS, LEEDS UNIVERSITY 1477 REVZIN Isaak Iosifovich, 1963  tipologii form stepenej sravnenija v slavjanskich jazykach in MOLOSNAJA Τ. Ν., (EDITOR), 1963 ISSLEDOVANIJA PO STRUKTURNOJ TIPOLOGII IZDATEĽ'STVO AKADEMIJA NAUK SSSR, (INSTITUTA SLAVJANOVEDENIJA), 280P, (35-41) 1478 RIGAULT Odette, 1972 La caractér 1 sat ion intensive dans l'expression du superlatif : étude appliquée à la langue publicitaire M.A. THESIS, MCGI.LL UNIVERSITY, III+211P 1479 RIVARA René, 1975 How many comparatives are there ? in LINGUISTICS 163, 35-51 1480 R0JZEN F. I., 1962 Ekspesyvne znacennja porivnjal"noho superlatyva v sucasnij nimec"kij movi in VISNYK KYJIVS"K0HO UNIVERSYTETU, SERIJA FILOLOHIJI TA ZURNALISTYKY 5:2, 114-120 1481 ROSS John Robert, 1964 A partial grammar of English superlatives M.A. THESIS, UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 1482 ROSS John Robert, 1970 A note on implicit comparatives in LINGUISTIC INQUIRY 3, 363-366

COMPARATIVES AND SUPERLATIVES

183 1483

ROSS John Robert, 1974 More on -ER globality in FOUNDATIONS OF LANGUAGE 12:2, 259-270 1484 ROSS John Robert, PERLMUTTER Davfd Michael, 1970 A non-source for comparatives in LINGUISTIC INQUIRY 1:1, 127-128 1485 ROSSMAN Bernhard, 1908 Zum Gebrauch der Modi und Modalverba im Fruehmittelenglіschen DISSERTATION, KIEL, VI+79P

in Adverbialsaetzen

ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY FEHR Bernhard, 1910 in ENGLISCHE STUDIEN 43, 438-441 1486 RYDLEWSKA-WIKTOROWICZ W., 1975 Zur Steigerung des Adjektivs im Deutschen und Polnischen in KWARTALNIK NEOFILOLOGICZNY 22:1, 75-82 1487 SALTARELLI Mario, 1971 Congruence and the comparative in PAPERS FROM THE 1971 MID-AMERICA LINGUISTICS CONFERENCE, 105-110 1488 SALTARELLI Mario, 1974 Postulati per una teoria semantica delle proposizioni comparative : fenomeni morfologici e sintattici nell"іtaliano contemporaneo in MEDICI MARIO, SANGREGORIO ANTONELLA, (EDITORS), 1974 BULZONI, ROME, 283-299 1489 SAPIR Edward, 1944 Grading : a study in semantics in PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE 2, 93-116 1490 SATTLER Wilhelm Ferdinand, 1902 MOST - THE MOST in ENGLISCHE STUDIEN 31, 340-350 1491 SAZONOV A· P., 1962 Κ voprosu  svjazi kategorii sravnenija vyrazennoj sintaksicesk imi sredstvami , s modal"nost"ju in UCENYE ZAPISKI VINNICKOGO GOSUDARSTVENNOGO PEDAGOGICESKOGO INSTITUTA 20, 16-20

184

ADVERBS AND COMPARATIVES 1492

SAZONOV A. P., 1962 Sloznopodcinennye predlozenlja s pridatocnym sravnitel"nym s sojuzom TOČNO in UCENYE ZAPISKI VINNICKOGO GOSUDARSTVENNOGO PEDAGOGICESKOGO INSTITUTA 20, 21-38 1493 SCHERMER-VERMEER .  , 1975 review of VAN CALCAR W. 0. M., 1971 in LINGUA 36:4, 346-356 1494 SCHOMMODAU Hans, 1968 review of VOGEL Irmgard, 1967 in ROMANISCHE FORSCHUNGEN 80, 439-443 1495 SCHENKEVELD-VAN DER DUSSEN M. A., 1963 DAN en ALS bij vergelijkingen in DE NIEUWE TAALGIDS 56, 259-268 1496 SCHWAB Otto, 1893 Historische Syntax der Griechischen Comparation 1n der klassischen Literatur DISSERTATION, WUERZBURG A. STUBER VERLAGSBUCHHANDLUNG, WUERZBURG, 3 VOLUMES 1497 SEELING Fritz, 1930 Die Komparation der Adjectiva und Adverbien 1m Altenglischen (- Anglistiscne Forschungen 70) CARL WINTER, HEIDELBERG, XI+79P ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY MATTHES Heinrich Christoph, 1931 in ENGLISCHE STUDIEN 66, 402-404 VAN DER GAAF Willem, 1936 in ENGLISH STUDIES 18, 75-76 1498 SEUREN Pieter Albertus Maria, 1968 review of JOLY André, 1967 in NEOPHILOLOGUS 52, 337-338 1499 SEUREN Pleter Albertus Maria, 1970 The comparative UNIVERSITY OF OXFORD AND UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE

COMPARATIVES AND SUPERLATIVES

185 1500

SEUREN Pieter Albertus Maria, 1971 The comparative in KIEFER FERENC, RUWET NICOLAS, (EDITORS), 1971 GENERATIVE GRAMMAR IN EUROPE ( = FOUNDATIONS OF LANGUAGE, SUPPLEMENTARY SERIES 13) D. REIDEL PUBLISHING COMPANY, DORDRECHT, (528-564) 1501 SIROKOVA Ν. Α., 1963 Tipy sloznopodcіnennych predlozenij, vyrazajuscich otnosenija sravnenija v sovremennom russkom literaturnom jazyke IZDATEĽ'STVO KAZANSKOGO UNIVERSITET, KAZAN, 56P 1502 SMALL George William, 1923 The comparison of inequality : the semantics and syntax of the comparative particle in English PH.D. DISSERTATION, THE OOHNS HOPKINS UNIVERSITY THE JOHNS HOPKINS UNIVERSITY PRESS, BALTIMORE, 173P ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY STURTEVANT Edgar Howard, 1926 in LANGUAGE 2, 197 1503 SMALL George William, 1926 The syntax of THE with the comparative in MODERN LANGUAGE NOTES 41, 300-313 1504 SMALL George William, 1929 The Germanic case of comparison, with a special study of Engl і sh in LANGUAGE MONOGRAPHS 4, 121P LINGUISTIC SOCIETY OF AMERICA, PHILADELPHIA 1505 SMITH Carlota Shipman, 1961 A class of complex modifiers in English in LANGUAGE 37, 342-365 1506 SPITZER Leo, 1919 Zu altfranzoesischen SI BELE DE LI, SO SCHOEN WIE SIE in ZEITSCHRIFT FUER ROMANISCHE PHILOLOGIE 39, 630 1507 STANLEY Richard, 1969 The English comparative adjective construction in PAPERS FROM THE 5TH REGIONAL MEETING OF THE CHICAGO LINGUISTIC SOCIETY, 237-292

186

ADVERBS AND COMPARATIVES 1508

STEFANINI Jean, 1973 review of JONAS Pol, 1971 in BULLETIN DE LA SOCIETE DE LINGUISTIQUE DE PARIS 67, 125-130 1509 STOFFEL Cornel 1s, 1900 The quasi-appositional superlative after ONE in ENGLISCHE STUDIEN 27, 253-263 1510 STOFFEL Cornel 1s, 1902 review of POUND Louise, 1901 in ENGLISCHE STUDIEN 31, 259-266 1511 STURTEVANT Edgar Howard, 1926 review of SMALL George William, 1923 in LANGUAGE 2, 197 1512 TILANDER Gunnar, 1947 Pourquoi vieux français (AUS)SI COM, (AU)TANT COM, TEL COM sont-ils devenus (AUS)SI QUE, (AU)TANT QUE, TEL QUE en français moderne ? in STUDIER I MODERN SPRAKVETENSKAP 16, 31-56 1513 TOMAS INI G · , 1951 Minime di grammatica dialettale : il superlativo in STUDI TRENTINI DI SCIENZE STORICHE 30, 427-437 1514 TOWNSEND David John, 1972 The relation between operational thought and ch1ldren"s use of comparative sentences PH.D. DISSERTATION, WAYNE STATE UNIVERSITY, 76P ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY TOWNSEND David John, 1972 in DISSERTATION ABSTRACTS INTERNATIONAL :11-, 5552 1515 TOWNSEND David John, 1974 Children"s comprehension of comparative forms in JOURNAL OF EXPERIMENTAL CHILD PSYCHOLOGY 18: , 293-303 1516 TOWNSEND David John, 1976 Do children interpret MARKED comparative adjectives as their opposites ? in JOURNAL OF CHILD LANGUAGE 3:3, 385-396

COMPARATIVES AND SUPERLATIVES

187 1517

TOWNSEND David John, ERB Melinda, 1975 Children"s strategies for interpreting complex comparative questtons in JOURNAL OF CHILD LANGUAGE 2:2, 271-277 1518 TURKINA L. A · , 1964 Iz istorii analіticeskich form stepenej sravnenija prilagatel"nych v russkom jazyke in MALACHOVSKIO V. Α., (EDITOR), 1964 GRAMMATICESKIO STROJ SOVREMENNOGO RUSSKOGO JAZYKA TRUDY V-VI KONFERENCU KAFEDR RUSSKOGO OAZYKA PEDAGOGICESKOGO INSTITUTOV POVOLZ'JA (1961-1962) KUOBYSEV, 240P, (38-49) 1519 ULLELAND Magnus, 1965 Il periodo comparativo nel toscano antico in STUDIA NEOPHILOLOGICA 37, 51-95 1520 ULTAN Russel, 1972 Some features of basic comparative constructions in WORKING PAPERS ON LANGUAGE UNIVERSALS 9, 117-162 1521 ULVYDAS K., 1970 The comparative of the adverbs (in Latvian) in KALBOS KULTURA 19, 13-14 1522 URBANIC Boris, 1959-1960 Nekaj pripomb k pridevniskemu stopnjevanju in OEZIK IN SLOVSTVO 5, 157-158 1523 VALECKIENE A., 1961 Dabartines lietuviu literaturines kalbos budvardziu laipsniai it ju reiksmes in LIETUVIU KALBOTYROS KLAUSIMAI 4. 49-66 1524 VALIN Roch, 1954 Esquisse d'une théorie des degrés de comparaison in CAHIERS DE LINGUISTIQUE STRUCTURALE 1954, 8 -  ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY WHITFIELD Francis 0., 1956 in ROMANCE PHILOLOGY 9:2, 343-346

188

ADVERBS AND COMPARATIVES 1525

VAN CALCAR W. 0. M., 1971 Over comparatief en vergelijkingszinnen in STUDIA THEODISCA 11, 459P VAN GORCUM AND COMPANY, ASSEN ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY SCHERMER-VERMEER .  , 1975 in LINGUA 36:4, 346-356 VAN GESTEL F. Ch., 1973 in DE NIEUWE TAALGIDS 56, 424-428 1526 VAN DER GAAF Willem, 193S review of SEELING Fritz, 1930 in ENGLISH STUDIES 18, 75-76 1527 VAN DER HEYDE Klaas, 1930 PLUS, MINUS, AMPLIUS, LONGIUS in MNENOSYNE N.S. 58, 121-133 ; 385-401 1528 VAN GESTEL F. Ch., 1973 review of VAN CALCAR W. 0. M., 1971 in DE NIEUWE TAALGIDS 66, 424-428 1529 VAN OVERBEKE Maurice, 1975 Antonymie et gradation in LA LINGUISTIQUE 11:1, 135-154 1530 VERGNAUD Jean-Roger, 1975 La réduction du noeud S dans les relatives et les comparat i ves in RAPPORT DE RECHERCHES 5, 106-129 LABORATOIRE D'AUTOMATIQUE DOCUMENTAIRE ET LINGUISTIQUE, UNIVERSITE DE PARIS VII ET UNIVERSITE DE PARIS VIII 1531 VERGNAUD S. M., 1960 review of BERTHELON-SCHWEIZER Christiane, I955 in REVISTA PORTUGUESA DE FILOLOGIA 1958-1959:9, 369-371 1532 VOGEL Irmgard, 1964 Die affektive Intensivierung der Adjektiva mit Hilfe der Vergleichs 1m Altfranzoesischen DISSERTATION, HEIDELBERG CARL WINTER, HEIDELBERG, 245P, <1967)

COMPARATIVES AND SUPERLATIVES

189

ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY SCHOMMODAU Hans, 1968 in ROMANISCHE FORSCHUNGEN 80, 439-443 1533 WALES Roger 0., CAMPBELL Robin N., 1970 On the development of comparison and the comparison of development in FLORAIS-D"ARCAIS GIOVANNI ., LEVELT WILLEM J. Μ · , (EDITORS), 1970 ADVANCES IN PSYCHOLINQUISTICS NORTH-HOLLAND PUBLISHING COMPANY, AMSTERDAM, X+454P, (373-396) 1534 WALLACE John, 1972 Positive, comparative, superlative in THE JOURNAL OF PHILOSOPHY 69:21, 773-782 1535 WALLENSKOELD Axel Gabriel, 1909 La construction du complément des comparatifs et des expressions comparatives dans les langues romanes in MEMOIRES DE LA SOCIETE NEOPHILOLOGIQUE DE HELSINGFORS 5, 377-478 1536 WESTRIN Maibrit, 1973 Etude sur la concurrence de DAVANTAGE avec PLUS dans la période allant de 1200 à la révolution : comparaison avec l'usage actuel (= Etudes romanes de Lund 21) . W. K. GLEERUP, LUND, І ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY ANDERSSON Sven, 1975 in STUDIA NEOPHILOLOGICA 47:2, 376-384 ELSASS Annie, 1974 in ZEITSCHRIFT FUER ROMANISCHE PHILOLOGIE 90, 630-631 ESKENAZI André, 1975 1n BULLETIN DE LA SOCIETE DE LINGUISTIQUE DE PARIS 70>2, 182-183 FLUTRE L· F., 1974 in REVUE DE LINGUISTIQUE ROMANE 38, 590-592 HENDRUP Svend, 1975 in REVUE ROMANE 10:1, 187-192

190

ADVERBS AND COMPARATIVES

LAUSBERG Heinrich, 1975 in ROMANISCHE FORSCHUNGEN 87:2, 356-357 1537 WHITFIELD Francis James, 1956 review of VALIN Roch, 1954 1n ROMANCE PHILOLOGY 9:2, 343-346 1538 WIERZBICKA Anna, 1971 The deep or semantic structure of the comparative 1n LINGUISTISCHE BERICHTE 16, 39-45 1539 WILLIAMS E., 1975 Comparative reduction and the cycle UNPUBLISHED PAPER 1540 WOELFFLIN Eduard, 1879 Lateinische und romanische Komparation DISSERTATION, ERLANGEN 1541 WOELFFLIN Eduard, 1933 Lateinische und romanische Komparation in EDUARD WOELFFLIN, AUSGEWAEHLTE SCHRIFTEN ... DIETERICH"SCHE VERLAGSBUCHHANDLUNG, LEIPZIG, (126-167) 1542 ZDRENGHEA Mihai, 1975 On the content of the degrees of comparison in REVUE ROUMAINE DE LINGUISTIQUE 20:3, 225-232 1543 ZIEMER Hermann, 1884 Vergleichende Syntax der indogermanischen Comparation, insbesondere der Comparationscasus der indogermanischen Sprachen und sein Ersatz F. DUEMMLER, BERLIN, XII+282P ABSTRACT, REVIEW OR DISCUSSION BY KAUTZMANN Һilipp, 1884 in WOCHENSCHRIFT FUER KLASSISCHE PHILOLOGIE 1:16, 490-496 1544 ZUBER Ryszard, (1n preperation) Two Slavic comparatives

INDEX OF LANGUAGES AND SUBJECTS

AFRICAN LANGUAGES ADVERBIAL COMPARATIVE CONTRASTIVE ANALYSIS MANNER ADVERBS MORPHOLOGV PLACE ADVERBS SEMANTICS SYNTAX

56 1355 1355 837 997 207 226 56

AMERICAN-INDIAN LANGUAGES DIRECTIONNAL ADVERBS QUANTITY ADVERBS

230 514

BULGARIAN ADJECTIVE ADVERB POSITION ADVERBIAL ETYMOLOGY FORMATION OF ADVERBIALS FREQUENCY ADVERBS HISTORICAL EVOLUTION INTENSIFIERS MANNER ADVERBS MORPHOLOGY PREPOSITION

991 954 1-15 926 407 826 1114 826 1114 408 116

997

226 227 227 1098 874 997

991 116

997 1207

192

ADVERBS AND COMPARATIVES

BULGARIAN (CONTINUED) QUANTITY ADVERBS SEMANTICS SYNTAX TIME ADVERBS TRANSLATION BULGARIAN (OLD) ADVERBIAL CONJUNCTION ADVERBS PLACE ADVERBS

542 1114 285 633 408 926 135 285 1258 281 281

CHINESE ADJECTIVE 1159 ADVERB POSITION 1130 ADVERBIAL 472 COMPARATIVE 1269 FREQUENCY ADVERBS 782 FUNCTION OF THE ADVERB 1131 GENERATION 1130 PLACE ADVERBS 1131 SEMANTICS 1131 SYNTAX 17 TRANSFORMATIONAL ANALYS1130 CHINESE (OLD) ADVERBIAL MORPHOLOGY

926 993 1181 1186

1131 1159 1270

1136 18 1270

666 666

CZECH ADJECTIVE ADVERBIALIZAT1236 ADVERB POSITION 307 ADVERBIAL 163 660 765 ADVERBIALIZATION 612 CAUSAL ADVERBS 750 751 COMPARATIVE 1264 1407 1408 CONJUNCTION 79 CONTRASTIVE ANALYSIS 163 DURATION ADVERBS 660 FORMATION OF ADVERBIALS 919 1162 FREQUENCY ADVERBS 660 FUNCTION OF THE ADVERB 156 308 1167 GENERATION 751 887 1162 MORPHOLOGY 612 919 12.36 PLACE ADVERBS 307 308 919 PRONOMINAL ADVERBS 929 PRONOUN 929 QUANTITY ADVERBS 245 SEMANTICS 578 612 660 SYNTAX 79 578 629 TIME ADVERBS 578 660 765

919

801 1081 1167 801 1081 1107 1264 887 1162

INDEX OF LANGUAGES AND SUBJECTS CZECH (CONTINUED) VERB-ADVERB RELATION

1167

DANISH DIRECTIONNAL ADVERBS PREPOSITION

329 113

DUTCH ADVERBIAL CLASSIFICATION COMPARATIVE DURATION ADVERBS FUNCTION OF THE ADVERB PLACE ADVERBS PRONOMINAL ADVERBS SENTENCE ADVERBS SYNTAX TIME ADVERBS TRANSLATION ENGLISH ACCENT ADJECTIVE

193

1179 983 1495 1525 608 1023 1176 1179 1023 279 983 1187 5 608 1176 1179 1023

126 84 467 718 1157 1314 1427 ADJECTIVE ADVERBIALIZAT 900 ADVERB POSITION 15 319 553 931 1222 ADVERBIAL 136 430 662 848 948 1133 ADVERBIAL CLAUSE 34 868 ADVERBIALIZATION 720 CAUSAL ADVERBS 256 CLASSIFICATION 337 558 1008 COMPARATIVE 150 1284 1297 1308 1316 1346 1357 1370

272 315 145 146 150 217 414 453 499 522 539 592 615 717 719 758 781 985 1144 1145 1158 1194 1226 1278 1287 1296 1328 1358 1370 1381 1385 1401 1453 1457 1507 1516 126 436 554 951 1234 183 438 663 856 978 1140 37 994 745 396 436 602 1116 1267 1287 1301 1310 1317 1347 1358 1376

129 440 587 954

173 223 317 318 470 502 549 551 662 663 859 896 956 1012 1118 1203

229 241 250 251 318 511 539 548 563 660 692 693 700 704 812 857 859 878 895 947 1014 1015 1025 İ036 1051 1165 1215 1251 1256 311 338 396 401 456 510 503 692 1140 1268 1290 1302 1311 1319 1349 1359 1377

570 511 693 1222 1269 1291 1303 1312 1322 1352 1360 1378

520 827

521 859

550 951

1277 1292 1305 1313 1328 1353 1362 1381

1278 1293 1306 1314 1330 1355 1363 1382

1280 1296 1307 1315 1342 1356 1365 1385

194 ENGLISH

ADVERBS AND COMPARATIVES (CONTINUED)

1388 1423 1453 1473 1499 1515 CONJUNCTION 59 CONJUNCTION ADVERBS 344 CONTRASTIVE ANALYSIS 150 1008 1461 DURATION ADVERBS 160 FORMATION OF ADVERBIALS 548 FREQUENCY ADVERBS 75 FUNCTION OF THE ADVERB 4 810 GENERATION 11 978 HISTORICAL EVOLUTION 160 INSTRUMENTAL ADVERBS 153 INTENSIFIERS 52 195 436 545 719 1086 1173 INTONATION 15 LOGIC 48 205 464 682 960 1147 *-LY* ADVERBSY 251 MANNER ADVERBS 59 550 MODAL ADVERBS, 172 MORPHOLOGY 24 665 MOTION ADVERBS 1108 NEGATION 430 1214 PARTICIPLE 720 PLACE ADVERBS 92 396 563 783 1316 PREPOSITION 13 166 399 548 747

1390 1427 147 1479 1500 1516 379 434 439 1025 660 1013 660 223 947 12 1051 261 676 93 198 437 566 758 1090 1229 34 83 212 468 708 963 1148 550 251 667 810 84 729

1401 1429 1458 1482 1502 1517 1078 436 549 1200

1403 1433 1461 1483 1503 1520 1306 517 626 1246

1404 1434 1465 1484 1505 1533

1416 1436 1469 1487 1507 1534

1417 1447 1470 1489 1514 1539

1078 1141 685 789 979 1297 1355 1384

947 1083 717 718 7B2 308 435 453 511 960 1213 59 64 427 547 1054 1290 1417 1484 713 1.25 217 439 581 900 1091 1235 126 88 232 508 710 1058 1213 573 276 658 1256 2.34 859

1064 127 325 453 592 901 1093 1248 129 184 253 525 756 1065 1248 945 277 669 293 1172

621 877

1190 128 137 146 376 414 419 502 522 539 616 661 718 957 1008 1072 1111 1112 1128 192 315 470 187 199 200 254 354 403 526 527 528 780 894 906 1099 1100 1146 1254 87 6S7

396 812

436 920

453

519

524

492 539 758 1082 1083 1092 1376 1390 1436 1441 1076 1077 210 241 250 308 341 342 402 404 427 449 537 539 662 663 722 723 752 761 812 858 987 1011 1068 1215 59 206 400 592 783

83 272 476 625 903

92 99 113 160 273 334 342 351 478 479 503 504 641 722 723 744 987 1014 1015 1129

195

INDEX OF LANGUAGES AND SUBJECTS ENGLISH

(CONTINUED)

PRESUPPOSITION PRONOUN PSYCHOLINGUISTICS

QUANTIFIERS QUANTITY ADVERBS

1185 517 812 21 284 499 781 1280 1314 1381 1470 146 789 75

1203 1215 640 1303 67 341 582 878 1306 1316 1427 1514 184 790 217

75 342 583 892 1308 1317 1429 1515 287 906 284

786 27 153 250 287 371 467 526 554 625 676 700 729 810 960 1072 1100 1157 1287 1357 1458 1515 88 470 808 1246 1144 1289 1457 1534 16 370 554 682 857 1050 1229 1322 1372

1214 28 211 257 342 376 479 527 563 626 677 701 744 811 1034 1076 1126 1165 1289 1358 1469 1520 129 488 809 1247 1145 1306 1458

100 376 717 896 1310 1330 1434 1516 390 1362 495

192 419 718 1068 13.11 1342 1447 1517 508

48 218 258 347 378 503 528 573 640 678 707 780 835 1035 1077 1127 1185 1315 1370 1479

88 219 259 348 419 511 529 580 644 679 708 781 875 1060 1083 1140 1194 13.16 1376 1483

211 465 719 1072 1312 1347 1453 1533 679

217 495 752 1194 1313 1365 1457 788

1082 1128 1194

1365

SCOPE OF THE ADVERB SEMANTICS

SENTENCE ADVERBS

SOCIOLINGUISTICS SUPERLATIVE SYNTAX

510 25 136 241 284 370 465 525 547 621 670 682 723 790 951 1070 1099 1148 1277 1356 1447 1502 15 436 621 1054 945 1277 1427 1520 4 325 539 681 856 986 1226 1319 1363

25 375 655 698 859 1116 1263 1328 1388

154 508 810 1256

92 229 276 349 431 518 536 581 651 680 709 786 894 1065 1086 1146 1226 1319 1385 1489

124 232 277 350 436 522 539 594 660 681 722 788 920 1069 1093 1147 1254 1322 1441 1490

2.29 255 335 558 565 602 877 1049 1051

1345 1372 1384 1401 1481 1490 1509 1516 46 436 671 721 893 1165 1267 1345 1404

122 437 672 744 931 1202 1278 1357 1461

166 529 679 811 951 1222 1291 1358 1479

260 535 680 848 956 1224 1308 1359 1502

196

ADVERBS AND

ENGLISH

COMPARATIVES

(CONTINUED)

1503 21 173 342 402 539 602 734 948 1068 1133 TRANSFORMATIONAL ANALYS 143 573 703 1049 1352 TRANSLATION 391 1060 VERB 99 VERB-ADVERB COOCCURENCE 378 VERB-ADVERB RELATION 518 1046 VERB MODIFIER 257 963 VERB PARTICLE 2 320 66 5 1316 *~WISE* ADVERBS 41

TIME ADVERBS

1520 67 211 343 465 567 626 747 1014 1092 1185 228 665 808 1226 1357 430

92 236 350 474 582 651 812 1015 1110 1200 321 675 809 1277 1423 537

100 122 159 250 311 341 375 387 391 478 479 518 583 600 601 660 701 704 835 895 898 1025 1028 1046 1126 1127 11.29 1416 379 474 547 676 677 681 813 858 895 1292 1293 1322 1539 626 644 1008

1302 450 594 1069 398 1070 3 368 703

586 1234 627 628

707

734

896

436

455

488

756

827

13 369 729

23 476 752

261 503 761

262 504 933

303 588 979

234

519

945

985

1166 1472 1497 138 249 58 249 1485 838 58 905 1298 1388 1472 1485

1497

ENGLISH (AMERICAN) ADVERB POSITION CLASSIFICATION INTENSIFIERS VERB PARTICLE

316 316 599 40

ENGLISH (BRITISH) INTENSIFIERS INTONATION SENTENCE ADVERBS SYNTAX

599 14 14 14

ENGLISH (OLD) ADJECTIVE ADVERB POSITION ADVERBIAL ADVERBIAL CLAUSE CAUSAL ADVERBS CLASSIFICATION COMPARATIVE

1509 39 192 347 416 563 625 744 978 1086 1160 144 615 708 1054 1353 416

922

922

INDEX OF LANGUAGES AND SUBJECTS

197

ENGLISH (OLD) (CONTINUED) FUNCTION OF THE ADVERB 497 897 HISTORICAL EVOLUTION 849 INTENSIFIERS 26 346 MODAL ADVERBS 331 MORPHOLOGY 853 90S 1205 PREPOSITION 58 SEMANTICS 324 1166 STYLISTICS 497 SUPERLATIVE 1298 1472 1509 SYNTAX 497 1388 1509 ESKIMO PLACE ADVERBS SEMANTICS ESTONIAN COMPARATIVE PLACE ADVERBS PSYCHOLINGUISTICS SUPERLATIVE

286 286 1333 880 880 1333

EUROPEAN LANGUAGES ADJECTIVE 579 ADJECTIVE ADVERBIALIZAT 394 ADVERBIAL 460 ADVERBIAL CLAUSE 396 CAUSAL ADVERBS 396 CLASSIFICATION 102 COMPARATIVE 1297 1542 CONJUNCTION 29 CONJUNCTION ADVERBS 29 CONTRASTIVE ANALYSIS 1200 ETYMOLOGY 715 FORMATION OF ADVERBIALS 148 FUNCTION OF THE ADVERB 266 HISTORICAL EVOLUTION 572 INSTRUMENTAL ADVERBS 657 INTENSIFIERS 133 LOGIC 80 MANNER ADVERBS 396 MODAL ADVERBS 196 MORPHOLOGY 148 NEGATION 412 PLACE ADVERBS 121 PREPOSITION 540 PRONOMINAL ADVERBS 630 PRONOUN 715 QUANTIFIERS 1189 SEMANTICS 572

1385 1395 1017 886 899 1040 1133 749 969 1344 1385 1395 1418 1521 1538 1544 267 1297 1384

924 831 1040 899 396 630 1232 795 684

969

971

458 572 924 1189

795 1177

715 1177 1385 1538

198

ADVERBS AND COMPARATIVES

EUROPEAN LANGUAGES SENTENCE ADVERBS SUPERLATIVE SYNTAX

(CONTINUED) 696 1384 1395 168 418 572 579 924 1017 1062 1177 1178 1232 1395 1418 TIME ADVERBS 80 289 1133 1188 1200 TRANSFORMATIONAL ANALYS 458 VERB 1017 VERB-ADVERB COOCCURENCE 111 VERB-ADVERB RELATION 886 VERB MODIFIER 355

FRENCH ADJECTIVE

106 759 1463 ADJECTIVE ADVERBIALIZAT 298 ADVERB POSITION 175 1006 ADVERBIAL 208 607 996 ADVERBIAL CLAUSE 1204 ADVERBIALI2ATI0N 247 CLASSIFICATION 123 832 1005 1061 COMPARATIVE 1271 1374 1422 1446 1475 CONJUNCTION 22 CONJUNCTION ADVERBS 215 CONTRASTIVE ANALYSIS 356 1355 DIRECTIONNAL ADVERBS 94 DURATION ADVERBS 169 ETYMOLOGY 604 FORMATION OF ADVERBIALS 239 FREQUENCY ADVERBS 359 FUNCTION OF THE ADVERB 119 GENERATION 772 HISTORICAL EVOLUTION 22 605 1512 INTENSIFIERS 424 1008 INTONATION 356 LEXICOLOGY 77

175 829

243 298 445 481 482 964 1003 1218 1323 1402

445 300 1061 297 611 1025 1206 829 157 833 1006

829 1016 1182 323 339 516 879 1005 1085 1218 12.19 1443 298 333 343 382 496 618 800 904 950 965 1204 1206 12.16 1443 1238 174 299 328 602 807 861 870 913 918 988 1007 1008 1041 1042 1045

1281 1380 1424 1448 1476

1320 1392 1426 1449 1512

243 626 1536 95

444 6.32

916 789 1008 1025 1199

607

800

605 296

1354 1402 1437 1463 1524

1355 1411 1440 1464 1529

1369 1415 1442 1471 1530

1371 1421 1443 1474 1536

890 1074 1204 995 263 336 481 482 568 604 1003 1016 1030 1153 1169 1338 1536 505 686 706 867 901 990 1228 1272 1281 1536 760

INDEX OF LANGUAGES AND SUBJECTS FRENCH (CONTINUED) LOGIC MANNER ADVERBS *-MENT* ADVERBS *-MENTE* ADVERBS MODAL ADVERBS MORPHOLOGY NEGATION PHONETICS PLACE ADVERBS PREPOSITION PRESUPPOSITION PRONOMINAL ADVERBS PRONOUN PSYCHOLINGUISTICS QUANTIFIERS QUANTITY ADVERBS SCOPE OF THE ADVERB SEMANTICS

SENTENCE ADVERBS STYLISTICS SUPERLATIVE SYNTAX

TIME ADVERBS

577 76 106 741 861 106 172 22 1061 103 1392 356 201 363 950 22 962 771 652 213 345 789 66 829 30 264 417 702 861 1044 1411 76 771 1094 496 1265 1340 30 101 269 513 807 917 1005 1182 1281 5 332 546 768 980 1199

199

373 123 140 248 516 673 740 766 767 807 819 832 833 862 1030 1031 1061 1170 1171 819 140 607 1424 1512 382 879 1437

766

767

819

959

941 1227 1240 1245

213 2.14 239 364 373 452 996 94 333 388 965 996 1216 1228 914 1047

333 569

361 689

362 843

695

800

869

890 1004 1380 1426 1464 243 360 424 1228 1536 1340 31 66 119 134 175 221 269 301 302 306 356 385 445 513 577 626 652 673 769 771 773 807 832 840 890 914 921 964 990 1032 1074 1182 1261 1275 1369 1402 1478 1529 134 220 246 275 462 602 772 1005 1030 1031 1032 1056 1272 1369 31 123 299 605 832 918 1006 1206 1354 169 345 555 770 989 1217

1273 1424 32 134 359 611 833 921 1045 12:39 1392 179 360 602 840 1004 1443

1274 1466 51 202 385 618 840 962 1066 1265 1443 188 377 609 913 1025

1275 1471 62 208 442 673 861 955 1075 1273 1474 239 384 611 918 1154

1323 1478 77 221 481 695 865 980 1138 1274 1475 297 391 618 950 1197

1338 90 247 482 759 914 990 1153 1275 1476 298 516 626 972 1198

200

ADVERBS AND COMPARATIVES

FRENCH (CONTINUED) TRANSFORMATIONAL ANALYS 300 1042 1275 1530 TRANSLATION 188 391 626 1008 1047 VERB-ADVERB RELATION 77 334 555 609 610 VERB MODIFIER 807 FRENCH (OLD) ADJECTIVE ADVERB POSITION ADVERBIAL ADVERBIAL CLAUSE COMPARATIVE

96 96 222 544 1299 1428 CONJUNCTION 1183 CONTRASTIVE ANALYSIS 1536 ETYMOLOGY 847 HISTORICAL EVOLUTION 96 1536 INTENSIFIERS 1532 LEXICOLOGY 725 MORPHOLOGY 35 NEGATION 448 PLACE ADVERBS 873 PRONOUN 852 QUANTITY ADVERBS 1536 SEMANTICS 863 SUPERLATIVE 1428 SYNTAX 35 1048 TIME ADVERBS 384 TRANSFORMATIONAL ANALYS 222 VERB 1208 VERB-ADVERB RELATION 384

GERMAN ACCENT ADJECTIVE

619 150 1398 ADJECTIVE ADVERBIALIZAT 955 ADVERB POSITION 42 ADVERBIAL 89 1103 ADVERBIAL CLAUSE 1139 ADVERBIALIZATION 463 CAUSAL ADVERBS 737 CLASSIFICATION 322 COMPARATIVE 150 1425 CONJUNCTION 882 CONJUNCTION ADVERBS 197 CONTRASTIVE ANALYSIS 150

431

828 1198

482 1532

1183 1318 1364 1368 1375 1389 1391 1433 1506 1512 1536

481

482

847

863 1048 1512

1536 852 940

908

1029 1208 1512

101 428 481 482 873 1389 1438 544 725 1048 1183 1253

940

1318

314 1486

330

381

955 1218 1327

307 603 841 1218 515 784 785 946 1025 1073 1104 1133 1215 836 841 946 969 1010 1104 1105 1327 1373 1386 1396 1398 1406 1486 1396 356

626

685 1025

INDEX OF LANGUAGES AND SUBJECTS GERMAN (CONTINUED) DIRECTIONNAL ADVERBS 152 FORMATION OF ADVERBIALS 70 FUNCTION OF THE ADVERB 4 GENERATION 562 HISTORICAL EVOLUTION 463 INTENSIFIERS 20 1282 INTONATION 356 LEXICOLOGY 288 LOGIC 68 *-MENTE* ADVERBS 591 MODAL ADVERBS 45 645 MORPHOLOGY 81 969 NEGATION 483 PHONETICS 356 PLACE ADVERBS 73 687 PREPOSITION 152 PRONOMINAL ADVERBS 181 PRONOUN 854 SEMANTICS 20 81 294 405 737 1156 SENTENCE ADVERBS 45 1096 SUPERLATIVE 1399 SYNTAX 4 314 1073 1406 TIME ADVERBS 282 784 TRANSFORMATIONAL ANALYS 340 TRANSLATION 591 VERB 854 VERB PARTICLE 534 GERMAN (OLD) ADVERB POSITION COMPARATIVE CONTRASTIVE ANALYSIS INTENSIFIERS MORPHOLOGY MOTION ADVERBS PRONOMINAL ADVERBS

201

490

763

292 784 842 104

310 534 1023 1088 785 1105 891 288 500 714 901 1089

619 69 68 646 82 982 1373 74 737 515 515

114

292

314

172 451 483 534 6.22 705 1010 1095 1096 1097 114 288 664 665 854

292 763 624 733

307 425 426 620 830 1215 836 1215 841 1023 1047 1088

69 70 71 72 73 82 152 197 282 288 310 314 330 356 365 543 620 624 626 644 830 891 939 982 1043 1220 1242 1243 1244 1282 279 310 451 509 585 1097 1480 6 9 20 89 274 340 534 562 687 841 1103 1105 1109 1156 1220

74 292 381 687 1060 1406 1095 294 1043 1225

292 543 620 624 626 737 842 1025 1109 1133 1242 1243 665 784 1105 626 644 1023 1047 1060 664

655

1039 1325 1504 1543 1000 596 714 1325 313 313

202

ADVERBS AND COMPARATIVES

GERMAN (OLD) (CONTINUED) SEMANTICS STYLISTICS SUPERLATIVE SYNTAX TIME ADVERBS VERB PARTICLE

147 1221 1325 1000 1221 1543 147 1000

GREEK ADVERBIAL COMPARATIVE HISTORICAL EVOLUTION MORPHOLOGY SENTENCE ADVERBS SYNTAX

183 1496 614 1496 53 614 696 1496

GREEK (OLD) STYLISTICS HEBREW ADVERB POSITION ADVERBIAL SYNTAX HUNGARIAN CONTRASTIVE ANALYSIS HISTORICAL EVOLUTION INTONATION PHONETICS SEMANTICS

130 1149 1149 1149 356 777 356 356 356

777

ICELANDIC 98 ADVERB POSITION PREPOSITION 109 VERB-ADVERB COOCCURENCE 111

110

IRISH FORMATION OF ADVERBIALS 148 HISTORICAL EVOLUTION 7 INTENSIFIERS 278 MORPHOLOGY 7 NEGATION 278 SEMANTICS 278 SYNTAX 1152

148

IRISH (OLD) SYNTAX ITALIAN ADJECTIVE CLASSIFICATION

1152 106 233

233

278

INDEX OF LANGUAGES AND SUBJECTS

203

ITALIAN (CONTINUED) COMPARATIVE 1451 1454 1461 1488 1519 CONJUNCTION 805 CONTRASTIVE ANALYSIS 1461 FUNCTION OF THE ADVERB 491 INTENSIFIERS 161 *-MENT* ADVERBS 106 819 *-MENTE* ADVERBS 106 189 538 817 819 MODAL ADVERBS 172 MORPHOLOGY 803 804 819 910 1488 NEGATION 161 1451 PHONETICS 803 PLACE ADVERBS 397 977 QUANTITY ADVERBS 834 SEMANTICS 491 727 805 834 1451 1488 SUPERLATIVE 1435 1513 SYNTAX 432 727 804 816 817 845 1451 1461 1488 TIME ADVERBS 546 727 802 TRANSFORMATIONAL ANALYS1451 1454 ITALIAN (OLD) COMPARATIVE SEMANTICS SYNTAX TIME ADVERBS JAPANESE ADVERB POSITION CONTRASTIVE ANALYSIS SCOPE OF THE ADVERB SEMANTICS SYNTAX LATIN ADJECTIVE ADVERB POSITION CLASSIFICATION COMPARATIVE

1368 726 726 726 549 549 754 593 593

754 754

96 613 96 139 1351 1361 1374 1428 1455 1527 1540 1541 CONJUNCTION 1143 ETYMOLOGY 49 FORMATION OF ADVERBIALS 392 HISTORICAL EVOLUTION 96 190 614 1169 INTENSIFIERS 132 *-MENTE* ADVERBS 392 MORPHOLOGY 97 164 238 380 512 614 753 881 912 1033 1115 1233 1276 PLACE ADVERBS 397 639 PREPOSITION 506 QUANTIFIERS 1151

204

ADVERBS AND COMPARATIVES

LATIN (CONTINUED) SEMANTICS SUPERLATIVE SYNTAX LATVIAN ADVERBIALIZATION PLACE ADVERBS SEMANTICS SYNTAX LITHUANIAN ADJECTIVE ADVERBIALIZATION COMPARATIVE MORPHOLOGY SEMANTICS SYNTAX

409 799 1276 1350 1351 1428 57 132 475 674 735 764 915 927 943 1142 1143 1201 1250 1455 883 383 383 383

884

885 1087

1523 1168 1523 443 1123 1523 443 559 1123

NORWEGIAN ADJECTIVE COMPARATIVE CONTRASTIVE ANALYSIS SENTENCE ADVERBS

150 150 150 374

ORIENTAL LANGUAGES ADJECTIVE COMPARATIVE HISTORICAL EVOLUTION LOGIC PLACE ADVERBS SEMANTICS TIME ADVERBS

1467 1467 1467 182 252 182 597

597

POLISH 446 1102 1326 1486 ADJECTIVE ADVERBIAL 430 CLASSIFICATION 446 COMPARATIVE 1326 1486 CONTRASTIVE ANALYSIS 1246 FUNCTION OF THE ADVERB 4 1009 MORPHOLOGY 446 1102 NEGATION 430 PLACE ADVERBS 449 PREPOSITION 576 SEMANTICS 447 1102 SENTENCE ADVERBS 1246 1247 SYNTAX 4 108 TIME ADVERBS 65 447 TRANSLATION 430

INDEX OF LANGUAGES AND SUBJECTS POLISH (CONTINUED) VERB PORTUGUESE ADJECTIVE ADVERBIAL CLASSIFICATION *-MENT* ADVERBS *-MENTE* ADVERBS MORPHOLOGY PLACE ADVERBS PREPOSITION SEMANTICS SUPERLATIVE SYNTAX TIME ADVERBS

1102 233 501 814 233 814 819 819 819 1410 397 501 501 814 815 1410 814 815 501

815 1191 815

653

PROVENCAL (OLD) MORPHOLOGY TIME ADVERBS

1029 909

ROMANCE LANGUAGES ADJECTIVE COMPARATIVE ETYMOLOGY HISTORICAL EVOLUTION INTENSIFIERS MORPHOLOGY PLACE ADVERBS PRONOMINAL ADVERBS SEMANTICS SYNTAX TIME ADVERBS

533 794 1374 1446 1535 1540 1541 643 851 493 779 851 686 643 779 851 936 643 50 269 533 269 794 936 1535 493

RUMANIAN ADJECTIVE 820 ADJECTIVE ADVERBIALIZAT 820 ADVERBIAL 291 CLASSIFICATION 209 COMPARATIVE 1304 CONJUNCTION 225 CONTRASTIVE ANALYSIS 632 FUNCTION OF THE ADVERB 85 HISTORICAL EVOLUTION 1309 MODAL ADVERBS 970 MORPHOLOGY 461 PREPOSITION 225 PRONOUN 824 QUANTITY ADVERBS 974 SEMANTICS 204 STYLISTICS 177

1309 1383 1452 1199 86 1304 1456 1252 1027 1063

205

206

ADVERBS AND COMPARATIVES

RUMANIAN (CONTINUED) SUPERLATIVE SYNTAX TIME ADVERBS VERB-ADVERB RELATION VERB MODIFIER

1304 1331 1431 1456 209 290 411 824 1027 1193 1199 204 1026 1198 1026

RUSSIAN ACCENT 1294 ADJECTIVE 944 ADJECTIVE ADVERBIALIZAT 366 ADVERB POSITION 1409 ADVERBIAL 163 ADVERBIALIZATION 793 COMPARATIVE 1279 1393 1439 CONJUNCTION 1193 CONTRASTIVE ANALYSIS 163 DURATION ADVERBS 660 FORMATION OF ADVERBIALS 658 FREQUENCY ADVERBS 660 FUNCTION OF THE ADVERB 386 GENERATION 1162 HISTORICAL EVOLUTION 575 INTENSIFIERS 107 LEXICOLOGY 1196 MANNER ADVERBS 142 MODAL ADVERBS 45 MORPHOLOGY 118 755 PLACE ADVERBS 449 PREPOSITION 327 PRONOUN 386 QUANTITY ADVERBS 107 SEMANTICS 107 793 1394 SENTENCE ADVERBS 45 STYLISTICS 386 SUPERLATIVE 1394 SYNTAX 36 966 TIME ADVERBS 36 TRANSFORMATIONAL ANALYS 142 TRANSLATION 285 VERB 1193 VERB-ADVERB RELATION 107 SERBO-CROATIAN ADJECTIVE

1385

975 1137

1300 1335 1336 1400 1413 1439 660

925

938

966 1132 1163

1288 1294 1295 1300 1335 1336 1400 1405 1408 1409 1413 1414 1444 1491 1492 1501 1518

1162 1195 598 142

731 1294 1295 1518 944

235 326 366 623 659 690 691 1002 1057 1080 1295 1393 1409 992 574 1193 1405 142 167 285 578 660 755 966 1002 1120 1125 1244 1336 162 953 1409 1413 1439 117 191 530 578 598 953 1193 1400 1491 167 578 648 660 1132 1162 523 648 658 1195 1409 167

925

INDEX OF LANGUAGES AND SUBJECTS

207

SERBO-CROATIAN (CONTINUED) COMPARATIVE 1297 1385 CONTRASTIVE ANALYSIS 1297 1384 SEMANTICS 1385 SUPERLATIVE 1384 SYNTAX 454 1202 SLAVIC LANGUAGES ADJECTIVE 1450 COMPARATIVE 1450 1477 1522 FUNCTION OF THE ADVERB 650 HISTORICAL EVOLUTION 556 598 MORPHOLOGY 1121 PLACE ADVERBS 556 742 PRONOMINAL ADVERBS 821 998 SEMANTICS 557 799 SYNTAX 494 557 559 TIME ADVERBS 541 647 TRANSFORMATIONAL ANALYS 649 VERB-ADVERB RELATION 647 SLAVIC (OLD) MORPHOLOGY SYNTAX

598

846

560 560

SLOVAK ADVERBIAL 823 GENERATION 823 TRANSFORMATIONAL ANALYS 822 SPANISH ADJECTIVE 233 ADJECTIVE ADVERBIALIZAT1257 ADVERBIAL 889 CLASSIFICATION 233 COMPARATIVE 1285 CONTRASTIVE ANALYSIS 979 ETYMOLOGY 54 FUNCTION OF THE ADVERB 930 HISTORICAL EVOLUTION 420 INTENSIFIERS 305 LEXICOLOGY 1255 *-MENT* ADVERBS 81¾ *-MENTE* ADVERBS 283 441 MODAL ADVERBS 1256 MORPHOLOGY 283 PHONETICS 1124 PLACE ADVERBS 54 PREPOSITION 389 PRONOMINAL ADVERBS 54

1468 1256 889 1008 1286 1337 1339 1468 1008 55 1008 309 591

312 819

353 937

358

309

420

441

819

55

397

410 1079

420

421

208

ADVERBS AND COMPARATIVES

SPANISH (CONTINUED) SEMANTICS SENTENCE ADVERBS SUPERLATIVE SYNTAX

203 312 421 776 1024 1255 1419 1256 1343 1419 1445 1460 1468 10 19 170 203 283 309 312 776 791 792 911 935 937 1024 TIME ADVERBS 416 546 1079 1255 TRANSFORMATIONAL ANALYS 231 1339 TRANSLATION 416 591 1008 VERB PARTICLE 979

SPANISH (OLD) CONJUNCTION ADVERBS SWEDISH ADVERBIAL DIRECTIONNAL ADVERBS PREPOSITION SYNTAX TURKISH SEMANTICS SYNTAX

736 860 94 94 860 1122 1122

95

Pragmatics: An Annotated Bibliography (Library and Information Sources in Linguistics)

Text Information Retrieval Systems, Third Edition (Library and Information Science) (Library and Information Science) (Library and Information Science)

Adverbs and Comparatives: an Analytical Bibliography (Library and Information Sources in Linguistics)

Pragmatics: An Annotated Bibliography (Library and Information Sources in Linguistics)

Theoretical syntax, 1980-1990: an annotated and classified bibliography (Library and Information Sources in Linguistics)

Diglossia: a comprehensive bibliography, 1960-1990 : and supplements (Library and Information Sources in Linguistics)

British Sources of Information: A Subject Guide and Bibliography

Information Sources in Patents (Guides to Information Sources)

Text Information Retrieval Systems, Third Edition (Library and Information Science) (Library and Information Science) (Library and Information Science)

Algebraic linguistics: analytical models

Career Opportunities in Library and Information Science

Guide to Information Sources in Mathematics and Statistics (Reference Sources in Science and Technology)

Opportunities in Library and Information Science

Opportunities in Library and Information Science

Marketing Library and Information Services

United States Government Information: Policies and Sources

Possession: Cognitive Sources, Forces, and Grammaticalization (Cambridge Studies in Linguistics)

An Introduction to Corpus Linguistics (Studies in Language and Linguistics)

Perspectives on Information (Routledge Studies in Library and Information Science)

Perspectives on Information (Routledge Studies in Library and Information Science)

Adjectives and Adverbs: Syntax, Semantics, and Discourse (Oxford Studies in Theoretical Linguistics)

Наречия (Adverbs)

Mathematical Linguistics (Advanced Information and Knowledge Processing)

Marxism and the State: An Analytical Approach

Contemporary Journalistic Maltese: An Analytical and Comparative Study (Studies in Semitic Languages & Linguistics)

Ellipsis in Comparatives (Studies in Generative Grammar)

Analytical Chemistry of Liquid Fuel Sources

Marketing Planning Library and Information Services:

Communicating Research (Library and Information Science Series) (Library and Information Science)

Library and Information Center Management (Library and Information Science Text Series)

Adverbs and Adverbial Adjuncts at the Interfaces

International Encyclopedia of Information and Library Science,

Dictionary of Information and Library Management:

Adverbs and Comparatives: an Analytical Bibliography (Library and Information Sources in Linguistics)

Pragmatics: An Annotated Bibliography (Library and Information Sources in Linguistics)

Theoretical syntax, 1980-1990: an annotated and classified bibliography (Library and Information Sources in Linguistics)

Diglossia: a comprehensive bibliography, 1960-1990 : and supplements (Library and Information Sources in Linguistics)

British Sources of Information: A Subject Guide and Bibliography

Information Sources in Patents (Guides to Information Sources)

Text Information Retrieval Systems, Third Edition (Library and Information Science) (Library and Information Science) (Library and Information Science)

Algebraic linguistics: analytical models

Career Opportunities in Library and Information Science

Guide to Information Sources in Mathematics and Statistics (Reference Sources in Science and Technology)

Opportunities in Library and Information Science

Opportunities in Library and Information Science

Marketing Library and Information Services

United States Government Information: Policies and Sources

Possession: Cognitive Sources, Forces, and Grammaticalization (Cambridge Studies in Linguistics)

An Introduction to Corpus Linguistics (Studies in Language and Linguistics)

Perspectives on Information (Routledge Studies in Library and Information Science)

Perspectives on Information (Routledge Studies in Library and Information Science)

Adjectives and Adverbs: Syntax, Semantics, and Discourse (Oxford Studies in Theoretical Linguistics)

Наречия (Adverbs)

Mathematical Linguistics (Advanced Information and Knowledge Processing)

Marxism and the State: An Analytical Approach

Contemporary Journalistic Maltese: An Analytical and Comparative Study (Studies in Semitic Languages & Linguistics)

Ellipsis in Comparatives (Studies in Generative Grammar)

Analytical Chemistry of Liquid Fuel Sources

Marketing Planning Library and Information Services:

Communicating Research (Library and Information Science Series) (Library and Information Science)

Library and Information Center Management (Library and Information Science Text Series)

Adverbs and Adverbial Adjuncts at the Interfaces

International Encyclopedia of Information and Library Science,

Dictionary of Information and Library Management:

Recommend Documents